Spec Piping

354
Pro/ENGINEER ® Wildfire™ 2.0 Pro/PIPING™ (Spec-Driven) Help Topic Collection Parametric Technology Corporation

Transcript of Spec Piping

Pro/ENGINEER®

Wildfire™ 2.0

Pro/PIPING™ (Spec-Driven)

Help Topic Collection

Parametric Technology Corporation

Copyright © 2004 Parametric Technology Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

User and training documentation from Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC) is subject to the copyright laws of the

United States and other countries and is provided under a license agreement that restricts copying, disclosure, and use

of such documentation. PTC hereby grants to the licensed user the right to make copies in printed form of this

documentation if provided on software media, but only for internal/personal use and in accordance with the license

agreement under which the applicable software is licensed. Any copy made shall include the PTC copyright notice and

any other proprietary notice provided by PTC. This documentation may not be disclosed, transferred, modified, or

reduced to any form, including electronic media, or transmitted or made publicly available by any means without the

prior written consent of PTC and no authorization is granted to make copies for such purposes.

Information described herein is furnished for general information only, is subject to change without notice, and should

not be construed as a warranty or commitment by PTC. PTC assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or

inaccuracies that may appear in this document.

The software described in this document is provided under written license agreement, contains valuable trade secrets

and proprietary information, and is protected by the copyright laws of the United States and other countries. It may not

be copied or distributed in any form or medium, disclosed to third parties, or used in any manner not provided for in the

software licenses agreement except with written prior approval from PTC. UNAUTHORIZED USE OF SOFTWARE

OR ITS DOCUMENTATION CAN RESULT IN CIVIL DAMAGES AND CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.

Registered Trademarks of Parametric Technology Corporation or a Subsidiary Advanced Surface Design, Behavioral Modeling, CADDS, Computervision, CounterPart, EPD, EPD.Connect,

Expert Machinist, Flexible Engineering, HARNESSDESIGN, Info*Engine, InPart, MECHANICA, Optegra,

Parametric Technology, Parametric Technology Corporation, PartSpeak, PHOTORENDER, Pro/DESKTOP, Pro/E,

Pro/ENGINEER, Pro/HELP, Pro/INTRALINK, Pro/MECHANICA, Pro/TOOLKIT, Product First, PTC, PT/Products,

Shaping Innovation, and Windchill.

Trademarks of Parametric Technology Corporation or a Subsidiary 3DPAINT, Associative Topology Bus, AutobuildZ, CDRS, Create � Collaborate � Control, CV, CVact, CVaec,

CVdesign, CV-DORS, CVMAC, CVNC, CVToolmaker, DataDoctor, DesignSuite, DIMENSION III, DIVISION,

e/ENGINEER, eNC Explorer, Expert MoldBase, Expert Toolmaker, GRANITE, ISSM, KDiP,

Knowledge Discipline in Practice, Knowledge System Driver, ModelCHECK, MoldShop, NC Builder, Pro/ANIMATE,

Pro/ASSEMBLY, Pro/CABLING, Pro/CASTING, Pro/CDT, Pro/CMM, Pro/COLLABORATE, Pro/COMPOSITE,

Pro/CONCEPT, Pro/CONVERT, Pro/DATA for PDGS, Pro/DESIGNER, Pro/DETAIL, Pro/DIAGRAM,

Pro/DIEFACE, Pro/DRAW, Pro/ECAD, Pro/ENGINE, Pro/FEATURE, Pro/FEM-POST, Pro/FICIENCY,

Pro/FLY-THROUGH, Pro/HARNESS, Pro/INTERFACE, Pro/LANGUAGE, Pro/LEGACY, Pro/LIBRARYACCESS,

Pro/MESH, Pro/Model.View, Pro/MOLDESIGN, Pro/NC-ADVANCED, Pro/NC-CHECK, Pro/NC-MILL,

Pro/NCPOST, Pro/NC-SHEETMETAL, Pro/NC-TURN, Pro/NC-WEDM, Pro/NC-Wire EDM,

Pro/NETWORK ANIMATOR, Pro/NOTEBOOK, Pro/PDM, Pro/PHOTORENDER, Pro/PIPING,

Pro/PLASTIC ADVISOR, Pro/PLOT, Pro/POWER DESIGN, Pro/PROCESS, Pro/REPORT, Pro/REVIEW,

Pro/SCAN-TOOLS, Pro/SHEETMETAL, Pro/SURFACE, Pro/VERIFY, Pro/Web.Link, Pro/Web.Publish,

Pro/WELDING, Product Development Means Business, ProductView, PTC Precision, Shrinkwrap,

Simple � Powerful � Connected, The Product Development Company, The Way to Product First, Wildfire,

Windchill DynamicDesignLink, Windchill PartsLink, Windchill PDMLink, Windchill ProjectLink, and

Windchill SupplyLink.

Patents of Parametric Technology Corporation or a Subsidiary Registration numbers and issue dates follow. Additionally, equivalent patents may be issued or pending outside of the

United States. Contact PTC for further information. 6,665,569 B1 16-December-2003

6,625,607 B1 23-September-2003

6,580,428 B1 17-June-2003

GB2354684B 02-July-2003

GB2384125 15-October-2003

GB2354096 12-November-2003

6,608,623 B1 19 August 2003

GB2353376 05-November-2003

GB2354686 15-October-2003

6,545,671 B1 08-April-2003

GB2354685B 18-June-2003

6,608,623 B1 19 August 2003

6,473,673 B1 29-October-2002

GB2354683B 04-June-2003

6,447,223 B1 10-Sept-2002

6,308,144 23-October-2001

5,680,523 21-October-1997

5,838,331 17-November-1998

4,956,771 11-September-1990

5,058,000 15-October-1991

5,140,321 18-August-1992

5,423,023 05-June-1990

4,310,615 21-December-1998

4,310,614 30-April-1996

4,310,614 22-April-1999

5,297,053 22-March-1994

5,513,316 30-April-1996

5,689,711 18-November-1997

5,506,950 09-April-1996

5,428,772 27-June-1995

5,850,535 15-December-1998

5,557,176 09-November-1996

5,561,747 01-October-1996

Third-Party Trademarks

Adobe is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems. Advanced ClusterProven, ClusterProven, and the ClusterProven

design are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States

and other countries and are used under license. IBM Corporation does not warrant and is not responsible for the

operation of this software product. AIX is a registered trademark of IBM Corporation. Allegro, Cadence, and Concept

are registered trademarks of Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Apple, Mac, Mac OS, and Panther are trademarks or

registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. AutoCAD and Autodesk Inventor are registered trademarks of

Autodesk, Inc. Baan is a registered trademark of Baan Company. CADAM and CATIA are registered trademarks of

Dassault Systemes. COACH is a trademark of CADTRAIN, Inc. DOORS is a registered trademark of Telelogic AB.

FLEXlm is a trademark of Macrovision Corporation. Geomagic is a registered trademark of Raindrop Geomagic, Inc.

EVERSYNC, GROOVE, GROOVEFEST, GROOVE.NET, GROOVE NETWORKS, iGROOVE, PEERWARE, and

the interlocking circles logo are trademarks of Groove Networks, Inc. Helix is a trademark of Microcadam, Inc.

HOOPS is a trademark of Tech Soft America, Inc. HP-UX is a registered trademark and Tru64 is a trademark of the

Hewlett-Packard Company. I-DEAS, Metaphase, Parasolid, SHERPA, Solid Edge, and Unigraphics are trademarks or

registered trademarks of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (EDS). InstallShield is a registered trademark and

service mark of InstallShield Software Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Intel is a registered

trademark of Intel Corporation. IRIX is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc. LINUX is a registered

trademark of Linus Torvalds. MatrixOne is a trademark of MatrixOne, Inc. Mentor Graphics and Board Station are

registered trademarks and 3D Design, AMPLE, and Design Manager are trademarks of Mentor Graphics Corporation.

MEDUSA and STHENO are trademarks of CAD Schroer GmbH. Microsoft, Microsoft Project, Windows, the

Windows logo, Windows NT, Visual Basic, and the Visual Basic logo are registered trademarks of

Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Netscape and the Netscape N and Ship's Wheel

logos are registered trademarks of Netscape Communications Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Oracle is a

registered trademark of Oracle Corporation. OrbixWeb is a registered trademark of IONA Technologies PLC. PDGS is

a registered trademark of Ford Motor Company. RAND is a trademark of RAND Worldwide. Rational Rose is a

registered trademark of Rational Software Corporation. RetrievalWare is a registered trademark of Convera

Corporation. RosettaNet is a trademark and Partner Interface Process and PIP are registered trademarks of

“RosettaNet,” a nonprofit organization. SAP and R/3 are registered trademarks of SAP AG Germany. SolidWorks is a

registered trademark of SolidWorks Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or

registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. Products bearing

SPARC trademarks are based upon an architecture developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. Sun, Sun Microsystems, the

Sun logo, Solaris, UltraSPARC, Java and all Java based marks, and “The Network is the Computer” are trademarks or

registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. TIBCO, TIBCO Software,

TIBCO ActiveEnterprise, TIBCO Designer, TIBCO Enterprise for JMS, TIBCO Rendezvous, TIBCO Turbo XML,

TIBCO Business Works are the trademarks or registered trademarks of TIBCO Software Inc. in the United States and

other countries. WebEx is a trademark of WebEx Communications, Inc.

Third-Party Technology Information Certain PTC software products contain licensed third-party technology: Rational Rose 2000E is copyrighted software

of Rational Software Corporation. RetrievalWare is copyrighted software of Convera Corporation. VisTools library is

copyrighted software of Visual Kinematics, Inc. (VKI) containing confidential trade secret information belonging to

VKI. HOOPS graphics system is a proprietary software product of, and is copyrighted by, Tech Soft America, Inc.

G-POST is copyrighted software and a registered trademark of Intercim. VERICUT is copyrighted software and a

registered trademark of CGTech. Pro/PLASTIC ADVISOR is powered by Moldflow technology. Moldflow is a

registered trademark of Moldflow Corporation. The JPEG image output in the Pro/Web.Publish module is based in part

on the work of the independent JPEG Group. DFORMD.DLL is copyrighted software from Compaq Computer

Corporation and may not be distributed. METIS, developed by George Karypis and Vipin Kumar at the University of

Minnesota, can be researched at http://www.cs.umn.edu/~karypis/metis. METIS is © 1997 Regents of the University of

Minnesota. LightWork Libraries are copyrighted by LightWork Design 1990–2001. Visual Basic for Applications and

Internet Explorer is copyrighted software of Microsoft Corporation. Parasolid © Electronic Data Systems (EDS).

Windchill Info*Engine Server contains IBM XML Parser for Java Edition and the IBM Lotus XSL Edition. Pop-up

calendar components Copyright © 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

TECHNOMATIX is copyrighted software and contains proprietary information of Technomatix Technologies Ltd.

Technology "Powered by Groove" is provided by Groove Networks, Inc. Technology "Powered by WebEx" is provided

by WebEx Communications, Inc. Oracle 8i run-time and Oracle 9i run-time, Copyright © 2002–2003 Oracle

Corporation. Oracle programs provided herein are subject to a restricted use license and can only be used in

conjunction with the PTC software they are provided with. Apache Server, Tomcat, Xalan, and Xerces are technologies

developed by, and are copyrighted software of, the Apache Software Foundation (http://www.apache.org) – their use is

subject to the terms and limitations at: http://www.apache.org/LICENSE.txt. Acrobat Reader is copyrighted software of

Adobe Systems Inc. and is subject to the Adobe End-User License Agreement as provided by Adobe with those

products. UnZip (© 1990-2001 Info-ZIP, All Rights Reserved) is provided “AS IS” and WITHOUT WARRANTY OF

ANY KIND. For the complete Info-ZIP license see ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html. Gecko and Mozilla

components are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL. Software distributed

under the MPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either expressed or

implied. See the MPL for the specific language governing rights and limitations. The Java™ Telnet Applet

(StatusPeer.java, TelnetIO.java, TelnetWrapper.java, TimedOutException.java), Copyright © 1996, 97 Mattias L.

Jugel, Marcus Meißner, is redistributed under the GNU General Public License. This license is from the original

copyright holder and the Applet is provided WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. You may obtain a copy of the

source code for the Applet at http://www.mud.de/se/jta (for a charge of no more than the cost of physically performing

the source distribution), by sending e-mail to [email protected] or [email protected]—you are allowed to choose either

distribution method. The source code is likewise provided under the GNU General Public License. GTK+The GIMP

Toolkit are licensed under the GNU LGPL. You may obtain a copy of the source code at http://www.gtk.org, which is

likewise provided under the GNU LGPL. zlib software Copyright © 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler.

OmniORB is distributed under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License and GNU Library General

Public License. The Java Getopt.jar, copyright 1987-1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.; Java Port copyright 1998 by

Aaron M. Renn ([email protected]), is redistributed under the GNU LGPL. You may obtain a copy of the

source code at http://www.urbanophile.com/arenn/hacking/download.html. The source code is likewise provided under

the GNU LGPL. Mozilla Japanese localization components are subject to the Netscape Public License Version 1.1 (at

http://www.mozilla.org/NPL). Software distributed under NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT

WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either expressed or implied (see the NPL for the specific language governing rights and

limitations). The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released March 31, 1998 and the Initial

Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are Copyright

© 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Contributors: Kazu Yamamoto

([email protected]), Ryoichi Furukawa ([email protected]), Tsukasa Maruyama ([email protected]), Teiji Matsuba

([email protected]).

UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND

This document and the software described herein are Commercial Computer Documentation and Software, pursuant to

FAR 12.212(a)-(b) (OCT’95) or DFARS 227.7202-1(a) and 227.7202-3(a) (JUN’95), is provided to the US

Government under a limited commercial license only. For procurements predating the above clauses, use, duplication,

or disclosure by the Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in

Technical Data and Computer Software Clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 (OCT’88) or Commercial Computer

Software-Restricted Rights at FAR 52.227-19(c)(1)-(2) (JUN’87), as applicable. 012304

Parametric Technology Corporation, 140 Kendrick Street, Needham, MA 02494 USA

v

Table Of Contents Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)..................................................................... 1

Using Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven) ......................................................... 1

About Pro/PIPING and Piping Systems ......................................................... 1

About Pro/PIPING Design Modes ................................................................. 2

To Access the Specification-Driven Design Mode............................................ 2

About the Pro/PIPING User Interface (Spec-Driven) ....................................... 3

PIPING Menu (Spec-Driven) ....................................................................... 3

Piping System Tree ................................................................................... 4

Configuring Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven) ................................................10

About Configuring Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) ...............................................10

To Set Pro/PIPING Configuration Options (Spec-Driven) ................................11

Specifying Thumb Wheel Increments ..........................................................11

isogen_attribute_map_file (Spec-Driven) ....................................................12

isogen_endtype_map_file (Spec-Driven) .....................................................12

isogen_mandatory_attr_file (Spec-Driven) ..................................................12

isogen_nominal_size_map_file (Spec-Driven) ..............................................12

isogen_output_files_dir (Spec-Driven) ........................................................12

isogen_pcf_filename_format (Spec-Driven) .................................................13

isogen_symbol_map_file (Spec-Driven) ......................................................13

pipe_3D_bend_theor_int_pts (Spec-Driven) ................................................13

pipe_extend_dim_scheme (Spec-Driven) ....................................................13

pipe_solid_centerline (Spec-Driven) ...........................................................13

pipe_solid_label_format (Spec-Driven)........................................................14

pipe_update_pre_20_int_pts (Spec-Driven).................................................14

pipeline_assembly_library_dir (Spec-Driven) ...............................................14

pipeline_assembly_name_format (Spec-Driven)...........................................15

pipeline_label_format (Spec-Driven)...........................................................15

pipeline_solid_start_part_name (Spec-Driven) .............................................15

pipeline_spool_label_format (Spec-Driven)..................................................16

Table Of Contents

vi

pipeline_start_assembly_name (Spec-Driven)..............................................16

piping_wildfire_convert (Spec-Driven) ........................................................16

piping_appearance_map_file (Spec-Driven) .................................................17

piping_bolt_nut_select_file (Spec-Driven) ...................................................17

piping_design_method (Spec-Driven) .........................................................17

piping_end_compatibility_file (Spec-Driven) ................................................17

piping_fitt_angle_tolerance (Spec-Driven)...................................................18

piping_fitt_category_map_file (Spec-Driven) ...............................................18

piping_fitt_library_dir (Spec-Driven)...........................................................18

piping_insulation_dir_file (Spec-Driven) ......................................................18

piping_joint_fitting_clearance (Spec-Driven)................................................18

piping_joint_fitting_offset (Spec-Driven) .....................................................18

piping_manufacture_dir_file (Spec-Driven)..................................................19

piping_material_file (Spec-Driven) .............................................................19

piping_mcat_dir (Spec-Driven) ..................................................................19

piping_mcat_dir_file (Spec-Driven) ............................................................19

piping_min_bolting_clearance (Spec-Driven) ...............................................19

piping_project_data_dir (Spec-Driven)........................................................20

piping_schematic_driven...........................................................................20

piping_schematic_xml_dir (Spec-Driven) ....................................................20

piping_spec_dir_file (Spec-Driven) .............................................................20

piping_system_tree_format (Spec-Driven) ..................................................20

piping_thumb_wheel_increment (Spec-Driven) ............................................21

piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc (Spec-Driven) ..............................................21

units_system_dic_file ...............................................................................22

Setting Up Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven) .................................................22

About Setting Up Specification-Driven Pro/PIPING ........................................22

Piping Specification Database ....................................................................23

Update Model ........................................................................................115

Design Rule Parameters ..........................................................................125

Bend Tables ..........................................................................................135

Table Of Contents

vii

Set Display............................................................................................141

Specification-Driven Piping Assemblies ........................................................142

About Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven) .....................................................142

To Make a Piping Assembly Active (Spec-Driven)........................................142

About Converting Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven) .....................................142

To Convert Non Specification-Driven Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven)...........144

To Convert Specification-Driven Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven) .................145

Converting Piping Assemblies to Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Format ...................146

Specification-Driven Pipelines .....................................................................146

About Specification-Driven Pipelines .........................................................146

To Create a Pipeline (Spec-Driven) ...........................................................147

To Delete a Pipeline (Spec-Driven) ...........................................................149

To Rename a Pipeline (Spec-Driven).........................................................149

Specification-Driven Pipeline Merging........................................................149

Specification Break.................................................................................154

Suppressing Pipelines .............................................................................156

Piping Layers.........................................................................................156

Specification-Driven Pipeline Routing ...........................................................157

About Specification-Driven Pipeline Routing ...............................................157

About Setting a Start Point ......................................................................157

Route Pipe Menu ....................................................................................158

To Set a Start Point ................................................................................158

To Route a Pipe in Specification-Driven Mode.............................................159

To Route a Pipeline by Referencing a Pipe Edge..........................................159

Reference Edges for Routing....................................................................161

Associativity Between the Routed Pipeline and the Reference Pipeline ...........161

Routing Flexible Hoses ............................................................................163

Specification-Driven Routing with Extend ..................................................164

Routing with Equipment Nozzles...............................................................170

Specification-Driven Routing with Follow ...................................................172

Branch Routing ......................................................................................173

Table Of Contents

viii

Points on a Segment ..............................................................................176

Specification-Driven Pipeline Insertion and Modification...............................178

Specification-Driven Piping Flow Direction .................................................183

Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments ................................................189

Specification-Driven Fitting Insertion ...........................................................191

About Specification-Driven Fitting Insertion ...............................................191

About Specification Override during Fitting Insertion...................................192

To Insert Fittings ...................................................................................192

Example: Overriding Specifications during Fitting Insertion ..........................196

About Branch Fittings .............................................................................197

Inserting Trimmed Elbows.......................................................................197

Inserting Group Fittings ..........................................................................200

Modifying Fittings...................................................................................206

Specification-Driven Pipeline Modification .....................................................212

About Pipeline Modification ......................................................................212

To Modify Pipe Segments ........................................................................212

To Modify a Corner Type .........................................................................213

Tip: Modifying Corner Types ....................................................................214

To Modify the Bend Parameters................................................................214

To Reverse Flow Direction .......................................................................215

Flow Direction Violations .........................................................................215

To Modify the Line Shape of a Flexible Hose...............................................216

To Edit a Pipeline ...................................................................................216

To Replace a Bend with an Elbow .............................................................217

Specification-Driven Pipe Fabrication ...........................................................218

About Fabricating Pipes...........................................................................218

Cutting Pipe Pieces .................................................................................218

Generating Pipe Spools ...........................................................................239

Pipe Insulation.......................................................................................242

Creating Pipe Solids................................................................................249

Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling ............................................................253

Table Of Contents

ix

About Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling.................................................253

About Associating an XML File with a Pipeline.............................................254

About Routed Systems Designer Component Properties in Schematic-Driven

Pipeline Modeling ...................................................................................254

To Designate Schematic Information.........................................................255

Designating Equipment, Nozzles, Fittings, and Branches..............................256

About Routing a Pipeline Using Schematic Information ................................257

About Inserting a Fitting Using Schematic Information ................................258

About Replacing a Fitting Using Schematic Information ...............................258

Specification-Driven Pipe Drawing ...............................................................259

About Pipe Drawings (Spec-Driven) ..........................................................259

Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) ...................................................259

Installation Drawing Generation ...............................................................281

Pipe Spool Drawing Generation ................................................................295

Specification-Driven Pipe Reporting .............................................................313

About Specification-Driven Pipe Reporting .................................................313

To Create Pipeline Reports ......................................................................314

Reporting the Weight and COG Information for Pipe Segments.....................315

Example: Pipe Segment Report ................................................................315

Example: Fitting Report ..........................................................................316

Example: Insulation Report .....................................................................317

Example: Bill of Materials ........................................................................318

Pipeline Network Report ..........................................................................321

Schematic Consistency Check Report ........................................................332

Glossary ..................................................................................................337

Glossary of Terms ..................................................................................337

Index.........................................................................................................341

1

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

Using Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

About Pro/PIPING and Piping Systems

Pro/PIPING is an optional Pro/ENGINEER module. Accessed through Assembly mode,

Pro/PIPING enables you to generate 3D piping systems in Pro/ENGINEER assemblies.

You can create piping systems in either the specification-driven or non specification-

driven piping design modes. Creating a piping system involves establishing pipeline

parameters, routing lines, and inserting fittings.

A piping system typically consists of pipelines, fittings, and equipment.

• A pipeline is composed of pipe segments and fittings. A segment of line may

consist of one or more consecutive sections, straight pieces of pipe with bends or

miter cuts or a section of flexible tube between breaks. The system creates a

break whenever you create a fitted corner or insert an internal fitting in the

pipeline.

• A fitting is a part or assembly that you use to connect lines to other lines, fittings,

and equipment, or to perform specific functions in the piping system (for

example, flow valves).

• Equipment in the working assembly (for example, a coil or a tank) is represented

by assembly components with predefined entry ports.

Tailoring the Pro/PIPING Working Environment

You can tailor your Pro/PIPING work environment to your specific needs using

various tools:

• Using simplified representations, you can create a special version of a piping

assembly that includes only those components that you need to route a pipeline.

Using simplified representations can improve regeneration, retrieval, and display

time, which allows you to work more efficiently. Simplified representations

simplify a view by controlling which members of an assembly the system

retrieves into a session and shows.

The By Rule functionality enables you to exclude piping solids and fittings from a

simplified representation by assigning a parameter and then excluding all

components that have a particular value for that parameter.

Although you cannot exclude assembly features, you can easily place all piping

features on a layer by type.

• Using top-down design tools, you can set up a well-structured design using

advanced component creation tools containing skeleton models and copied

geometric and datum references.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

2

• Using reference control and investigation tools, you can view and manage the

complex web of dependencies (references) that evolve as you make features in a

design.

• Using viewing and environment control settings, you can set different

visualization (display) modes for components in an assembly. You can assign

wire frame, hidden line, no hidden line, shaded or blanked display modes to

components.

• The Piping System Tree provides an intuitive pipeline-level visual representation

of a piping project. You can use show/blank and centerline/solid display modes,

and also highlight pipelines. These display modes are accessed from this fully

customizable piping interface.

About Pro/PIPING Design Modes

Pro/PIPING allows you to create complex piping systems based on the piping design

mode you choose. You set the piping design mode by setting the

piping_design_method configuration option. The following design modes are

available:

• Non Specification-Driven—Creates piping systems using manual tasks. All line

stocks must be manually created and associated to a routed pipeline. All fittings

must also be manually inserted. The Non-Specification-Driven piping design

mode does not use project-specific data during pipe modeling. Furthermore, this

design mode does not support design compatibility checks such as size mismatch

detection, end type mismatch, and so on.

• Specification-Driven—Creates piping systems based on the piping design

method practiced by the Plant, Shipbuilding, and Aerospace design industries.

Pro/PIPING creates specification-driven piping systems using piping specifications

and automated modeling tasks. These tasks use archived piping data and

project-specific data from the Specification Database. Pro/PIPING creates all line

stocks on-the-fly and automatically associates them to the appropriate pipelines.

All fittings are selected automatically during fitting insertion. The Specification-

Driven piping design mode supports intelligent design rule checking during

modeling. Note that you must set up the Specification Database Project Data files

to model specification-driven piping systems.

• User-Driven—Enables you to switch between Non Specification-Driven and

Specification -Driven piping modes and convert your piping assemblies at any

time in the design process. Select or clear the Spec Driven check box on the

PIPING menu to control the project piping design mode and convert piping

assemblies to the selected mode.

To Access the Specification-Driven Design Mode

1. Configure Pro/PIPING for the Specification-Driven or User-Driven piping design

modes.

2. Create or open a piping assembly.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

3

3. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears. If you are using the

User-Driven mode, select the Spec Driven check box on the PIPING menu.

You can use the PIPING menu to design your specification-driven piping system.

About the Pro/PIPING User Interface (Spec-Driven)

The Pro/PIPING user interface contains the following elements that increase usability

and decrease mouse picks:

• The PIPING menu groups all necessary tools as menu commands in one

convenient location. These commands open dialog boxes or submenus for

intuitive step-by-step piping assembly creation.

• Pro/PIPING dialog boxes contain:

o Expandable/collapsible sections that are indicated by a triangle. When you

click the triangle, a section expands or collapses.

o Bands that separate major groupings within a dialog box.

o Sets of related functions. For example, fitting placement, positioning

parameters, alignment point, flip, and rotation angle are all available

through the Insert Fitting dialog box for Specification-Driven piping

systems.

o Dynamic options that update as you make selections.

o Easy-to-use buttons, text and list boxes, and thumb wheels.

o A fitting preview window allows for immediate inspection and confirmation

of fitting selections.

• The Piping System Tree provides an intuitive pipeline-level visual representation

of a piping project. You can use the show/blank, or centerline/solid display

modes, and highlight pipelines. These display modes are accessed from this

customizable piping interface.

• The View tab in the Piping System Tree allows you to change views.

PIPING Menu (Spec-Driven)

The PIPING menu contains the following Pro/PIPING commands:

• Active Asm—Opens the SELECT dialog box that allows you to change the

current active assembly. Select the active assembly from either the Model Tree,

Piping System Tree, or the working window. The name of the currently active

assembly appears in the graphics window.

• Component—Opens the COMPONENT menu that allows you to manipulate

assembly components.

• Pipeline—Opens the OPER PIPE LINE menu on which you can create and

immediately route a new pipeline or delete, rename, suppress, or resume

existing pipelines.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

4

• Route—Opens the ROUTE PIPE menu on which you can add to or edit the path

of an existing pipeline assembly.

• Fitting—Opens the FITTING menu on which you can insert, delete, redefine, or

replace pipe fittings.

• Modify Pipe—Opens the Modify Pipeline dialog box in which you can modify

several piping options in the active assembly.

• Modify Dim—Opens the MODIFY menu on which you can modify the active

assembly component dimensions.

• Regenerate—Opens the PRT TO REGEN menu on which you can update

modified objects and assembly dimensions.

• Fabrication—Opens the FABRICATION menu on which you can cut pipes,

delete cuts, generate spools, create pipe solids, create insulation, and delete

insulation.

• Designation—Opens the Pipeline Designation dialog box using which you can

designate pipeline information that is used for the schematic driven pipeline

modeling.

• Drawing—Opens the Generate Isometric dialog box using which you can

generate PCF files.

• Set Up—Opens the PIPE SETUP menu on which you can set up how Pro/PIPING

creates piping systems.

• Info—Opens the Report Pipeline dialog box in which you can retrieve piping

system information.

Piping System Tree

About the Piping System Tree (Spec-Driven)

The Piping System Tree allows you to control how the pipeline is displayed. This tree-

based interface organizes all pipelines in the active assembly and its subassemblies

by piping system (categories) and orders pipelines according to their names. The

ability to include all subassemblies in the Piping System Tree streamlines the pipeline

display process. This ability is especially important if you create pipelines based on

the "one pipeline per assembly" modeling method.

Note: The sequence of display of the components is based on the direction of flow of

the network.

The Piping System Tree does the following:

• Displays all pipelines in the top-level assembly and its subassemblies.

• Organizes pipelines in a collapsible or expandable hierarchy according to the

value assigned to the piping_system_tree_format configuration option. The

pipelines are grouped according to the mnemonic, by default. This organization of

pipelines provides a clear and intuitive visual representation of the piping project

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

5

and allows immediate piping system recognition and pipeline selection. For

example, you can group and display all water pipes or all specification 12A

pipelines.

• Allows for efficient pipeline selection. You can quickly select pipelines and perform

the required tasks.

Note: Unlike the Pro/ENGINEER Model Tree, you cannot use the Piping System

Tree to sequentially reorder the pipelines and assembly components.

Viewing the Piping System Tree

Click on the top menu bar to switch between the standard Model Tree and the

Piping System Tree with pipeline view.

Note: You can switch to the standard Model Tree from the pipeline view or spool

view by clearing View > Pipeline View or View > Spool View, respectively.

Pipeline Selection and Display Features

The Piping System Tree provides the following dynamic pipeline selection and display

options:

• Pipeline—Displays or hides a pipeline.

• Label—Creates, deletes, displays, or hides a pipeline label.

• Solid—Creates, deletes, displays, or hides a pipe solid.

• Insulation—Creates, deletes, displays, or hides pipe insulation.

• Flow—Displays and allows the reversal of the flow direction of the pipeline or

pipe segment nodes.

Customize the Pro/PIPING Piping System Tree

The Piping System Tree is fully customizable. You can reorganize pipelines in multiple

ways by setting the piping_system_tree_format configuration option. You can also

open a separate Piping System Tree window.

To Access the Piping System Tree (Spec-Driven)

1. Open or create a Pro/PIPING assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The Piping System Tree opens. From the Piping

System Tree, you can select pipelines and display modes. Click View > Pipeline

View or View > Spool View to switch between the pipeline view and the spool

view.

Note: The sequence of the components displayed is based on the direction of

flow of the network.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

6

To Select Pipelines (Spec-Driven)

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one of the following:

o PIPING SYSTEM TREE—Selects all pipelines in the top level assembly

including those in the subassemblies.

o Piping System (Category)—Selects all pipelines in the piping system. For

example, if a piping system is configured for MNEMONIC and you select

WATER, all water pipelines in the top level assembly are selected.

o Pipeline—Selects one pipeline.

You can also select individual pipelines in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics

window.

To Display or Blank Pipelines (Spec-Driven)

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Pipeline > Show from the menu to display the pipeline in the graphics

window, or click Pipeline > Hide to hide the pipeline in the graphics window.

To Display Centerlines or Solids (Spec-Driven)

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines and right-click. A shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Solid > Show to display pipe centerlines for the selections. The selected

pipelines appear in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

Note: The Piping System Tree centerline or the solid display mode differs from the

centerline and solid display capabilities in Set Display and the mode set by the

pipe_solid_centerline configuration option in the following ways:

o The Piping System Tree centerline or the solid display mode allows you to

select one or more pipelines in the active assembly, including

subassemblies. You can display the selected pipeline with a pipe solid or

centerline.

Note: If you are creating pipelines based on the "one pipeline per

assembly" modeling method, it is recommended that you use this centerline

or solid display mode.

o The Set Display centerline or solid display mode (PIPING > Set Up > Set

Display) enables you to select pipelines in both the active assembly, as

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

7

well as the subassemblies. You can display the selected pipeline with a pipe

solid or centerline.

o The mode set by the pipe_solid_centerline configuration option

indicates the center of the pipe solid geometry with a line. This is a global

setting for all pipelines.

To Highlight Pipelines (Spec-Driven)

1. Click Show > Highlight Model.

2. Select pipelines from Piping System Tree. The selected pipelines are highlighted

in the Piping System Tree and in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

3. Repeat this process to turn off the Highlight Model display mode.

To Reorganize Pipelines (Spec-Driven)

1. Click Tools > Options. The Options dialog box opens.

2. In the Option box, type the piping_system_tree_format configuration option.

3. In the Value box, type one or any combination of the following values along with

any ASCII characters (default is MNEMONIC):

o SIZE

o SPECIFICATION

o MNEMONIC

o NUMBER

o INSULATION

As an example, the MNEMONIC-SPECIFICATION combination groups all pipelines

according to fluid carried and piping specification.

To Modify the Column Display (Spec-Driven)

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Click Settings > Tree Columns. The Model Tree Columns dialog box opens.

3. Under Not Displayed, select the items you want to display and click . The

selected items now appear under Displayed.

4. Click OK. The selected items and their respective values are displayed in the

columns of the Piping System Tree.

To Display the Piping System Tree from the Active Assembly

1. Click View > From Active Asm in the Piping System Tree. All the pipelines

below the current assembly are displayed.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

8

2. To cancel the selection of From Active Asm, clear From Active Asm.

To Display the Pipeline Component View

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Click the plus sign (+) adjacent to the branch node or double-click the branch

node. The branch node expands to show the pipeline components.

3. Select a pipeline in the expanded Piping System Tree. The pipeline is highlighted

in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

To Display the Piping Spool View

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens. Click View > Spool View in the Piping

System Tree. All the pipelines that have their spool numbers generated are

shown with their respective spools.

2. Click the plus sign (+) adjacent to the spool node or double-click the spool node.

The spool node expands to show its branch components.

3. Click a spool to select it in the expanded Piping System Tree. The spool is

highlighted in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

Note: You can switch between Pipeline View and Spool View at any time.

To Create or Delete Pipeline Labels from the Piping System Tree

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Label > Create to create a label for the pipeline, or click Label > Delete

to delete the label of the selected pipeline.

Note: Delete is available only if a label has been created for a pipeline.

To Display or Hide Pipeline Labels

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Label > Show to display the label of the selected pipeline or click Label >

Hide to hide the label of the selected pipeline.

Note: Show and Hide are available for a pipeline only if a label has been

created for the pipeline.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

9

To Create or Delete Pipe Solids from the Piping System Tree

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Solid > Create to create solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments, or

click Solid > Delete to delete the solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments.

Note: Delete is available only if the selected pipe segment nodes have solids.

To Display or Hide Pipe Solids

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Solid > Show to show solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments, or

click Solid > Hide to hide solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments.

Note: Hide is available only if the selected pipe segment nodes have

unsuppressed solids.

To Create or Delete Pipe Insulation Quilts

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Insulation > Create to create pipe insulation quilts for the entire pipelines,

or click Insulation > Delete to delete the pipe insulation quilts for the entire

pipeline.

Note: Insulation is available in the Piping System Tree and in the

Pro/ENGINEER graphics window only if a pipe solid has been created.

To Display or Hide Pipe Insulation Quilts

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Insulation > Show to show pipe insulation quilts for the entire pipeline, or

click Insulation > Hide to hide pipe insulation quilts for the entire pipeline.

Note: Insulation is available only if the selected pipe segment nodes have

unsuppressed pipe insulation quilts.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

10

About Customizing the Piping System Tree (Spec-Driven)

Customizing the Piping System Tree gives you the flexibility to display and organize

your piping projects in the following ways:

• Reorganize pipelines—Reorganize pipelines in multiple ways by setting the

piping_system_tree_format configuration option to modify categories.

• Modify the column display—Display informational columns and select items to

display in these Piping System Tree columns.

Configuring Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

About Configuring Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven)

You can customize the way the Specification-Driven piping design mode operates by

entering config.pro configuration file options and their values in the Options dialog

box (Tools > Options). For example, you can modify piping design modes, pipeline

formats, file names and directory locations, and configure the Pro/PIPING ISOGEN

interface.

Pro/PIPING provides a list of configuration options arranged in alphabetical order.

Each option contains the following information:

• Configuration option name

• Default and available variables or values. All default values are in italics.

• Brief description and notes describing the configuration option

ISOGEN Configuration Options

Pro/PIPING allows you to create isometric pipeline drawings by providing an

isometric drawing generation (ISOGEN) interface. Using the Generate Isometric

dialog box (PIPING > Drawing), you can create ISOGEN .pcf files for use with an

ISOGEN drawing tool. The following configuration options must be set in the

Pro/PIPING config.pro file to use the ISOGEN interface:

• isogen_mandatory_attr_file

• isogen_symbol_map_file

• isogen_output_files_dir

• isogen_nominal_size_map_file

• isogen_pcf_filename_format

• isogen_endtype_map_file

Note:

• Many configuration options are common to both the Specification-Driven and

Nonspecification-Driven modes in Pro/PIPING.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

11

• After you set the configuration options, all settings take effect immediately in the

current Pro/ENGINEER session.

• All the configuration options for which you specify numeric values will use the

units of the active piping assembly.

• The Symbol Map, Endtype Map, and Nominal Size ISOGEN Map files are required

to map Pro/PIPING component information to ISOGEN component information.

To Set Pro/PIPING Configuration Options (Spec-Driven)

1. Locate the configuration option you want to set using the configuration topics.

2. Click Tools > Options. The Options dialog box opens.

3. Select the configuration option from the list.

or

In the Option box, type the configuration option name.

4. In the Value box, type the value. You can use the Value list to see which values

are available. If the value requires an integer, type it.

5. Click Add / Change. The configuration option and its value appear in the list. A

green status icon confirms the change.

6. When you finish configuring Pro/PIPING, click Apply or OK.

Note: It is recommended that you set the Pro/PIPING configuration options before

starting a new piping project.

Specifying Thumb Wheel Increments

You can specify the increment for each controllable movement of the thumb wheel

using the piping_thumb_wheel_increment or piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc

configuration options, as applicable. In certain cases, Pro/PIPING uses the following

configuration options to determine the increment value:

Configuration Option Description

create_fraction_dim No—Pro/PIPING creates dimensions in

the decimal format (default).

Yes—Pro/PIPING creates dimensions in

the fractional format.

dim_fraction_format Std—Pro/PIPING displays dimensions as

a fraction in the standard Pro/ENGINEER

format (15 1/2 for 15.5 inches).

Aisc—Pro/PIPING displays dimensions

as a fraction in the AISC format (1' 3

1/2" for 15.5 inches).

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

12

dim_fraction_denominator Sets the largest denominator to be used

in a fraction, when you want to display

linear dimensions in a fractional format.

default_dec_places (0-14) Sets the number of decimal places that

Pro/PIPING must display when you want

to display linear dimensions in the

decimal format. By default, Pro/PIPING

displays the dimensions to an accuracy

of two decimal places.

isogen_attribute_map_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_attribute_map.ptd,

<absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that maps Pro/PIPING attributes or parameters

to the ISOGEN user-definable attributes.

Note: The isogen_attribute_map.ptd file can be copied to a local directory. You

can modify this file and maintain different versions as per your requirements. Use

the isogen_attribute_map_file configuration option to access the required

modified version.

isogen_endtype_map_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_endtype_map.ptd,

<absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that maps Pro/PIPING endtypes with ISOGEN

endtypes.

isogen_mandatory_attr_file (Spec-Driven)

isogen.fls, <valid file name>

Specify a name for the file that contains ISOGEN mandatory attribute files.

isogen_nominal_size_map_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_nominal_size_map.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that maps Pro/PIPING sizes with ISOGEN

nominal sizes in millimeters and inches.

isogen_output_files_dir (Spec-Driven)

<proe_run_directory>, <absolute directory path>

Specify a directory path for archiving the ISOGEN output files.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

13

isogen_pcf_filename_format (Spec-Driven)

MNEMONIC-SPECIFICATION-NUMBER, <a combination of the following keywords: SIZE,

SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, SPOOLNUM, and any valid file name

characters>

Specify a name format for ISOGEN (.pcf) files. Pro/PIPING creates ISOGEN file

names from the values assigned to the keywords as shown in the following table:

ISOGEN File Name

Format

Assigned Value ISOGEN (.pcf) File

Name

mnemonic-number-

insulation

water,1001,is water-1001-is.pcf

ship1-mnemonic-

number-insulation

water,1001,is ship1-water-1001-is.pcf

isogen_symbol_map_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_symbol_map.ptd,

<absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that maps Pro/PIPING fitting library part names

with ISOGEN component names and symbol keys (SKEY).

pipe_3D_bend_theor_int_pts (Spec-Driven)

yes, no

Set the theoretical intersections and bends in three-dimensional piping models.

• Yes—Pro/PIPING displays theoretical intersections and bends in three-

dimensional models.

• No—Pro/PIPING does not display theoretical intersections and bends in three-

dimensional models.

pipe_extend_dim_scheme (Spec-Driven)

cartesian, cylindrical, spherical

Specify a dimension scheme for piping extend segment.

pipe_solid_centerline (Spec-Driven)

yes, no

Set the pipe solid centerline display mode. Pro/PIPING displays a pipe solid centerline

in the graphics window to indicate the center of the pipe solid. After you set this

option, the display changes immediately in the current session of Pro/ENGINEER.

This mode displays the pipe solid center only.

• yes—Pro/PIPING displays the pipe solid centerlines.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

14

• no—Pro/PIPING does not display pipe solid centerlines.

Note: The pipe_solid_centerline mode differs from the centerline or solid display

capabilities in both the Set Display and the Piping System Tree in the following

ways:

• The mode set by the pipe_solid_centerline configuration option indicates the

center of the pipe solid geometry with a line. This is a global setting for all

pipelines.

• The Set Display centerline or solid display mode (PIPING > Set Up > Set

Display) enables you to select pipelines in both the active assembly, as well as

the subassemblies. You can display the selected pipelines with a pipe solid or

centerline.

• The Piping System Tree centerline or solid display mode allows you to select one

or more pipelines in the active assembly, including subassemblies. You can

display the selected pipeline with a pipe solid or centerline. Note that if you are

creating pipelines based on the "one pipeline per assembly" modeling method, it

is recommended that you use this centerline/solid display mode.

pipe_solid_label_format (Spec-Driven)

SIZE-SPECIFICATION-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION, <one or a combination of the

following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and

any valid file name characters>

Specify a pipe solid label format. Pro/PIPING generates pipeline labels from the

values assigned to the keywords during pipe solid creation.

pipe_update_pre_20_int_pts (Spec-Driven)

yes, no

Pro/PIPING can update pipelines created prior to Pro/PIPING Release 20.0. This

enables users to get intersection point entities. Pro/PIPING creates these entities in

session or when you retrieve the piping model.

• Yes—Pro/PIPING updates pipelines created prior to Pro/PIPING Release 20.0.

• No—Pro/PIPING does not update pipelines created prior to Pro/PIPING Release

20.0.

pipeline_assembly_library_dir (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/pipelinelib, <absolute directory

path>

Specify a directory path for selecting a pipeline assembly.

Note: Pro/PIPING uses the PRO_DIRECTORY environment variable to store the

<proe_load_directory>.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

15

pipeline_assembly_name_format (Spec-Driven)

MNEMONIC-NUMBER, <one or a combination of the following keywords: SIZE,

SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and any valid file name

characters>

Specify a pipeline assembly name format. Pro/PIPING creates assembly names from

the values assigned to the keywords during pipeline creation and routing. Any

combination of keywords and valid file name characters are allowed.

The following table describes the format:

Assembly Name

Format

Assigned Value Assembly File Name

MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS.ASM

SHIP1-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS SHIP1-WATER-1001-IS.ASM

pipeline_label_format (Spec-Driven)

SIZE-SPECIFICATION-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION, <one or a combination of the

following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and

any valid file name characters>

Specify a pipeline label format. Pro/PIPING creates pipeline labels from the values

assigned to the keywords during pipeline creation and routing.

The following table describes the format:

Pipeline Label Format Assigned Value Pipeline Label

MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS

SHIP1-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS SHIP1-WATER-1001-IS

pipeline_solid_start_part_name (Spec-Driven)

<string value>

Specify a default start part name for the pipe solid generation. The value specified

for this configuration option is used as a default template part name in the Pipe

Solid dialog box.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

16

pipeline_spool_label_format (Spec-Driven)

SIZE-SPECIFICATION-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-SPOOL#PREFIX[0]SPOOLNUM[01]SUFFIX[],

<one or a combination of the following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION,

MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, SPOOLNUM, PREFIX, SUFFIX, and any valid file

name characters>

Specify a pipeline spool label format. Pro/PIPING creates spool labels from the values

assigned to the keywords during pipe piece cutting.

The following table describes the format:

Pipeline Spool Label

Format

Assigned Value Pipeline Spool Label

MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS

SHIP1-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS SHIP1-WATER-1001-IS

pipeline_start_assembly_name (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/fittinglib/ pipeline_start.asm,

<absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that contains template information (assembly

units, pre-defined views, etc.). Pro/PIPING uses this information to create new

pipeline subassemblies.

Note: The Pipeline Start assembly file must be stored in the directory location

specified by the piping_fitt_lib_dir configuration option.

piping_wildfire_convert (Spec-Driven)

automatic, never, manual

Specify a value for this configuration option when working with piping assemblies

that are created in versions of Pro/PIPING earlier than Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire.

• automatic—Automatically converts all piping assemblies that are under the

active top assembly when you invoke the Pro/PIPING application.

• never—Does not convert piping assemblies.

• manual—Displays the Piping Assemblies Conversion dialog box when you

invoke the Pro/PIPING application. This is the default value.

Note: A piping assembly gets modified if it is updated to the Wildfire format.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

17

piping_appearance_map_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_appearance.map, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that maps all colors used in a Pro/PIPING piping

design project.

Note: The Piping Appearance Map file must be stored in the directory location

specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_bolt_nut_select_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that provides the bolt and nut data for the

corresponding bolt nut code. The data includes information about the related unique

MCCS code, the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file, and the required quantity of bolt and

nuts.

Note: The bolt nut code must be assigned to fittings of all sizes and schedule ratings

in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file. This code is applied to all the fitting instances in

the fitting master catalog file when generating the Auto-Selection file, that is,

*_asfile.ptd. The bolt nut data related to the bolt nut code is obtained from the

Piping Bolt Nut Select file.

piping_design_method (Spec-Driven)

non_spec_driven, spec_driven, user_driven

Specify the piping design method for the piping project.

• non_spec_drivenActivates the Non Specification-Driven piping design mode.

• spec_drivenActivates the Specification-Driven piping design mode.

• user_drivenActivates the User-Driven piping design mode. This mode allows

you to switch between Specification-Driven and Non Specification-Driven piping

design modes and convert existing assemblies at any time in the design process.

piping_end_compatibility_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_end_compatibility.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that contains the list of all valid end type

connections (fitting-to-fitting, fitting-to-pipe, and pipe-to-fitting) allowed for a piping

project. Pro/PIPING uses this data for end type checking during fitting insertion.

Note: The Piping End Compatibility file must be stored in the directory location

specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

18

piping_fitt_angle_tolerance (Spec-Driven)

1.5, <positive real number>

Specify a value for the piping fitting angle tolerance. Pro/PIPING uses this data to

check fitting angles during fitting insertion. The unit of measurement is degrees.

piping_fitt_category_map_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_fitt_category_map.ptd, < absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a name for the file that maps each fitting category to a fitting category

button in the fitting insertion dialog boxes.

Note: The Piping Fitting Category Map file must be stored in the directory location

specified by the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

piping_fitt_library_dir (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/fittinglib/, <absolute directory

path>

Specify a path where the fitting model part (individual parts or family table generic

parts with their associated tables) files are archived. Pro/PIPING uses this data

during fitting insertion.

piping_insulation_dir_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_insulation_dir.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a name for the file that contains the list of all valid insulation specifications

for a piping project.

Note: The Piping Insulation Directory file must be stored in the directory location

specified by the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

piping_joint_fitting_clearance (Spec-Driven)

1, <positive integer>

Specify a value for the minimum joint fitting clearance. Pro/PIPING uses this data

when inserting joint fittings and when cutting parallel pipe segments. The value that

you specify for this configuration option is calculated in the current piping assembly

units. For example, a value of 200.0 represents 200 inches in the INCH assembly

unit, and 200 mm in the MM assembly unit. The default values are 25mm in the MM

assembly unit and 1 inch in the INCH assembly unit.

piping_joint_fitting_offset (Spec-Driven)

4, <positive integer>

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

19

Specify a value for the minimum joint fitting offset. Pro/PIPING uses this value when

inserting joint fittings, and when cutting parallel pipe segments. The value specified

for this configuration option is calculated in the current piping assembly units. For

example, a value of 200.0 represents 200 inches in the INCH assembly unit and 200

mm in the MM assembly unit. The default values are 100mm in the MM assembly

unit and 4 inches in the INCH assembly unit.

piping_manufacture_dir_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_manufacture_dir.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a name for the file that contains pipe manufacturing information for projects

based on a pipe material code. The piping_mcat_dir configuration option resources

or retrieves data from this file.

Note: The Piping Manufacture Directory file must be stored in the directory location

specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_material_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_material.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify the path and name for the file that contains the piping material information.

Pro/PIPING associates this information (material code, full description, pipe density,

pipe and fitting master catalog file names) with pipes and fittings.

Note: The Piping Material file must be stored in the directory location specified by

the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_mcat_dir (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/, <absolute

directory path>

Specify a path where the piping Master Catalog files are archived. Pro/PIPING uses

the Master Catalog files to create piping specification files (Project Data files) for a

piping project.

piping_mcat_dir_file (Spec-Driven)

piping_mcat_dir.ptd, <valid file name>

Specify a name for the file that contains all pipe and fitting master catalog files.

Note: The Piping MCAT Directory file must be stored in the directory location

specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_min_bolting_clearance (Spec-Driven)

20, <positive integer>

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

20

Specify a value for minimum bolt clearance in the current assembly units.

Pro/PIPING uses this data during fitting insertion.

piping_project_data_dir (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/, <absolute

directory path>

Specify a path where the project related specification and design rule files are

archived. Pro/PIPING uses this data for specification-driven pipeline modeling and

reporting.

piping_schematic_driven

no, yes

Enable or disable the schematic-driven modeling.

• yesEnables the schematic-driven modeling options in pipeline creation, pipeline

routing, and fitting insertion.

• noDisables the schematic-driven modeling options.

piping_schematic_xml_dir (Spec-Driven)

current working directory,

<absolute directory path containing XML files giving schematic information>

Specify a path where the XML files containing the schematic information, obtained

from Routed Systems Designer, are archived. This is used as the start location for

XML file selection and search. Piping Design uses this data for the following tasks:

• Specification-driven pipeline modeling

• Specification-driven pipeline 2D and 3D schematic consistency checking.

The default value for this option is <current working directory>

Note: A pipeline should be completely defined in one XML file.

piping_spec_dir_file (Spec-Driven)

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_spec_dir.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that archives the list of all piping specifications.

Pro/PIPING uses this file specification-driven fitting selection, pipeline creation, and

design rule checking.

piping_system_tree_format (Spec-Driven)

MNEMONIC, <one or a combination of the following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION,

MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and any ASCII characters>

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

21

Specify the piping system tree format. Pro/PIPING creates piping systems or

categories from the values assigned to the keywords. These categories organize all

pipelines in the Piping System Tree. The following table describes the format:

Piping System Tree

Format

Pipeline Values Piping System

(Category) Name

MNEMONIC-SPECIFICATION WATER, 11C WATER-11C

MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS

SHIP1-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION

WATER, 1001, IS SHIP1-WATER-1001-IS

piping_thumb_wheel_increment (Spec-Driven)

1, <positive real number>

Specify a value for the piping thumb wheel increment in the current model unit.

Pro/PIPING uses this data to adjust the positioning increments when using the

thumb wheel for various tasks such as during inserting fittings and extending and

routing a pipeline.

In certain cases, Pro/PIPING decides the increment value based on the following:

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to no, Pro/PIPING uses

the increment value that you specified using the

piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option. If the increment value is

less than the least decimal value that you specified using the

default_dec_places configuration option, Pro/PIPING uses the least decimal

value as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to no, and if you do not

specify any value for the piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option,

Pro/PIPING uses the least decimal value that you specified using the

default_dec_places configuration option, as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to yes, and if the

increment value that you specified using the piping_thumb_wheel_increment

configuration option is less than the least denominator value that you can specify

using the dim_fraction_denominator configuration option, Pro/PIPING uses the

least fraction value as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to yes, and you do not

specify any value for the piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option,

Pro/PIPING uses the least fractional value as the increment.

piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc (Spec-Driven)

A positive real number between 0 and 1.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

22

While creating a branch point on a pipe segment or inserting fittings, Pro/PIPING

uses this data to adjust the positioning increments as a ratio when you specify

increments using the thumb wheel. Pro/PIPING assigns 0.01 as the default value.

In certain cases, Pro/PIPING determines the increment value based on the following:

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to no, Pro/PIPING uses

the increment value that you specified using the

piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc configuration option. If the increment value is

less than the least decimal value that you specified using the

default_dec_places configuration option, Pro/PIPING uses the least decimal

value as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to yes, and if the

increment value that you specified using the piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc

configuration option is less than the least denominator value that you can specify

using the dim_fraction_denominator configuration option, Pro/PIPING uses the

least fraction value as the increment.

units_system_dic_file

<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_units_system_dic_file.ptd,<directory path and valid file name>

Specify a path and name for the file that specifies units systems used for various

piping specification database files.

Setting Up Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

About Setting Up Specification-Driven Pro/PIPING

Pro/PIPING allows you to design complex piping systems based on piping

specifications. In order to design these piping systems, you must first set up

Specification-Driven Piping. You can use the PIPE SETUP menu (PIPING > Set Up)

to perform the following setup procedures:

• Spec DB—Allows you to set up the piping Specification Database Project Data

files. The Pro/PIPING Specification Database contains Master Catalog (MCAT),

Project Data, and Fitting Library files. Pro/PIPING includes populated MCAT and

Fitting Library files for immediate use. However, you must define the Project Data

files for each piping project before beginning pipe system modeling.

• Update Model—Allows you to update the active assembly in the current piping

model with piping data changes made to the specification files (Project Data

files), the MCAT files, or both. You can also modify line stocks and update the

current piping model to reflect the changes.

• Design Rules—Allows you to add or change the Design Rule parameters.

• Bend Allow—Lets you define or modify bend tables.

• Set Display—Sets the centerline or solid pipeline display for a selected pipeline

in the graphics window.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

23

Piping Specification Database

About the Piping Specification Database

The Pro/PIPING Piping Specification Database archives all piping library and catalog

files that can be used to create specification-driven piping systems and stores all

project-specific files. The Piping Specification Database contains the following three

file groups:

• Master Catalog (MCAT) Files—Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all of the

basic design information required for pipe modeling. Pro/PIPING includes MCAT

files. You can create MCAT files or modify existing ones when you want to update

and expand the piping data.

• Fitting Library Files—Fitting part files (Pro/ENGINEER and generic) with their

associated family tables and fitting assembly files. Fitting Library files provide the

physical representation for fittings in a piping model. Pro/PIPING includes Fitting

Library files. You can create Fitting Library Files or modify existing ones when you

want to update and expand the fitting library.

• Project Data Files—Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all project-specific design

information selected from the Master Catalog files. You create new Project Data

files for each new piping project when you set up Specification-Driven Piping for

that project. After you select piping data for each specification in the Define

Piping Specification dialog box, Pro/PIPING saves this data to a Project Data

file. You can modify the Project Data file by selecting new piping data.

Both the Master Catalog files and the Fitting Library files are archived collections that

contain all available items or components that can be used in piping system creation.

Unlike Project Data Files, these files do not change as you design new piping

projects.

Note: Create or modify the Piping Specification Database files before designing a

Specification-Driven piping project.

How the Piping Specification Database Works

The Piping Specification Database functions as the Pro/PIPING piping data libraries.

You begin a project by first creating any necessary Master Catalog and Fitting Library

files. After these files are updated, you create Project Data files for each new piping

project by assigning piping data from the Master Catalog files for each project

specification. Pro/PIPING retrieves all piping data from the Project Data files during

piping system design.

For example, you begin piping design with pipeline creation. You select a

specification and Pro/PIPING retrieves the data that you assigned to the specification

from the Project Data files. You select from this data and create the pipeline. After

the pipeline is created, Pro/PIPING copies the piping data to linestock features. As

you begin routing pipelines or creating pipe solids, Pro/PIPING uses the linestock

data. All insulation data is retrieved from the Project Data Files and copied to

insulation features for use in insulation modeling. During fitting insertion, Pro/PIPING

retrieves fitting data from the Project Data files.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

24

Master Catalog Files

About Master Catalog Files

Pro/PIPING Master Catalog (MCAT) files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all of

the piping design data required for pipe modeling. This piping data is available for all

projects and remains unchanged as new piping projects are designed. The MCAT file

data sources consist of industry standards and practices, and manufacturer catalogs.

Pro/PIPING includes Master Catalog files. You can modify existing MCAT files to

satisfy project requirements.

How Master Catalog Files Work

Master Catalog files contain all piping data that is available for all piping projects.

MCAT files function as a piping data library. During Specification-Driven Piping setup,

you must add all piping data from printed sources into the Master Catalog files, as

needed. You also must create the Project Data files.

You create Project Data files by selecting piping data from the MCAT files and

assigning it to each project specification. Pro/PIPING writes this data to the Project

Data files. Project Data files allow you to control the data that Pro/PIPING retrieves

during project design.

As an example, before you begin designing the piping project, you must set up

Specification Driven piping by creating the Project Data files. Assign different piping

data (pipeline and fitting data, insulation data, and so forth) to specifications 11B,

12A, and 12C. As you begin designing the pipeline for specification 12A, Pro/PIPING

retrieves only the piping data that you assigned to this specification. All other Master

Catalog file data remains archived. You select from the specification 12A piping data

and begin project design.

The following table lists each Pro/PIPING Master Catalog file and its information type:

Master Catalog (MCAT) File Information Type

Piping Master Catalog Directory file All Piping Master Catalog files

Pipe Outer Diameter file All available pipe outside diameters

Pipe Thickness file All available pipe thickness

Pipe Master Catalog file All available pipe sizes for a

material type

Piping Material file All available pipe material data

Piping Manufacture Directory file Relates the pipe material code to

the Bend, Bend Machine, and the

Miter files

Fitting Master Catalog file All available fittings

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

25

Bend file All available bend tables

Bending Machine File All available bend machines and

their parameters

Miter file All available miter tables

End Compatibility file All available end type matching

tables

Insulation file All available insulation data for

pipes and fittings

Appearance Map file All available colors that can be

applied to pipelines

Note: You can define the MCAT directory path by setting the piping_mcat_dir

configuration option.

To Modify Master Catalog Files

Pro/PIPING allows you to modify Master Catalog (MCAT) files. You must modify MCAT

files when periodic updates and additions require up-to-date information. You can

use either Pro/TABLE or any ASCII file editing tool for MCAT file modification.

1. Open Pro/TABLE or any ASCII editing tool.

2. Open the MCAT file to modify.

3. Enter the piping data into the file complying with the file format.

4. Save the modified MCAT file.

Piping Master Catalog Directory File

The Piping Master Catalog Directory file lists all the available Pipe and Fitting Master

Catalog (MCAT) files and insulation files. Each Piping MCAT Directory file entry

associates a piping category and a Master Catalog file with a Pipe Outer Diameter

file, a Pipe Thickness file, a Combined Size Code file, a selection name for a fitting

category, and the bolt nut code associated to fitting.

Pro/PIPING uses the Piping Master Catalog Directory file to:

• Retrieve Pipe Outer Diameter and Pipe Thickness file data. This data is based on

the associated Pipe or Fitting MCAT file.

• Retrieve fitting selection names based on fitting categories and Fitting MCAT file

while creating the Auto-selection file.

• Retrieve size codes for pipes and fittings.

• Retrieve the bolt and nut code associated with a fitting. The code provides

information about the type, quantity, associated Bolt Nut MCAT file, and MCCS

code.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

26

The Piping Master Catalog Directory file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

CATEGORY Pipe, fitting, or insulation categories defined in the

Master Catalog file.

Pro/PIPING supports the following category types:

1. Fixed Categories

o PIPE—For pipes

o FLEX_PIPE—For flexible pipes.

o INSULATION—For insulation

2. User-Defined Fitting Categories

Pro/PIPING provides the following categories that

are used by the fittings and archived in the

Pro/PIPING Fitting Library files. You can define new

categories as required.

o VALVE

o ANGLE_VALVE

o RELIEF_VALVE

o FLANGE

o GASKET

o ELBOW

o ELBOW_LET—For elbow olets

o BRANCH

o BRANCH_LET—For branch olets

o REDUCER

o GENERAL—For fittings that do not belong to

any of the above types

SNAME Fitting selection name.

MCAT_FILE Path for the Pipe or Fitting Master Catalog file name.

PIPE_OD_FILE Path for the Pipe Outside Diameter file name.

PIPE_THK_FILE Path for the Pipe Thickness file name.

SIZE_CODE_FILE Path for the Combined Size Code file name.

Pro/PIPING uses a single combined size code file for

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

27

all the pipes and fittings, by default.

BOLT_NUT_CODE Default bolt nut code. Pro/PIPING provides the

following bolt nut codes. You can define new bolt nut

codes as required.

CFA

CFB

CFC

CFD

CFE

CFF

CFG

CFH

Note: You can define the MCAT Directory file name by setting the

piping_mcat_dir_file configuration option. The default file is

piping_mcat_dir.ptd.

Example: Piping Master Catalog Directory File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_mcat_dir.ptd

CATEGO

RY

SNAME MCAT_FILE PIPE_OD_FILE PIPE_THK_F

ILE

SIZE_COD

E_FILE

BOLT_NUT_

CODE

PIPE pipe/pipe_steel pipeod/od_steel pipethk/thk_

steel

pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

PIPE pipe/pipe_stain pipeod/od_steel pipethk/thk_

steel

pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

PIPE pipe/pipe_copper pipeod/od_copper pipethk/thk_

copper

pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

PIPE pipe/pipe_albrass pipeod/od_albrass

-nicu

pipethk/thk_

albrass

pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

JOINT COUPLI

NG

fitting/coupling_sw

_steel

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

28

ze_code

ELBOW ELBOW

45LR

fitting/elbow_45lo

ng_bw_steel

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

ELBOW ELBOW

90LR

fitting/elbow_90lo

ng_bw_steel

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

GENER

AL

BFLAN

GE

fitting/flange_neck

_rf

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

FLANGE NECKFL

ANGE

fitting/flange_neck

_rf

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

CFA

FLANGE SLIPFL

ANGE

fitting/flange_slip pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

GASKET GASKE

T

fitting/gasket_nec

k

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

GASKET GASKE

T

fitting/gasket_slip pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

GENER

AL

NIPPLE fitting/nipple_bw pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

REDUC

ER

CRED fitting/red_concen

tric_bw_steel

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

VALVE GATE fitting/vl_gate_sc_

iron

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

CFE

VALVE GLOBE fitting/vl_gb_flrf_s

teel

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

CFF

VALVE GLOBE fitting/vl_gb_sc_ir

on

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

CFG

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

29

VALVE CHECK fitting/vl_swing_ch

eck_flrf

pipeod/od_steel pipeod/co

mbined_si

ze_code

CFH

Pipe Master Catalog File

The Pipe Master Catalog file defines all available pipe sizes, schedules, and end types

for each pipe material type.

Pro/PIPING retrieves pipe end types based on the selected pipe size and schedule.

The Pipe Master Catalog file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

END_TYPE Pipe end type

Example: Pipe Master Catalog File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_mcat_dir.ptd

SCH_RATE SIZE END_TYPE

40 2" BE

40 3" BE

40 4" BE

40 6" BE

40 8" BE

40 10" BE

40 12" BE

40 14" BE

40 16" BE

40 18" BE

40 20" BE

40 24" BE

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

30

40 36" BE

80 ½" PE

80 ¾" PE

80 1" PE

80 1-1/2" PE

Fitting Master Catalog File

The Fitting Master Catalog file defines all the available pipe fittings for each fitting

catalog in the Fitting Library (JIS, ANSI, DIN, and so forth).

Pro/PIPING retrieves the selected fitting model name and weight based on the fitting

size, branch size, new size, and the fitting rating from the Fitting Master Catalog file.

Pro/PIPING uses this data for specification-driven fitting insertion.

The Fitting Master Catalog file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SCH_RATE Fitting rating.

SIZE Fitting inlet nominal diameter.

NSIZE Fitting outlet nominal diameter. Only required

when it is applicable to this particular fitting.

BSIZE Fitting branch outlet nominal diameter. Only

required when it is applicable to this particular

fitting.

END_TYPE Fitting inlet end type.

NEND_TYPE Fitting outlet end type.

FITT_MODEL_NAME Fitting model name. It can be the name of a

.prt (Part) or a .asm (Assembly) file, or an

instance of a family table from the Fitting

Library.

Example: Fitting Master Catalog File

The following is an example of the Fitting Master Catalog files gate_astm_steel.ptd

(steel gate valve) and concetric_astm_steel.ptd (steel reducer.)

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/valve/gate_astm_steel.ptd>

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

31

SCH_RATE SIZE NSIZE BSIZE END_TYPE NEND_TYPE FITT_MODEL_NAME

150 ½" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_0D

150 ¾" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_0F

150 1" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_01

150 1-

1/2

"

BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_0D

150 2" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_02

150 3" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_03

150 4" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_04

150 6" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_06

150 8" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_08

150 10" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_10

150 12" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_12

150 14" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_14

150 16" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_16

150 18" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_18

150 20" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_20

150 24" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_24

150 36" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_36

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/reducer/ concetric_astm_steel.ptd

SCH_RATE SIZE NSIZE BSIZE END_TYPE NEND_TYPE FITT_MODEL_NAME

150 2" 1" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0201

150 3" 2" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0302

150 4" 3" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0403

150 6" 4" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0604

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

32

150 8" 6" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0806

150 10" 8" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1008

150 12" 10" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1210

150 14" 12" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1412

150 16" 14" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1614

150 18" 16" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1816

150 20" 18" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2018

150 22" 20" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2220

150 24" 22" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2422

150 26" 24" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2624

150 28" 26" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2826

150 30" 28" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_3028

150 32" 30" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_3230

Bolt Nut Selection File

The Bolt Nut Selection file specifies a unique material classification code (MCCS) for

the corresponding bolt nut code. The MCCS code is unique for different pipe sizes

and for different pressure ratings of a fitting. This code is subsequently used to

obtain information about the bolt nut material from the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file.

This file is identified by the piping_bolt_nut_select_file configuration option.

The Bolt Nut Selection file also provides information about the number of bolt nuts

required for the main fitting and for the flanges mated to that main fitting.

The Bolt Nut Master Catalog file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

Bolt_Nut_Code Code identifying the bolt nut data

Size Pipe size

SCH_RATE Pressure rating of fitting

MCCS_CODE Material classification code of bolt nut

Quantity Number of bolt nuts for the fitting and mated flanges

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

33

Mcat_file Path of the Bolt Nut Master Catalog File that gives

information about the material description and the bolt nut

part name

If a fitting requires eight bolt nuts of different MCCS codes, the same bolt nut code

appears as two records, as shown in the next table.

BOLT_NUT_CODE SIZE SCHEDUL

E_RATIN

G

MCCS QUANTITY MCAT_FILE

CFF 32A 5K 2111201206

5

4 boltnut/bolt_nut

_mcat.ptd

CFF 32A 5K 2111210213

0

4 boltnut/bolt_nut

_mcat.ptd

Example: Bolt Nut Selection File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd>

BOLT_NUT_CODE SIZE SCH_RATE MCCS_CODE QUANTITY MCAT_FILE

CFA 10A 40 311AB40010 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 15A 40 311AB40015 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 20A 40 311AB40020 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 25A 40 311AB40025 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 32A 40 311AB40032 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 40A 40 311AB40040 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 50A 40 311AB40050 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 65A 40 311AB40065 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 80A 40 311AB40080 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 100A 40 311AB40100 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 125A 40 311AB40125 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 150A 40 311AB40150 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

34

CFA 200A 40 311AB40200 24 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFA 250A 40 311AB40250 24 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 15A 40 357AA40015 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 20A 40 357AA40020 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 25A 40 357AA40025 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 32A 40 357AA40032 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 40A 40 357AA40040 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 50A 40 357AA40050 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 65A 40 357AA40065 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 80A 40 357AA40080 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 100A 40 357AA40100 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 125A 40 357AA40125 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 150A 40 357AA40150 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 200A 40 357AA40200 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

CFB 250A 40 357AA40250 24 boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd

Bolt Nut Master Catalog File

The Bolt Nut Master Catalog file defines the material classification code (MCCS) and

material for all types of bolts and nuts.

The bolt nut code is always assigned to a fitting as a fitting parameter in the auto-

selection file *_asfile.ptd. Using the bolt nut code, Pro/PIPING retrieves the

corresponding unique MCCS code from the bolt nut selection file

piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd. This MCCS code is used to obtain the bolt nut

material description from the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file, bolt_nut_mcat.ptd.

Pro/PIPING uses this data for specification-driven bolt nut insertion.

The Bolt Nut Master Catalog file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

MCCS_CODE Bolt and Nut Material Classification Code

Bolt_Type Type of Bolt

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

35

MATL_DESC Bolt and Nut Material Description

Bulk_Item_Name Bulk Item Name

Example: Bolt Nut Master Catalog File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd>

MCCS BOLT_TYPE Material_Description Bolt_part_name

311AB40010 STUD BOLT NUT ASTM CS

106

311AB40010<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

311AB40015 STUD BOLT NUT ASTM CS

106

311AB40015<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

357AA40020 THREAD BOLT NUT ASTM CS

107

357AA40020<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

357AA40025 THREAD BOLT NUT ASTM CS

107

357AA40025<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

33AA30250 THREAD BOLT NUT ASTM CS

112

33AA30250<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

33AA20250 NUT_TYPE1 BOLT NUT ASTM CS

115

33AA20250<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

322AA20050 NUT_TYPE1 BOLT NUT ASTM CS

115

322AA20050<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

322AA20065 NUT_TYPE1 BOLT NUT ASTM CS

115

322AA20065<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

322AI10032 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT ASTM CS

116

322AI10032<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

322AI10040 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT ASTM CS

116

322AI10040<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

322AI10050 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT ASTM CS

116

322AI10050<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

322AA30100 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT ASTM CS

116

322AA30100<BOLT_NUT_BULK>

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

36

Piping Material File

The Piping Material file defines piping material by using material code, material

description, and material density. The Piping Material file associates material codes

with Pipe, Fitting, or Insulation Master Catalog files to perform the following

specification-driven tasks:

• Pipeline Creation and Routing—Pro/PIPING retrieves the material description

and material density from the Piping Material file. This data is based on the

material code and the Pipe Master Catalog file name.

• Fitting Insertion—Pro/PIPING retrieves the fitting material description from the

Piping Material file. This data is based on the fitting material code and the Fitting

Master Catalog file name.

• Insulation Reporting—Pro/PIPING retrieves the insulation material description

from the Piping Material file. This data is based on the insulation material code.

The Piping Material file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

MATL_CODE Material code

MATL_DESC Material description

MATL_DENSITY Material density

MCAT_FILE Piping Master Catalog file name

Note: You can define the Piping Material file name by setting the

piping_material_file configuration option (default is piping_material.ptd)

Example: Piping Material File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_material.ptd

MATL_CODE MATL_DESC MATL_DENSITY MCAT_FILE

AA ASTM A234

WPB

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AB ASTM A105 GRB 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AC ASTM A106 GRB 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AD ASTM A216 GR

WCB

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

37

AE ASTM A193 GR

B7

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AF ASTM A194 GR

2H

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AG ASBESTOS

RING GASKET

2.0 gasket/asbestos_ring

AH ASTM A181 GR1 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AM ASTM A312

TP321

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AO ASTM A351

CFBC

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AP ASTM A403

WP321

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AQ ASTM A182

F321

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

BA ASTM A335 GR

P1

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

BB ASTM A217 GR

WC1

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

BC SP. W GASKET

4.6 % CHR

1.8 gasket/sp_ring

BD ASTM A234 WPI 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

BE ASTM A182 GR

F1

7.8 pipe/astm_steel

Pipe Outer Diameter File

The Pipe Outer Diameter file defines the pipe outside diameter (OD). The OD is a

fixed value relative to the nominal pipe diameter and pipe material category.

Pro/PIPING uses the Pipe Outer Diameter file to retrieve the pipe outside diameter

and pipe size code based on the pipe size for specification-driven pipeline creation.

Pro/PIPING also uses this file to retrieve the fitting size code. This code is based on

the fitting size and is used for fitting stock number creation.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

38

The Pipe Outer Diameter file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

PIPE_OD Pipe outside diameter (OD)

SIZE_CODE Size code

The size code can be used in a pipe or fitting stock

number as a replacement for size.

Example: Pipe Outer Diameter File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipeod/od_steel.ptd

SIZE PIPE_OD SIZE_CODE

1" 1.315 01

1-1/2" 1.9 1D

2" 2.375 02

3" 3.5 03

4" 1.315 04

6" 6.625 06

8" 8.625 08

10" 10.75 10

12" 12.75 12

14" 14 14

16" 16 16

18" 18 18

20" 20 20

24" 24 24

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

39

Pipe Thickness File

The Pipe Thickness file defines the pipe wall thickness. The pipe wall thickness is a

fixed value relative to the nominal pipe diameter, pipe schedule, and pipe material

type.

Pro/PIPING uses the Pipe Thickness file to retrieve the pipe wall thickness based on

the pipe size and schedule for specification-driven pipeline creation.

The Pipe Thickness file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule

PIPE_THK Pipe wall thickness

Example: Pipe Thickness File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipethk/thk_steel.ptd

SCH_RATE SIZE PIPE_THK

40 1" 0.133

40 1-1/2" 0.145

40 2" 0.154

40 3" 0.216

40 4" 0.237

40 6" 0.28

40 8" 0.322

40 10" 0.365

40 12" 0.406

40 14" 0.438

40 16" 0.5

40 18" 0.562

40 20" 0.594

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

40

40 24" 0.688

80 1" 0.179

80 1-1/2" 0.2

80 2" 0.218

80 3" 0.3

80 4" 0.337

80 6" 0.432

80 8" 0.5

80 10" 0.594

80 12" 0.688

80 14" 0.75

80 16" 0.844

80 18" 0.938

80 20" 1.031

80 24" 1.218

Pipe Manufacture Directory File

The Pipe Manufacture Directory file associates a pipe material code with a Bend file,

a Bending Machine file, a Miter file, and a Bending Spring Back and Elongation file.

Pro/PIPING retrieves the Bend file, Bend Machine file, Bending Spring Back and

Elongation file, Miter file and names from the Pipe Manufacture Directory file. This

data is based on pipe material code. Pro/PIPING uses the Pipe Manufacture Directory

file during specification-driven pipeline creation.

The Pipe Manufacture Directory file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

MATL_CODE Material code

BEND_FILE Bend file name

BEND_MACHINE_FILE Bending Machine file name

MITER_FILE Miter file name

BEND_SPRING_BACK_ELONGATION_FILE Bending spring back and

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

41

elongation file name

Note: You can define the Pipe Manufacture Directory file name by setting the

piping_manufacture_dir_file configuration option (default is

piping_manufacture_dir.ptd).

Example: Pipe Manufacture Directory File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_manufacture_dir.ptd

MATL_

CODE

BEND_FILE BEND_MACHINE_FILE BEND_SPRING_BACK_ELON

GATION_FILE

MITER_FILE

AA bend/bend_steel bend_machine/bend_machi

ne

bend_spring_back_elongation

/bend_spring_back_elongatio

n_steel

miter/miter_steel

AB bend/bend_steel bend_machine/bend_machi

ne

miter/miter_steel

CA bend/bend_copp

er

CB bend/bend_albs

Bend File

The Bend file defines the bend information for pipe sizes that are assigned to specific

pipe material codes. Pipe material codes and the Bend files are associated in the Pipe

Manufacture MCAT file. The Pipe Manufacture file is associated to the Pipe Master

Catalog file for each material code through the Piping Material file.

Pro/PIPING retrieves the bend radius from the Bend file. This bend data is based on

the pipe size and is used for specification-driven pipeline creation and routing.

Note: The Bend file units of measurement must be the same as those in the Pipe

Outer Diameter file.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

42

Example: Bend Radius

1 Bend radius

The Bend file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter.

RADIUS Bend radius.

RATIO Ratio between the bend radius and the pipe outside

diameter.

MIN_RADIUS Minimum bend radius.

MAX_RADIUS Maximum bend radius.

MIN_ANGLE Minimum bend angle.

MAX_ANGLE Maximum bend angle.

Example: Bend File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/bend/bend_steel.ptd

SIZE RADIUS RATIO MIN_RADIUS MAX_RADIUS MIN_ANGLE MAX_ANGLE

½" 2.2

¾" 2.4

1" 2.5

1-

1/2

4.2

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

43

"

2" 5.8

3" 6

4" 11.2

6" 13

Bending Spring Back and Elongation File

The Bending Spring Back and Elongation file is used to store the spring back and

elongation for a given pipe material. The amount of spring back and elongation are

determined based on the pipe size, bend radius and bend angle.

Note: The Bending Spring Back and Elongation file units of measurement must be

the same as those in the Pipe Outer Diameter file.

The Bending Spring Back file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter.

RADIUS Bend radius.

ANGLE Bend angle in degree.

SPRING_BACK_LEN Spring back length.

ELONGATION_LENGTH Elongation Length.

Example: Bending Spring Back and Elongation File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/bending_spring_back_elongation/bending_spring_back_elongation_steel.ptd

SIZE RADIUS ANGLE SPRING_BACK_LEN ELONGATION_LEN

15A 100 65 1 0

15A 100 75 1 0

15A 100 90 2 2

32A 135 5 0 0

32A 135 45 1 1

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

44

40A 145 45 1 1

40A 145 90 5 4

80A 265 10 0 0

80A 265 90 8 9

100A 345 5 0 0

200A 750 20 1 0

Bend Machine File

The Bend Machine file defines bend manufacturing information for a particular

bending machine. The Bend Machine file is associated with the pipe material codes in

the Pipe Manufacture Directory file. This material code is associated with the Pipe

Master Catalog file through the Piping Master Catalog Directory file.

Pro/PIPING retrieves the start, middle, and end clamp lengths from the Bending

Machine file. This data is based on pipe size and is used during bend creation and

design rule checking.

Note: The Bend Machine file units of measurement must be the same as those in the

Pipe Outer Diameter file.

The following examples illustrate bend creation:

Example 1: Only One Bend in a Pipe Spool

1 Start segment length

2 Bending start

3 Bend radius

4 End segment length

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

45

Example 2: More Than One Bend in a Pipe Spool

1 Start segment length

2 Bending start

3 Bend radius

4 Middle segment length

5 End segment length

The Bending Machine file format is described in the next table.

FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter.

START_CLAMP_LEN Minimum clamp length required before the first

bend of the pipe spool.

Design rule: The length of the start segment should

be equal or longer than this value.

MID_CLAMP_LEN Minimum clamp length required between two bends

of the pipe spool.

Design rule: The length of the middle segment

should be equal or longer than this value.

END_CLAMP_LEN Minimum clamp length after the last bend of the

pipe spool.

Design rule: The length of the end segment should

be equal or longer than this value.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

46

Example: Bend Machine File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/bend_machine/ bend_machine_one.ptd

SIZE START_CLAMP_LEN MID_CLAMP_LEN END_CALMP_LEN

½" 3.0

¾" 3.0

1" 3.0

1-1/2" 5.0

2" 5.8

3" 6.0

4" 10.5

6" 13.0

Miter File

The Miter file defines miter information for pipe sizes that are assigned to specific

pipe material codes. The pipe material codes are associated with the Pipe Master

Catalog file through the Piping Material file.

Pro/PIPING uses the Miter file to retrieve the miter radius, the minimum and

maximum miter angles, and the number of cuts. The pipeline size and the vertex

angle are used to select the miter type from the Miter file when you create miters.

Note: The vertex angle must be greater than the minimum miter angle

(MIN_ANGLE) and less than or equal to the maximum miter angle (MAX_ANGLE).

The miter types can be one cut, two cut, three cut, or four cut.

The miter radius and the number of cuts from the selected miter file are used to

create miters.

Note: The unit of measurement in the Miter file is defined using the Units System

Directory File.

The Miter file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

RADIUS Radius of the miter

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

47

MIN_ANGLE Minimum miter angle

MAX_ANGLE Maximum miter angle

CUT_NUMBER Number of miter cuts

Example: Miter File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/miter/miter_steel.ptd

SIZE MITER_MIN_ANGLE MITER_MAX_ANGLE MITER_RADIUS NUMBER_OF_CUTS

250A 0 30 0 1

250A 30 60 267 2

250A 60 90 267 3

300A 0 30 0 1

300A 30 60 319 2

300A 60 90 319 3

350A 0 30 0 1

350A 30 60 356 2

End Compatibility File

The End Compatibility file defines all of the compatible pipe and fitting end types

used in piping design. Pro/PIPING uses this file to determine if two ends are

compatible and can be mated. End type compatibility is based on end types and

fitting ratings.

End Type Compatibility occurs during specification-driven pipeline creation, routing,

and fitting insertion.

The End Compatibility file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description Mandatory

END_TYPE1 First pipe or fitting end type YES

RATING1 First fitting rating NO

END_TYPE2 Second pipe or fitting end type YES

RATING2 Second fitting rating NO

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

48

Note: You can define the End Compatibility file name by setting the

piping_end_compatibility_file configuration option (default is

piping_end_compatibility.ptd).

Example: End Compatibility File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_end_compatibility.ptd

END_TYPE1 RATING1 END_TYPE2 RATING2

BE BW

BW BW

FF 150 GF 150

Insulation File

The Insulation file defines the insulation data for pipes and fittings. Pro/PIPING

retrieves the insulation material code and material thickness from the Insulation file

and uses this insulation data for use in insulation modeling and reporting.

The Insulation file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

TYPE Insulation type.

Pro/PIPING supports the following insulation types:

o GENERAL

o TRACE_PIPE

Note: Only enter an insulation type in the first entry field

for each type.

CATEGORY Pro/PIPING accepts any of the Piping Master Catalog

Directory file categories.

MATL_CODE Insulation material code.

MATL_THK Insulation thickness.

Note: Required when the insulation material thickness is

applicable.

SIZE Pipe and fitting nominal diameter. Pro/PIPING uses this

data to apply the selected insulation (material type and

thickness) to the pipes and fittings.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

49

STOCK_NO Stock number for the insulation material.

Example: Insulation File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/insulation/general_fitting.ptd

TYPE CATEGORY SIZE MATL_CODE MATL_THK STOCKNO

GENERAL PIPE 32A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 40A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 50A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 65A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 80A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 100A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 125A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 150A MWCOVER 30

PIPE SWIRE

PIPE BOND

PIPE GCLOTH

BEND TAPE

ELBOW TAPE

FLANGE MWCOVER 25

FLANGE GCLOTH

FLANGE GYARN

FLANGE SHOOK

VALVE MWCOVER 25

VALVE GCLOTH

VALVE GYARN

VALVE SHOOK

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

50

Tip: Pipe Insulation Definition

When you define pipe insulation, start from the object being insulated and work

outward. Define each insulation material part, one by one, in the radius direction.

The following diagram illustrates the insulation definition process:

Pipe

Insulation: Mineral wool cover/provision refrigeration pipe cover

Steel wire

Bond

Cloth: Glass cloth/galvanized steel

Insulation define direction

Appearance Map File

The Piping Appearance Map Master Catalog (MCAT) file archives all of the colors used

during piping design. Click View > Color and Appearance to create or modify

colors.

You assign colors to specifications during Specification Directory file creation and

modification.

You can define the Appearance Map file name by setting the

piping_appearance_map_file configuration option (default is

piping_appearance.map).

Combined Size Code File

The combined size code file defines combined size codes for pipes and fittings of

various combinations of sizes. You can use the combined size code to define the

stock number format for pipes and fittings that represent all combinations of sizes.

The Combined Size Code file format is described in the next table.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

51

Field Name Definition

SIZE Size of the pipe or the inlet size of

the fitting

NSIZE New size or the outlet size of the

fitting

BSIZE Branch size or branch let size of the

fitting

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code that represents

a combination of sizes

Pro/PIPING, by default, uses the size code specified in the default combined size

code file for all the pipes and fittings.

Example: Combined Size Code File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipeod/combined_size_code.ptd

SIZE NSIZE BSIZE COMBINED_SIZE_CODE

100A 100

100A 50A A09

100A 100A 65A 010

Note:

• The pipes and fittings in the first row of the previous table have only one size.

Therefore, no values are specified for NSIZE and BSIZE.

• A REDUCER fitting having main size 100A and new size 50A can be represented

by a combined size code A09. This combined size code represents the size

combination 100A x 50A. Because the combined size code such as A09 is user-

defined, it may not have any visual relation to the actual fitting size combination.

• A TEE fitting with a branch size of 65A is represented by a combined size code

010 as shown in the third row of the previous table.

Tip: Defining Size Codes

Pro/PIPING uses the following rules to assign size codes while defining the material

classification code format and the stock number format for pipes, fittings, and

assembly fitting records in the Auto-Selection files:

• The combined size code defined in SIZE_CODE_FILE that is specified in the Piping

Master Catalog Directory file is used to represent keyword COMBINED_SIZE_CODE.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

52

• The size code defined in PIPE_OD_FILE that is specified in the Piping Master

Catalog Directory file is used to represent keywords such as SIZE_CODE,

NSIZE_CODE, and BSIZE_CODE.

Units System File

The Units System file specifies the units system that can be used for the various

parameter values in the piping data files. You can define the Units System file using

the UNITS_SYSTEM_DIC_FILE configuration option. The default file is

piping_units_system_dic_file.ptd. The units system defined in standard

Pro/ENGINEER is used to specify units in the piping data files.

The Unit System file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

FILE Data file name

PRO_UNIT_SYS Pro/ENGINEER units system used for

the data file

Pro/PIPING supports the following

predefined Pro/ENGINEER units

system:

o PROE_DEF—Inch Lbm Second

o CGS—Centimeter Gram Second

o FPS—Foot Pound Second

o IPS—Inch Pound Second

o MKS—Meter Kilogram Second

o MMKS—Millimeter Kilogram

Second

o MMNS—Millimeter Newton

Second

Note: Pro/PIPING also uses the

other user-defined Pro/ENGINEER

units systems.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

53

Example: Units System File

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_units_system_dic_file.ptd

File PRO_UNIT_SYS

pipeod/od_steel MMKS

pipeod/od_copper MMKS

pipeod/od_albrass-nicu MMKS

pipethk/thk_copper MMKS

pipethk/thk_steel MMKS

pipethk/thk_sus MMKS

bend/bend_albs MMKS

bend/bend_copper MMKS

bend/bend_steel MMKS

miter/miter_steel MMKS

insulation/exhaust MMKS

insulation/general MMKS

insulation/general_fitting MMKS

insulation/sweat MMKS

insulation/trace_pipe MMKS

piping_material MMKS

bend_machine/bend_machine MMKS

bend_machine/bend_springback_elong_steel MMKS

piping_manufacture_dir MMKS

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

54

Project Data Files

About Project Data Files

Project Data files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all project specific design

information. You create Project Data files when you set up Specification-Driven

Piping for each piping project.

To set up Specification-Driven Piping, you must define each piping specification and

assign piping data to them using the Define Piping Specification dialog box

(PIPING > Set Up > Spec DB). Pro/PIPING writes this piping data to the following

Project Data files:

• Specification Directory Files—Store all piping specifications, mnemonics,

colors, layers, insulation codes, and assigned Auto-Selection files that you

selected for a piping project.

• Auto-Selection Files—Contain all pipes, fittings, bends, miters, and assembly

fittings that you selected for a piping project. Pro/PIPING retrieves this data from

the Master Catalog (MCAT) files.

• Insulation Directory Files—Contain all insulation files, insulation codes, and

colors that you selected for a piping project. Pro/PIPING retrieves this data from

the Master Catalog (MCAT) files.

The Fitting Category Map Files are Project Data files in which you assign fitting

categories to Fitting Category buttons in the Insert Fitting and Insert Group

Fitting dialog boxes. These buttons allow you to easily access all fittings for the

selected pipeline specification during fitting insertion.

How Project Data Files Work

As you design a piping project and select piping specifications, Pro/PIPING uses the

Project Data files to retrieve the piping data that you assigned to each specification

and dynamically populates the current dialog box. This simplifies the piping design

process.

For example, before you begin designing your piping project, you set up

Specification-Driven Piping. You assign piping data to piping specification records

A7A, 12A, and 14C. Pro/PIPING retrieves the data from the Master Catalog (MCAT)

files and saves the records in the Project Data files. As you create the pipeline or

insert a fitting for specification 12A, only the piping data that you assigned to the

specification 12A record becomes available and populates the dialog box. All other

data remains archived.

Note: Pro/PIPING saves all Project Data files in one directory. You can change this

directory by setting the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

55

About Specification Directory Files

Specification Directory files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all piping

specifications for a piping project. You create Specification Directory files when you

set up Specification-Driven Piping for each piping project.

To create a Specification Directory file, you define all piping specification records by

assigning the following data using the Define Piping Specification dialog box:

• Specification—All project specification names for a piping project.

• Mnemonic—Fluid or piping system assigned to each specification.

• Color—Color assigned to each specification. Pro/PIPING retrieves colors from the

Piping Appearance Map Master Catalog (MCAT) file.

• Layer—Layer assigned to each specification.

• Auto-Selection File—Auto-Selection file assigned to each specification. Auto-

Selection files store all pipe, fitting, and assembly fitting data that you assigned

for each specification record.

• Insulation Code—Insulation code assigned to each specification. The insulation

code points to the Insulation Directory file. This file stores the insulation data that

you assigned to a specification.

How Specification Directory Files Work

Pipeline Creation

After you open the Create Pipeline dialog box (PIPING > Pipeline >

Create/Route), Pro/PIPING retrieves all piping specifications from the Specification

Directory file. You select a specification and Pro/PIPING retrieves the specification

name, mnemonic, color, and layer from the Specification Directory file for the

selected specification. This file also directs Pro/PIPING to the Auto-Selection and

Insulation Directory files where Pro/PIPING retrieves the pipe, fitting, and insulation

data that you assigned to the specification. Pro/PIPING populates the Create

Pipeline dialog box with this data.

You select the piping data needed and click to create the pipeline. Pro/PIPING

copies the selected piping data to the linestock and insulation features, and opens

the ROUTE PIPE submenu. You can begin to route the pipeline.

Fitting Insertion

After you select a pipeline and insertion point, Pro/PIPING retrieves the piping data

from the Specification Directory file. This data includes the specification name and

the pipe size from the pipeline. The piping data directs Pro/PIPING to the Auto-

Selection file where Pro/PIPING retrieves the fittings that you assigned to the

specification. Pro/PIPING populates the appropriate fitting insertion dialog boxes with

this data.

You select a fitting with the Fitting Category buttons. After you click a button,

Pro/PIPING retrieves only the fittings (in the category) that you assigned to the

Auto-Selection file for that specification.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

56

For example, you click PIPING > Fitting > Insert and select the pipeline for

specification 12A. You select the valve fitting category button to select a valve fitting.

Pro/PIPING retrieves all valve fittings that you assigned to the specification 12A

Auto-Selection file (12a_asfile.ptd). After you select the valve fitting, click to

insert it.

The following table describes the Specification Directory file format:

Field Name Description Required

SPEC Specification name. YES

MNEMONIC Mnemonic name (system or fluid). NO

COLOR Color name. YES

LAYER Layer name - Maximum 31

characters.

NO

AUTO_SELECT_FILE Auto-Selection File name assigned to

each specification. Points to the Auto-

Selection File.

YES

INS_CODE Insulation code assigned to each

specification. Points to the Insulation

Directory File.

NO

Note: You can define the Specification Directory file name by setting the

piping_spec_dir_file configuration option (default is piping_spec_dir.ptd).

Example: Specification Directory File

Default Path:

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_specs_dir.ptd

SPEC MNEMONIC COLOR LAYER AUTO_SELECT_FILE INS_CODE

A7A WC YELLOW a7a_layer a7a_asfile ES

B7A HC BLUE b7a_layer b7a_asfile EH

D2B MAGENTA d2b_layer d2b_asfile EK

To Create a Specification Directory File

Note: Because Pro/PIPING requires that you select an Auto-Selection file for each

specification record (in the Specification Directory file), you must create the Auto-

Selection files before you define the specification records.

1. Create or open a piping an assembly.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

57

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

4. Click to create a new file. The New File dialog box opens.

5. Under Type, select Spec Directory File and enter a file name. This file will

contain all specifications for the entire piping project. It is recommended that you

use a descriptive file name such as project_name_specs.ptd.

6. Click to open the file. Pro/PIPING displays the file name in the border next to

Specification Directory File. You can begin to define a specification record.

7. Under Define Record, enter a piping specification name (required). The

Specification box lists all specification records in the current Specification

Directory file.

8. Type a mnemonic (optional). The Mnemonic box lists each mnemonic assigned

to a specification record in the current Specification Directory file. If you assign a

mnemonic, Pro/PIPING assigns the selected color to both the specification and

the mnemonic.

9. Type a layer name in the Layer box for specification and mnemonic (optional).

10. Select a color (required). Colors can be assigned to the specification and

mnemonic. The Color box lists all colors stored in the Piping Appearance Map

(MCAT) File. You can define new colors (View > Color and Appearance).

11. Select an Auto-Selection file (required). Click to open the Select Auto

Selection File dialog box. Select an Auto-Selection file and double-click. The

selected file populates the Auto Selection box. The current directory is based on

the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

12. Do one of the following:

o Select the Insulation Code check box to assign an insulation code to the

current specification record (optional). The Insulation Code box lists all

insulation codes in the Insulation Directory Project Data file.

o Clear the Insulation Code check box and make the insulation codes

unavailable to the specification.

13. Click to add the new specification record to the Specification Directory file.

Pro/PIPING lists the record under Select Record.

14. Click to save the file. The current directory is based on the directory path in

the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

15. Click File > Exit.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

58

About Auto-Selection Files

Auto-Selection files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store subsets of data that you

select from the Master Catalog (MCAT) files. You create an Auto-Selection file for

each project specification record (Specification Directory file) by using the Define

Piping Specification dialog box.

Auto-Selection files allow Pro/PIPING to retrieve only the piping data that you

assigned to a specification. Each Auto-Selection file contains the following data:

• Pipe Data—Pipe categories, sizes, schedules, end types, material codes, Pipe

MCAT file names, and stock numbers. Pro/PIPING retrieves this data from the

appropriate MCAT files and saves it in pipe records that you define.

• Fitting Data—Fitting selection names, categories, sizes, end types, ratings,

material codes, bolt nut codes, fitting MCAT file names, and stock numbers.

Pro/PIPING retrieves this data from the appropriate MCAT files and saves it in

fitting records that you define.

• Assembly Fitting Data—Assembly fitting selection names, sizes, configurations,

and stock numbers. Pro/PIPING retrieves this data from the appropriate MCAT

files and saves it in assembly fitting records that you define.

Note: After you create an Auto-Selection file, you must assign it to the

corresponding specification record (in the Specification Directory file) using the

Define Piping Specification dialog box (Auto-Selection box).

For example, you assign the Auto-Selection file created for specification 11C

(11c_asfile.ptd) to the specification 11C record in the Specification Directory file.

This allows the Specification Directory file to direct Pro/PIPING to the correct Auto-

Selection file.

How Auto-Selection Files Work

After you select a specification for pipeline creation or select a pipeline for fitting

insertion, Pro/PIPING retrieves the specification data from the Specification Directory

file. The Specification Directory file also directs Pro/PIPING to the appropriate Auto-

Selection file to retrieve the pipe, fitting, and assembly fitting data.

Pro/PIPING retrieves the Auto-Selection piping data from the pipe, fitting, and

assembly fitting records that you defined for each specification. This data populates

appropriate dialog boxes.

Auto-Selection Files simplify the piping process and reduce design error by making

available only a subset of the Master Catalog file piping data.

The following table describes the Auto-Selection File format:

Field Name Description

CATEGORY Pipe or fitting category

SNAME Fitting selection name

SIZE Pipe or fitting inlet nominal size

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

59

NSIZE Fitting outlet nominal size

BSIZE Fitting branch outlet nominal size

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule or fitting rating

MATL_CODE Pipe or fitting material code

MCAT_FILE Master Catalog (MCAT) file name

STOCKNO Pipe or fitting stock number

MCCS_CODE Pipe or fitting Material Classification Code

CODE Fitting code—Indicates how a certain fitting is to be

inserted

BOLT_NUT_CODE Bolt and Nut Code for the fitting

Example: Auto-Selection File

Default Path:

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/ms_asfile.ptd

CATE

GORY

SNAME SIZE NSIZE BSIZE SCH_

RATE

MATL_

CODE

MCAT

_FILE

STOCKNO MCCS_

CODE

CODE BOLT_

NUT_C

ODE

PIPE 10A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

010

311A

B4001

0

PIPE

PIPE 15A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

015

311A

B4001

5

PIPE

PIPE 20A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

020

311A

B4002

0

PIPE

PIPE 25A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

025

311A

B4002

5

PIPE

PIPE 32A 40 AB pipe/ PIPEAB40PE- 311A PIPE

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

60

pipe

_ste

el

032 B4003

2

PIPE 40A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

040

311A

B4004

0

PIPE

PIPE 50A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

050

311A

B4005

0

PIPE

PIPE 65A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

065

311A

B4006

5

PIPE

PIPE 80A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

080

311A

B4008

0

PIPE

PIPE 100A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

100

311A

B4010

0

PIPE

PIPE 125A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

125

311A

B4012

5

PIPE

PIPE 150A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

150

311A

B4015

0

PIPE

PIPE 200A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

200

311A

B4020

0

PIPE

PIPE 250A 40 AB pipe/

pipe

_ste

el

PIPEAB40PE-

250

311A

B4025

0

PIPE

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

61

BEN

D

40 AB bend

/ben

d_st

eel

BEN

D

MITE

R

40 AB miter

/mite

r_ste

el

MIT

ER

BRA

NCH

BRAN 15

A

40 AA fittin

g/tee

_stra

ight_

bw_s

teel

BRANAA40BW-

015

357A

A4001

5

BRA

NCH

BRA

NCH

BRAN 20

A

40 AA fittin

g/tee

_stra

ight_

bw_s

teel

BRANAA40BW-

020

357A

A4002

0

BRA

NCH

BRA

NCH

BRAN 25

A

40 AA fittin

g/tee

_stra

ight_

bw_s

teel

BRANAA40BW-

025

357A

A4002

5

BRA

NCH

BRA

NCH

BRAN 32

A

20A 40 AA fittin

g/tee

_red

ucin

g_b

w_st

eel

BRANAA40BW-

032X020

357A

A4003

2020

BRA

NCH

_RE

DUC

ING

BRA

NCH

BRAN 50

A

40A 40 AA fittin

g/tee

_red

ucin

g_b

w_st

eel

BRANAA40BW-

050X040

357A

A4005

0040

BRA

NCH

_RE

DUC

ING

BRA BRAN 150 80A 40 AA fittin

g/tee

BRANAA40BW- 357A

A4015

BRA

NCH

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

62

NCH A _red

ucin

g_b

w_st

eel

150X080 0080 _RE

DUC

ING

BRA

NCH

_LET

OLET 20

A

15A 5 AA fittin

g/wel

dolet

OLETAA5BW-

015

357A

A5020

BRA

NCH

_LE

T

BRA

NCH

_LET

OLET 25

A

15A 5 AA fittin

g/wel

dolet

OLETAA5BW-

015

357A

A5025

BRA

NCH

_LE

T

BRA

NCH

_LET

OLET 25

A

20A 5 AA fittin

g/wel

dolet

OLETAA5BW-

020

357A

A5025

BRA

NCH

_LE

T

ELB

OW

ELBO

W45L

R

50

A

40 AA fittin

g/elb

ow_

45lo

ng_b

w_st

eel

ELBOW45LRAA

40BW-050

351A

A4005

0

ELB

OW

ELB

OW

ELBO

W45L

R

65

A

40 AA fittin

g/elb

ow_

45lo

ng_b

w_st

eel

ELBOW45LRAA

40BW-065

351A

A4006

5

ELB

OW

ELB

OW

ELBO

W90L

R

200

A

40 AA fittin

g/elb

ow_

90lo

ng_b

w_st

eel

ELBOW90LRAA

40BW-200

351A

A4020

0

ELB

OW

FLAN

GE

NECK

FLAN

GE

15

A

30 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

neck

NECKFLANGE

AA30FLRF-015

33AA

30015

FLA

NGE

CFA

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

63

_rf

FLAN

GE

NECK

FLAN

GE

20

A

30 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

neck

_rf

NECKFLANGE

AA30FLRF-020

33AA

30020

FLA

NGE

CFA

FLAN

GE

SLIPF

LANG

E

10

A

20 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

slip

SLIPFLANGEA

A20FLRF-010

33AA

20010

FLA

NGE

CFB

FLAN

GE

SLIPF

LANG

E

15

A

20 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

slip

SLIPFLANGEA

A20FLRF-015

33AA

20015

FLA

NGE

CFB

FLAN

GE

SLIPF

LANG

E

200

A

20 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

slip

SLIPFLANGEA

A20FLRF-200

33AA

20200

FLA

NGE

CFB

FLAN

GE

SLIPF

LANG

E

250

A

20 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

slip

SLIPFLANGEA

A20FLRF-250

33AA

20250

FLA

NGE

CFB

GEN

ERAL

BFLA

NGE

10

A

5 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

blan

k

BFLANGEAA5F

LFF-010

33AA

5010

INLI

NE

CFC

GEN

ERAL

BFLA

NGE

15

A

5 AA fittin

g/fla

nge_

blan

k

BFLANGEAA5F

LFF-015

33AA

5015

INLI

NE

CFC

GAS

KET

GASK

ET

10

A

20 AG fittin

g/ga

sket

_slip

GASKETAG20

GKFF-010

34AG

20010

GAS

KET

GAS

KET

GASK

ET

15

A

20 AG fittin

g/ga

sket

GASKETAG20

GKFF-015

34AG

20015

GAS

KET

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

64

_slip

RED

UCE

R

CRED 20

A

15A 40 AA fittin

g/red

_con

centr

ic_b

w_st

eel

CREDAA40BW-

020X015

356A

A4002

0015

INLI

NE_

RED

UCI

NG

RED

UCE

R

CRED 25

A

15A 40 AA fittin

g/red

_con

centr

ic_b

w_st

eel

CREDAA40BW-

025X015

356A

A4002

5015

INLI

NE_

RED

UCI

NG

RED

UCE

R

ERED 250

A

200A 40 AA fittin

g/red

_ecc

entri

c_bw

EREDAA40BW-

250X200

356A

A4025

0200

INLI

NE_

RED

UCI

NG

VALV

E

GATE 50

A

20 AA fittin

g/vl_

gate

_flrf

GATEAA20FLR

F-050

322A

A2005

0

INLI

NE

CFD

VALV

E

GATE 65

A

20 AA fittin

g/vl_

gate

_flrf

GATEAA20FLR

F-065

322A

A2006

5

INLI

NE

CFD

VALV

E

GATE 80

A

20 AA fittin

g/vl_

gate

_flrf

GATEAA20FLR

F-080

322A

A2008

0

INLI

NE

CFD

JOIN

T

COUP

LING

25

A

40 AA fittin

g/co

uplin

g_sw

_ste

el

COUPLINGAA4

0SW-025

354A

A4002

5

INLI

NE_

JOIN

T

JOIN

T

COUP

LING

32

A

40 AA fittin

g/co

uplin

COUPLINGAA4

0SW-032

354A

A4003

INLI

NE_

JOIN

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

65

g_sw

_ste

el

2 T

JOIN

T

COUP

LING

40

A

40 AA fittin

g/co

uplin

g_sw

_ste

el

COUPLINGAA4

0SW-040

354A

A4004

0

INLI

NE_

JOIN

T

ANG

LE_V

ALVE

ANGL

E_VA

LVE

15

A

10 AA fittin

g/vl_

angl

e_flff

ANGLE_VALVE

AA10FF-015

322A

A1001

5

COR

NER

CFL

ANG

LE_V

ALVE

ANGL

E_VA

LVE

20

A

10 AA fittin

g/vl_

angl

e_flff

ANGLE_VALVE

AA10FF-020

322A

A1002

0

COR

NER

CFL

ASS

EMB

LY

DRAI

N_A

15A BRA

N,NI

PPL

E,G

ATE,

NIPP

LE

DRAIN_A-015 ASS

EMB

LY

ASS

EMB

LY

DRAI

N_A

20A BRA

N,NI

PPL

E,G

ATE,

NIPP

LE

DRAIN_A-020 ASS

EMB

LY

To Create an Auto-Selection File

Note: Because Pro/PIPING requires that you select an Auto-Selection file for each

specification record (in the Specification Directory file), you must create Auto-

Selection files before defining the specification records. You must also create at least

one Auto-Selection record in order to create an Auto-Selection file.

1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

66

4. Click to create a new file. The New File dialog box opens.

5. Under Type, select Auto-Selection File and type a file name. This file will

contain all pipe and fitting data assigned to one piping specification. It is highly

recommended that you use a file name that includes the file descriptor. For

example, <specification or mnemonic name>_asfile.ptd.

6. Click to open the file. Pro/PIPING displays the file name in the border next to

Auto-Selection File.

7. Under Auto-Selection File, select the Pipe, Fitting, and Assembly (fitting)

tabs to define these records for each specification.

To Create an Auto-Selection Pipe Record

Note:

• You must read To Create an Auto-Selection File to follow the steps below.

• The Pipe tab (Define Piping Specification dialog box) allows you to define all

pipe records for Auto-Selection files. You assign an Auto-Selection file to a piping

specification in the Specification Directory file. Pro/PIPING retrieves the Auto-

Selection file pipe data to create pipelines.

To define an Auto-Selection pipe record, select pipe data from the boxes under

Define Record.

1. Under Select Pipe, select a pipe category (required). The Category box lists all

pipe categories retrieved from the Piping Master Catalog (MCAT) Directory file.

2. Select a Pipe MCAT file (required). The Master Catalog box lists all Pipe MCAT

files assigned to the selected pipe category in the Piping MCAT Directory file.

Pro/PIPING retrieves the file names from the Piping MCAT Directory file.

3. Select a pipe material code (required). The Material Code box lists all pipe

material codes assigned to the selected Pipe MCAT file and defined in the Piping

Material MCAT file. Pro/PIPING retrieves the material codes from the Piping

Material MCAT file.

4. Select a pipe schedule (required). The Schedule box lists all pipe schedules

assigned to the selected Pipe MCAT file. Pro/PIPING retrieves the schedules from

the Pipe MCAT file.

5. Select a pipe end type (required). The End Type box lists all pipe end types

assigned to the selected Pipe MCAT file. Pro/PIPING retrieves the end types from

the Pipe MCAT file.

a. You can confirm or change the pipe sizes assigned to the selected Pipe

MCAT file (optional).Click next to Sizes. The PIPE Size Table dialog

box opens. Pro/PIPING lists all pipe sizes assigned to the selected Pipe

MCAT file. Each pipe size contains a check box to indicate selection status.

Pro/PIPING selects all sizes by default. Clear each check box to make a pipe

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

67

size unavailable from the pipe record. You can click to reset the list to

the Pro/PIPING default selections.

b. Click to save all changes. The PIPE Size Table dialog box closes.

6. Select a stock number format for the pipe record (required). The Select Stock

Number Format box lists the stock number formats defined for the pipe records

in the current Auto-Selection file. Pro/PIPING displays the pipe stock number

during information reporting.

Under Select Stock Number Format, perform the following tasks to select the

pipe stock number format:

a. Select the stock number format keywords. You can select Pro/PIPING

format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII characters

required by your project, or choose a combination of both.

b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a

delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that

delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).

7. Select a material classification code (MCCS) format for the pipe record (optional).

The Select Material Classification Code Format box lists all material

classification code formats defined for the pipe records in the current Auto-

Selection file.

Under Select Material Classification Code Format, select an MCCS format as

follows:

a. Select the MCCS format keywords. You can select Pro/PIPING format

keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII characters required

by your project, or choose a combination of both.

b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a

delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that

delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).

8. Select either one or both of the following pipe corner type check boxes for the

pipe record (optional):

o Allow Bend—Enables corner bends for the selected pipe.

o Allow Miter—Allows mitered corners for the selected pipe.

9. Click to add the new pipe record to the Auto-Selection file. Pro/PIPING lists

the record under Select Record.

10. Click to save the Auto-Selection file. The current directory is based on the

directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

11. Repeat the above steps to define additional pipe records.

or

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

68

Click the Fitting tab to define all fitting records for the current Auto-Selection

file.

or

Click File > Exit.

To Create an Auto-Selection Fitting Record

Note:

• You must read To Create an Auto-Selection File to follow the steps below.

• The Fitting tab (Define Piping Specification dialog box) allows you to define

all fitting records for Auto-Selection files. You assign an Auto-Selection file to a

piping specification in the Specification Directory file. Pro/PIPING retrieves the

Auto-Selection file fitting data during fitting insertion.

To define an Auto-Selection fitting record, select the fitting data from the boxes

under Define Record.

1. Under Select Fitting, select a fitting category (required). The Category box lists

all fitting categories retrieved from the Piping Master Catalog (MCAT) Directory

file.

2. Select a Fitting MCAT file (required). The Master Catalog box lists all Fitting

MCAT files assigned to the selected fitting category in the Piping MCAT Directory

file. Pro/PIPING retrieves the file names from the Piping MCAT Directory file.

3. Select a fitting material code (required). The Material Code box lists all fitting

material codes assigned to the selected Fitting MCAT file and defined in the Piping

Material file.

4. Select a fitting rating (required). The Rating/Schedule box lists all fitting

ratings available in the selected Fitting MCAT file.

5. The End Type boxes list the first and second end type values available for the

selected fitting and defined in the respective master catalog file.

Note: The selection in the End Type boxes is based on the following:

o If the fitting master catalog specifies only one value for the first or the

second end type or both end types, the appropriate end type box displays

an end type value that you cannot modify.

o If the fitting master catalog specifies more than one value for the first,

second, or both end types, the appropriate end type boxes display a list of

the end type values. Select the required end types from the list.

o If the fitting master catalog does not specify any value for either the first or

the second end type, you cannot select any value for the corresponding end

type.

6. The Bolt Nut Code box lists the bolt nut codes available in the Bolt-Nut Selection

file. Select the bolt nut code to be assigned to the fitting from the list. Pro/PIPING

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

69

assigns the default bolt nut code that is specified to the selected fitting in the

Piping MCAT Directory File.

7. You can select the fittings based on their sizes from the selected Fitting MCAT file

(optional).

a. Click adjacent to Sizes. One of two Size Table dialog boxes opens

according to the type of fitting selected from the Master Catalog box.

Pro/PIPING lists all fitting sizes assigned to the selected Fitting MCAT file.

Each fitting size contains a check box to indicate selection status.

Pro/PIPING selects all sizes by default. Clear each check box to make a

fitting size unavailable from the fitting record. You can click to reset

the list to the Pro/PIPING default selections, which is based on all the

available sizes in the selected fitting MCAT file.

b. Click to save all changes. The Size Table dialog box closes.

8. Select a stock number format for the fitting record (required). The Select Stock

Number Format box lists all stock number formats defined for the fitting

records in the current Auto-Selection file. Pro/PIPING displays the fitting stock

number during information reporting.

Under Select Stock Number Format, perform the following tasks to select the

fitting stock number format:

a. Select the stock number format keywords. You can select Pro/PIPING

format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII characters

required by your project, or choose a combination of both.

b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a

delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that

delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).

9. Select a material classification code (MCCS) format for the fitting record

(optional). The Select Material Classification Code Format box lists all material

classification code formats defined for the fitting records in the current Auto-

Selection file.

Under Select Material Classification Code Format, perform the following

tasks to select an MCCS format:

a. Select the MCCS format keywords. You can select Pro/PIPING format

keywords from the Keyword box, enter new keywords unique to your

project, or choose a combination of both.

b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a

delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that

delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).

10. Under Specify Selection Name, enter a fitting selection name (required). The

Specify Selection Name box lists all selection names defined for the fitting

records in the current Auto-Selection file. Pro/PIPING uses the fitting selection

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

70

names to populate the Selection Name boxes in the Insert Fitting and Insert

Group Fitting dialog boxes during fitting insertion.

Note: You can select or specify a new value using the Specify Selection Name

list only if the required fitting selection name is not specified in the Piping MCAT

Directory file.

11. Click to add the new fitting record to the Auto-Selection file. Pro/PIPING lists

the record under Select Record.

12. Click to save the Auto-Selection file. The current directory is based on the

directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

13. Repeat the above steps to define additional fitting records.

or

Click the Assembly tab to define all assembly fitting records for the current

Auto-Selection file.

or

Click File > Exit.

To Create an Auto-Selection Assembly Fitting Record

Note:

• You must read To Create an Auto-Selection File to follow the steps below.

• The Assembly tab (Define Piping Specification dialog box) enables you to

define all assembly fitting records for Auto-Selection files. You assign an Auto-

Selection file to a piping specification in the Specification Directory file.

Pro/PIPING retrieves the Auto-Selection file assembly fitting data during fitting

insertion.

• An assembly fitting is a group of fittings that are inserted as one unit.

To define an assembly fitting record, select assembly fitting data from the boxes

under Define Record.

1. Under Select Assembly, select the fittings that make up an assembly fitting

(required). From the Fitting Selection Name box, select each fitting name

according to its sequence in the assembly, beginning with the branch fittings. For

example, BRAN, NIPPLE, GATE, NIPPLE. The Fitting Selection Name box lists

all fittings in the fitting records (Fitting tab) for the current Auto-Selection file.

Pro/PIPING populates the Configuration box with the assembly fitting

configuration (the fitting names and assembly sequence). The Configuration

box lists all configurations defined for the assembly fitting records.

2. You can confirm or change the assembly fitting sizes (optional). Note that

Pro/PIPING determines assembly fitting sizes according to the pipe sizes defined

in the pipe records (Pipe tab) for the current Auto-Selection file.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

71

a. Click next to Sizes. The Size Table dialog boxes opens. Pro/PIPING

lists all pipe sizes assigned to the pipe records (Pipe tab). Pro/PIPING

retrieves the pipe sizes from the current Auto-Selection file. Each pipe size

contains a check box to indicate selection status. Pro/PIPING selects all

sizes by default. Clear each check box to make a size unavailable from the

assembly fitting record. You can click to reset the list to the

Pro/PIPING default selections.

b. Click to confirm all changes. The Size Table dialog box closes.

3. Select a stock number format for the assembly fitting record (required). The

Select Stock Number Format box lists all stock number formats defined for the

assembly fitting records in the current Auto-Selection file. Pro/PIPING displays

assembly fitting stock numbers during information reporting.

Under Select Stock Number Format, perform the following tasks to select an

assembly fitting stock number format:

a. Select the stock number format keywords. You can select Pro/PIPING

format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII characters

required by your project, or choose a combination of both.

b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a

delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that

delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).

4. Select a material classification code (MCCS) format for the assembly fitting

record (optional). The Select Material Classification Code Format box lists all

material classification code formats defined for the assembly fitting records in the

current Auto-Selection file.

Under Select Material Classification Code Format, perform the following

tasks to select an MCCS format:

a. Select the MCCS format keywords. You can select Pro/PIPING format

keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII characters required

by your project, or choose a combination of both.

b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a

delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that

delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).

5. Under Select Selection Name, enter an assembly fitting selection name

(required). The Select Selection Name box lists all selection names defined for

the assembly fitting records in the current Auto-Selection file. Pro/PIPING uses

the assembly fitting selection names to populate the Selection Name boxes in

the Insert Fitting dialog box.

6. Click to add the new assembly fitting record to the Auto-Selection file.

Pro/PIPING lists the record under Select Record.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

72

7. Click to save the Auto-Selection file. The current directory is based on the

directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

8. Repeat the above steps to define additional assembly fitting records.

or

Click File > Exit.

Preview Fitting Graphics

You can preview selected fittings as you define a fitting record (Fitting tab) for the

current Auto-Selection file. After you select a Fitting Master Catalog file, click the

Preview Fitting Graphics band located at the bottom of the Define Piping

Specification dialog box. The preview panel expands and displays the selected

fitting. You can spin, zoom, and move the fitting in the panel. Pro/PIPING displays

each fitting selection dynamically as you make selections.

Pro/PIPING Component Window

You can also preview fittings in the Component Window. Select the Preview in

Separate Window check box in the preview panel and Pro/PIPING displays the

fitting (and the file name) in the Component Window.

Note: You must clear the Preview in Separate Window check box to close the

window. Clicking File > Exit from the separate window closes Pro/ENGINEER.

Size Tables

Pro/PIPING uses size tables to list all pipe and fitting sizes in the selected Pipe or

Fitting Master Catalog (MCAT) file. You select an MCAT file (in the Define Piping

Specification dialog box) to define a pipe or fitting Auto-Selection file record.

Pro/PIPING opens two different size tables according to the following selections:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

73

Pipes and Standard Fittings

Size Table for a Pipe Size Table for a Flange Fitting

The Size Table format is discussed in the next table.

Left Section Right Section

Lists all sizes defined in the MCAT

file that you selected.

Displays the size selection status

with a check box. Pro/PIPING

selects all sizes by default. You can

clear a check box to make the size

unavailable.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

74

Size Transitional Fittings (Reducers, Branch Reducer Fittings, and so on)

The following table describes the Size Table format above:

Left Section Right Section

Lists all main sizes defined in the

MCAT File that you selected.

Displays the branch or new size

selection status with a check box.

Pro/PIPING selects all branch or

new sizes by default. You can clear

a check box to make the size

unavailable.

In the above example, there are

two reducer fitting sizes with the

main size 32A:

• 32A (main size) to 20A (new size)

• 32A (main size) to 25A (new size)

Format Keywords

The following tables describe the stock number and material classification code

(MCCS) format keywords for pipes, fittings, and assembly fitting records in the Auto-

Selection files.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

75

Pipes

Keywords Description

MATL_CODE Pipe material code

MCAT_FILE Pipe Master Catalog file name

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule

END_TYPE Pipe end type

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code for a size combination

SIZE_CODE Size code for pipe nominal diameter

Fittings

Keywords Description

SNAME Fitting selection name

MATL_CODE Fitting material code

MCAT_FILE Fitting Master Catalog file name

SCH_RATE Fitting rating

END_TYPE Fitting inlet end type

NEND_TYPE Fitting outlet end type

SIZE Fitting inlet size

NSIZE Fitting outlet size

BSIZE Fitting branch outlet size

SIZE_CODE Size code for fitting inlet size

NSIZE_CODE Size code for fitting outlet size

BSIZE_CODE Size code for fitting branch outlet size

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code for a size combination

Assembly Fittings

Keywords Description

SNAME Assembly fitting selection name

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

76

SIZE Assembly fitting size

SIZE_CODE Size code for the assembly fitting size

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code for a size combination

About Insulation Directory Files

Insulation Directory files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all insulation data for

a piping project. To create an Insulation Directory file, define insulation records by

assigning the following insulation data using the Define Piping Specification dialog

box:

• Insulation codes—All insulation codes assigned to a piping project. Pro/PIPING

retrieves these codes from the Insulation Directory file and uses them to identify

each insulation type during the insulation modeling and reporting process. You

assign each code to an Insulation Master Catalog (MCAT) file.

• Insulation MCAT file names—All Insulation file names stored in the Piping

MCAT Directory file. These file names point to the Insulation MCAT files.

Pro/PIPING retrieves insulation data for pipe and fittings from these files.

• Insulation colors—Color name for each quilt representation of insulation. You

can assign a color to each insulation code. Pro/PIPING retrieves colors from the

Piping Appearance Map (MCAT) File.

After you create an Insulation Directory file, you can assign an insulation code to

each project specification record (Specification Directory file) using the Define

Piping Specification dialog box (Insulation Code box).

How Insulation Directory Files Work

After you select a specification for pipeline creation, Pro/PIPING retrieves the

specification data including the insulation code from the Specification Directory file.

The insulation code directs Pro/PIPING to the appropriate insulation record (in the

Insulation Directory file) where Pro/PIPING retrieves the insulation color and the

Insulation MCAT file name.

The Insulation file name points Pro/PIPING first to the Piping MCAT Directory file and

then to the Insulation MCAT file. Insulation data is retrieved from both files.

Pro/PIPING copies the insulation data to the insulation features for insulation

modeling and reporting.

The following table describes the Insulation Directory file format:

Field Name Description

INS_CODE Insulation code.

Pro/PIPING uses these codes to identify each insulation

type during the insulation modeling and reporting process.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

77

INS_FILE Insulation MCAT file name.

COLOR Color name for each quilt representation of insulation.

Note: You can define the Insulation Directory file name by setting the

piping_insulation_dir_file configuration option.

Example: Insulation Directory File

Default Path

<Pro/E load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/ piping_insulation_dir.ptd

INS_CODE INS_FILE COLOR

ES insulation/general_fitting Aqua

EH insulation/exhaust Violet

EN insulation/general_fitting Wheat

EK insulation/general_fitting Wheat

EC insulation/sweat Cyan

To Create an Insulation Directory File

1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

4. Click to create a new file. The New File dialog box opens.

5. Under Type, select Insulation Directory File and type a file name. This file will

contain the insulation data for the entire piping project. It is recommended that

you use a descriptive file name such as project_name_insulation_dir.ptd.

6. Click to open the file. Pro/PIPING displays the file name in the border next to

Insulation Directory File. Begin defining an insulation record.

7. Under Define Record, type an insulation code (required). The Insulation Code

box lists all insulation codes assigned to the insulation records in the current

Insulation Directory file.

8. Select an Insulation Master Catalog (MCAT) file (required). This step assigns an

Insulation file to an insulation code. The Insulation File box lists all Insulation

files defined in the Piping MCAT Directory file. Pro/PIPING retrieves all insulation

data from both MCAT files.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

78

9. Select a color for the solid representation of the insulation (required). The

Insulation Color box lists all Pro/PIPING colors stored in the Piping Appearance

Map (MCAT) file. You can define new colors.

10. Click to add the new insulation record to the Insulation Directory file.

Pro/PIPING lists the record under Select Record.

11. Click to save the Insulation Directory file. The current directory is based on

the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

12. Click File > Exit.

Note: To assign an insulation record to a project specification, select an insulation

code when you define a specification in the Specification Directory file.

To Modify Project Data Files

Note: Project Data files (Specification Directory, Auto-Selection, and Insulation

Directory files) contain piping records that you defined for specific piping projects.

You can modify these records using the following steps:

1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

4. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on

the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

5. Double-click one of the following Project Data Files:

o Specification Directory file

o Auto-Selection file

o Insulation Directory file

Pro/PIPING displays the file name in the border next to the file type.

6. Under Select Record, select a record to modify. Note that for Auto-Selection

files, you must select the appropriate tab (Pipe, Fitting, or Assembly) before

selecting a record.

7. Under Define Record, modify the data in the appropriate boxes.

8. Click to add the changes to the selected record. Pro/PIPING either creates a

new record or modifies the existing record and displays all changes under Select

Record.

9. Click to save the file. The current directory is based on the directory path in

the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

79

10. Click File > Exit.

Deleting a Record

Under Select Record, select the record to delete. Click and follow steps 9 and

10 above.

About the Fitting Category Map File

The Fitting Category Map file is a Pro/TABLE (ASCII) file that maps each fitting

category to a fitting category icon file. Mapping the icon file enables you to select a

fitting category (icon) button in the Insert Fitting and Insert Group Fitting dialog

boxes and retrieve a list of fittings for the selected category and specification.

Pro/PIPING provides seven fitting category icons. You can design as many fitting

category icons as you need.

The Fitting Category Map file contains the following data:

• Icon Number—Orders the fitting category (icon) buttons under Fitting

Selection in the Insert Fitting and Insert Group Fitting dialog boxes. The

order begins from left to right beginning with the number 1.

• Icon Bitmap File Name—Points Pro/PIPING to the icon graphics file.

• Fitting Category—Points Pro/PIPING to the Auto-Selection file to retrieve fitting

selection names.

Note: If the bitmap file is not of .bif extension, you must specify the appropriate

filename extension for that file in the fitting category map file.

• Valve Number—Specifies whether a valve number is required for the fittings

whose categories are specified under the FITTING_CATEGORY column in the

Fitting Category Map file.

You can assign and reassign fitting categories to icons at any time by mapping each

fitting category to an icon bitmap file and assigning an order number.

Note: Pro/PIPING groups all unmapped fitting categories in the General category

and icon.

How the Fitting Category Map File Works

After you select a pipeline and an insertion point for fitting insertion (PIPING >

Fitting > Insert), Pro/PIPING retrieves the specification data including the

specification name and pipe size from the pipeline. The specification name points

Pro/PIPING to the Auto-Selection file that you assigned to the specification (in the

Specification Directory file) and retrieves the data.

After Pro/PIPING populates either the Insert Fitting or Insert Group Fitting dialog

boxes with the data, you select a fitting category icon button to select all fitting

categories assigned to this icon (in the Fitting Category Map file). Pro/PIPING

retrieves the list of fitting selection names. This list contains only those fittings that

were assigned to those fitting categories in the Auto-Selection file for that

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

80

specification. You created this Auto-Selection file during Specification-Driven Piping

setup. You select a fitting and insert it.

For example, you click Fitting > Insert on the PIPING menu and select the

specification 12A pipeline and insertion point. Pro/PIPING populates the boxes under

Pipeline Selection. You select the valve category button under Fitting Selection.

Pro/PIPING retrieves the list of all valves for specification 12A and populates the

Selection Name box. This list was retrieved from the Auto-Selection file that you

created for specification 12A (12a_asfile.ptd). You select a fitting and click to

insert it.

The following table describes the Fitting Category Map file format:

Field Name Field Type Description

ICON_NUMBER Integer Icon number.

Icons are ordered from left to right

under Fitting Selection in the fitting

insertion dialog boxes. Ordering

begins with the number 1.

If more than 14 icons are displayed,

a scroll bar appears.

ICON_BITMAP Character Icon bit map file name

FITTING_CATEGORY Character Fitting category.

You can assign multiple categories

using a comma (,) as delimiter.

VALVE_NUMBER Character Valve number for the fitting

category. YES—Specifies that a valve number is

required for the fitting categories

specified using the

FITTING_CATEGORY field. NO—Specifies that a valve number is

not required for the fitting categories

specified using the

FITTING_CATEGORY field.

Note: You can define the Fitting Category Map file name by setting the

piping_fitt_category_map_file configuration option.

Example: Fitting Category Map File

The following table describes the Pro/PIPING default Fitting Category Map file. Note

that the Fitting Category Icon column is for illustrative purposes only.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

81

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/ piping_fitt_category_map.ptd

ICON_NUMBER ICON_BITMAP FITTING_CATEGORY VALVE_NUMBER

1 fit_valve VALVE,

ANGLE_VALVE,

RELIEF_VALVE

YES

2 fit_flange FLANGE NO

3 fit_elbow ELBOW NO

4 fit_branch BRANCH,

BRANCH_LET,

ELBOW_LET

NO

5 fit_red REDUCER NO

6 fit_general GENERAL, GASKET NO

7 fit_assembly ASSEMBLY NO

To Map an Icon File

1. Locate the piping_fitt_category_map.ptd file. The Pro/PIPING default path is

<Pro/E load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/ piping_fitt_category_map.ptd.

2. Open the file in a text editor.

3. Type the following data:

o Order Number—Pro/PIPING orders the fitting category icons in two rows

containing seven icons per row. Ordering is from left to right beginning with

the number 1.

o Icon Bitmap File Name—Bitmap file name for the fitting category icon.

o Fitting Category—Fitting category associated with the icon bitmap file.

Note: If the bitmap file is not of .bif extension, you must specify the

appropriate filename extension for that file in the fitting category map file.

4. Save the file.

Note: If you are mapping a new icon bitmap file, store the file in the Pro/PIPING

resource directory before you map it.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

82

Fitting Categories

Pro/PIPING uses fitting categories for data retrieval. You can define Pro/PIPING

fitting categories as needed. Note that you must add each new fitting category to the

Piping Master Catalog (MCAT) Directory file and the Fitting Category Map (Project

Data) file. Refer to these topics for more information.

Pro/PIPING provides the following fitting categories:

Fitting Category Description

VALVE Valve, such as gate valve, globe valve, and

so on

ANGLE_VALVE Angle valve

RELIEF_VALVE Relief valve

FLANGE Flange

GASKET Gasket

ELBOW Elbow

ELBOW_LET Elbow olet

BRANCH Branch

BRANCH_LET Branch olet

GENERAL General fitting

ASSEMBLY Assembly fitting

Creating Fitting Category Icons

Pro/PIPING allows you to create new fitting category icons as needed. You can create

new icons with any graphics application that supports GIF or PCX formats. The

following Pro/PIPING icon conventions must be maintained:

File

Type

File

Format

File

Extension

Icon

Size

(pixels)

Resource Location (Icon

File Library)

Bitmap GIF, PCX .gif, .pcx

24 x 24 <ProE installation path>/text/resource

After you create the icon files, store the files in the Pro/PIPING resource location and

map them to their appropriate fitting categories in the Fitting Category Map file. For

more information about mapping fitting category icon files, refer to the Fitting

Category Map file topics.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

83

Fitting Library Files

About Fitting Library Files

Pro/PIPING supports fitting libraries for industrial piping based on the Japanese

Industrial Standard (JIS) and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). The

various library parts and assemblies are created using the standard Pro/ENGINEER

features. However, these parts and assemblies are created based on a set of specific

library creation rules.

To Set Up a Library Component

The supplied fitting library is based on the Family Table parts.

1. You can expand the supplied library based on the library creation rules.

2. You can edit and expand the Master Catalog to include the Master Catalog

Directory (MCAT) information that is required by the library parts that you add.

3. You can generate a fitting library based on either the Family Table Parts or Family

Table Parts with associated accelerator parts or standalone parts.

Fitting Library Creation

About Creating Library Fitting Parts

Follow the general process when creating library fitting parts:

1. Create the fitting geometry.

2. Create the fitting ports.

3. Specify the inlet port.

4. Orient the stem axis.

5. Assign the fitting parameters.

6. Specify the mating plane

Fitting Library Creation Rules

The following are rules to follow when creating a library fitting:

• Rule 1—Create a fitting with a minimum of one or more ports.

• Rule 2—Make sure that the positive z-axis direction of every port in a fitting is

perpendicular to the fitting face at the respective port and oriented to point

outward from the fitting.

This rule applies to all fittings.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

84

• Rule 3

o For In-line fittings, if there are two or more ports, the z-axes of two of the

ports must be collinear with the fitting local z-axis.

o For In-line Eccentric fittings, if there are two or more ports, they must be

parallel to the local z-axis. The inlet port should be located on the local z-

axis, and the outlet port should be offset along the local y-axis with its z-

axis parallel to the local z-axis.

o For Corner fittings, if there are two or more ports, you must include an

angle equal to the vertex angle where the fitting is inserted. The inlet port

should be located on the local z-axis.

• Rule 4—For Lateral fittings, the y-axis of the inlet port and the z-axis of the

lateral outlet port must include an angle equal to the lateral angle of the fitting.

o Locate the inlet port on the local z-axis.

o Locate the outlet port along the lateral axis that lies on the local z-y plane

of the fitting.

Local Coordinate System

A fitting local coordinate system is a conceptual coordinate system you use to define

and create a library part. The coordinate system of the inlet port of a library part

represents the fitting local coordinate system.

The local z-axis represents the fitting axis that is aligned with the pipeline segment

during fitting insertion.

The local positive z-axis is perpendicular to the inlet face of the fitting and is oriented

to point outward of the fitting at the inlet port.

The local y-axis is used to define the Fitting Stem or Stem Axis. The Fitting Stem or

Stem Axis is an imaginary axis that is parallel to the local y-axis. The local y-axis is

the axis along which special graphical details are created for certain fittings during

their library part preparation.

The local positive y-axis is used to determine the default stem orientation of a fitting

during fitting insertion.

Rules and Naming Conventions to Create Library Parts

• The system of units for a library part is determined based on the fitting library

standard. Ensure that all the library parts for a given standard are created using

the same system of units.

• Prepare template parts for each of the piping standards. Use these template parts

to create individual library parts for the respective piping standards.

• Delete all redundant features from the library part to create the geometry

efficiently.

• Follow the rules given below to define a Family Table for library parts:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

85

o Insert the SIZE column after the Instance Name column.

o Insert the NEW_SIZE or the BRANCH_SIZE column, whichever is applicable,

after the SIZE column.

o All other columns that represent linear dimensions of the fitting must follow

the above columns in the Family Table.

o Create relations whereever possible to minimize the number of columns in

the Family Table.

o If the values remain constant in a particular column, delete such redundant

columns.

o Assign a descriptive name to all the Family Table column headings and

name it consistently across library parts.

o Create a fitting with consistent and uniform orientation.

o Optionally, create bolt holes for fitting libraries. To achieve a proper bolt hole

alignment between the various flanged fittings,

o The first bolt hole in all the flanged fittings must be located at the same

angular location with reference to the positive y-axis of the inlet port.

o Bolt holes on the flanged end must be symmetric about the y-axis of the

inlet port.

o Save the library part in the default view.

To Create a Template for a Library Part

1. Activate a new Pro/ENGINEER part.

2. Specify the required system of units.

3. Create the default datum planes.

4. Set the default orientation of the part to Isometric.

5. Create the FITTING_GEOMETRY, FITTING_DATUM, and FITTING_PORTS layers.

Make the FITTING_GEOMETRY and FITTING_DATUM layers invisible and the

FITTING_PORTS layer visible.

During the creation of the actual library part, the fitting solid features are

associated with the FITTING_GEOMETRY layer. The fitting inlet, fitting outlet, and

the branch ports are associated with the FITTING_PORTS layer. All other datum

features are associated with the FITTING_DATUM layer.

Tip: Creating Library Parts

The following are some best practices to accurately create library parts:

• Study the drawings and details accurately before you start modeling.

• Understand the design intent before you plan your work.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

86

• Use a common configuration file to create different library parts.

• Use function keys to achieve consistency and speed.

• Copy features or use existing patterns instead of creating additional individual

features.

• Minimize the feature count as much as possible.

• Avoid creating solids that do not have any association with other solids during

any intermediate step of part creation.

• Avoid saving library parts with suppressed features.

• Group various features together and name the group accordingly.

• Ensure that no errors or warning messages appear when a feature is

regenerated.

Fitting Geometry

About Fitting Geometry

Fitting Geometry is created either as a part or an assembly of parts. The geometry of

the required fitting is created using the basic modeling features of Pro/ENGINEER.

The library fittings are created with sufficient geometric details to distinguish them

from each other.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

87

Example: Fitting Geometry

The following example shows a simple geometry created for a gate valve using the

basic Pro/ENGINEER functions. The figure below shows details like the port

directions, and the fitting axis.

Fitting Ports

About Fitting Ports

A fitting port is a standard Pro/ENGINEER coordinate system feature (CSYS) on the

fitting. Its origin represents:

• The location at which a pipe is physically welded to a fitting, as in butt-welded or

branchlet fittings.

• The location up to which the pipe extends into the fitting, as in socket-welded

and screwed fittings.

• The location up to which the pipe extends inside a fitting, as in flange fittings.

• The location of a flange face that mates with another flange face.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

88

To Create Fitting Ports

Fitting Port Creation for Branch Outlet Fittings

The branch outlet fitting must have an inlet port and outlet ports as shown in the

following figures.

The inlet port of the fitting is aligned with the surface of the main pipe segment as

follows:

• The z-axis of the outlet port of the fitting is aligned with the branch pipe

segment, if an existing junction is identified for the fitting insertion.

• In orthogonal branch outlet fittings, the z-axes of inlet and outlet ports are

parallel to each other. The non-orthogonal branch outlet fittings such as latrolets,

have an angle between the z-axes of the inlet and the outlet ports. Based on this,

lateral fittings are distinguished from other branch outlet fittings.

Port Location for Fittings with Butt Welded/Flanged Ends

In the following graphic, the arrow shows the pipe contact location.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

89

For butt-welded fittings, the pipe is welded to the butt-welded ends of the fitting.

The fitting ports are located at the butt-welded ends as shown in the figure. If a

butt-welded fitting has two butt-welded ends along its local z-axis, then either end

can be defined as the inlet port.

For flanged fittings, the flanged face of the fitting mates with a matching gasket or a

suitable flanged face of another fitting. The fitting ports must be located at the

flanged face as shown in the figure. If a flanged fitting has two flanged ends along its

local z-axis, then either end can be defined as the inlet port. The positive z-axes of

the inlet and outlet ports are pointing outward of the fitting and are aligned to the

fitting local z-axis.

Note: The two ports need not be created in any particular sequence and their names

are user-definable. Of the two ports, one must be defined as the inlet port. By

convention, the port with the SIZE parameter is defined as the inlet port.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

90

Port Location for Fittings with socket Welded/Threaded Ends

For fittings with socket-welded or threaded ends, the pipe extends up to the origin of

the port that represents the end of the socket or the threaded hole. The arrow in the

following figure points to the pipe contact location.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

91

In the following figure, PORT1 is located on the inside face of the socket, and PORT0

(a flanged end) is located on the outside flange face. For threaded fittings, the pipe

is threaded up to the origin of the port that represents the end of the threaded hole

or socket.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

92

Mandatory Port Requirements

Based on the fitting code, the mandatory port requirements for the various fittings

are as summarized:

Fitting Code Inlet

Port

Outlet

Port

Branch

Port

Typical Fitting

INLINE YES YES NO Fittings with the

same inlet and

outlet sizes

(valves)

INLINE_REDUCING YES YES NO Inline fittings with

different inlet and

outlet sizes

(reducers)

INLINE_JOINT(i) YES YES NO Coupling

FLANGE(ii) YES YES NO Any flange

GASKET(ii) YES YES NO Any gasket

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

93

CORNER YES YES NO Any valve

CORNER_REDUCING YES YES NO Reducing elbows

CORNER_LET YES YES NO Any elbowlet

ELBOW(iii) YES YES NO Any elbow

BRANCH YES YES YES Straight tee

BRANCH_REDUCING YES YES YES Reducing tee

BRANCH_LET YES YES NO Weldolet

The following points must be noted about fitting codes and their insertion behavior:

• The INLINE_JOINT is a special fitting code that has the same fitting insertion

behavior as the INLINE code. Joint fittings such as couplings and sleeves must be

assigned this code. The code is used by the automatic joint fitting selection

functionality.

• The FLANGE and GASKET are special fitting codes that have the same fitting

insertion behavior as the INLINE code. Flange and gasket fittings such as a

weldneck flange, slip-on flange, or any type of gasket, must be assigned their

respective codes. The FLANGE and GASKET codes are used in the respective

automatic flange and gasket fitting selection functionality.

• The ELBOW is a special fitting code that has the same fitting insertion behavior as

the CORNER code. Elbow fittings such as 90 degree long/short radius and 45

degree long/short radius, must be assigned this code. This fitting code is used to

automatically select an elbow fitting and insert it as a trimmed elbow or, insert

elbows at all vertices of a pipeline with a single operation.

• The BRANCH_LET is a special fitting code for special branch outlet fittings (olet

fittings and half couplings). The library part model of a branch outlet fitting must

have a string value of BRANCH_LET in the string parameter FIT_TYPE.

Fitting Insertion Location and Alignment Considerations

A fitting is aligned to the selected insertion point on the pipe segment using pre-

defined reference locations on the fitting library part.

Based on the general piping design and pipe modeling practices, preferred locations

such as NEAR, FAR or CENTER on a fitting are used to constrain the fitting. The

Fitting Insertion functionality provides the option to choose one of these alignment

options during fitting insertion.

The Fitting Insertion functionality aligns the specified NEAR, FAR or CENTER locations

with the placement point location specified on the pipe segment. A parametric

dimension is created up to the placement/alignment location. You can modify this

dimension and reposition the fitting along the inserted pipeline segment.

NEAR, FAR, and CENTER Alignment Locations Based on Fitting Ports

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

94

For fittings with NEAR or FAR alignment locations that coincide with the respective

inlet and outlet port locations, such as butt-welded and flanged fittings, you are not

required to provide any additional information during library part creation.

For such fittings, the NEAR/FAR alignment locations are automatically determined to

be at the inlet/outlet port origins. The CENTER location is determined as the midpoint

of the NEAR and FAR locations.

1 NEAR location (inlet port origin)

2 CENTER location

3 FAR location (outlet port origin)

By default, the NEAR option aligns the fitting inlet port with the selected insertion

point on the pipe segment. Similarly, the FAR option aligns the fitting outlet port

with the selected insertion point on the pipe segment. The CENTER option aligns the

midpoint between the fitting inlet and outlet to the selected insertion point on the

pipe segment.

NEAR, FAR, and CENTER Alignment Locations Based on Fitting Ports and an OFFSET

Parameter

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

95

For fittings with NEAR/FAR alignment locations that do not coincide with the

respective inlet/outlet port locations as in the case of socket-welded and screwed

fittings, you can still use the inlet/outlet port locations as default NEAR/FAR

alignment locations. The CENTER location is determined as the midpoint of the NEAR

and FAR locations. Alternatively, you can use an optional OFFSET parameter

associated with either or both of the ports to specify an offset location from the

inlet/outlet ports. Refer the following figure for details.

1 Optional NEAR location (20.0mm from inlet port)

2 Default NEAR location (inlet port with offset of 20.0mm)

3 Automatic CENTER location

4 Default FAR location (outlet port with offset of 20.0mm)

5 Optional FAR location (20.0mm from outlet port)

Using the OFFSET parameter and the ability to enable/disable it during fitting

insertion, you can apply the desired NEAR and FAR alignment locations as required

by your design. By this, you will be able to offset a fitting port to a desired location

and align that location to the point on the pipe segment where it is inserted. You can

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

96

create your linear parametric dimensions up to this point on the pipe segment. Using

the OFFSET parameter and appropriate offset value, you can optionally create your

linear dimensions up to a fitting face (specified by the offset value from the

respective port) for socket-welded and threaded fittings.

Inlet Ports

About Inlet Ports

If a fitting has two or more ports, the z-axes of at least two of the ports must be

aligned along the local z-axis of the fitting or parallel to the local z-axis of the fitting.

Corner fittings and lateral branchlet fittings are the exceptions. One of the two ports

must be specified as the fitting's inlet port. This applies to corner and branchlet

fittings as well.

Specify the inlet port during the library part creation by attaching the SIZE

parameter to an appropriate port of the fitting.

To Specify an Inlet Port

You can specify an inlet port by attaching the SIZE parameter to an appropriate port

of the fitting during library part creation.

During fitting insertion, the Fitting Insertion functionality automatically aligns the

local z-axis of the fitting with the pipe segment on which the fitting is inserted. By

default, the fitting is inserted using the NEAR option, which aligns the fitting inlet

port with the specified insertion location on the pipeline. The fitting outlet port is

placed downstream in the direction of flow of the inlet port.

The concept of the inlet port is especially important for direction-specific fittings such

as check valves and special types of globe valves.

You can change the default behavior of the fitting insertion functionality by using the

Flip option on the Orientation tab of the Insert Fitting dialog.

Inlet Port Alignment for Branch Outlet Fittings

The inlet port of the branch outlet fittings can be aligned either with the outer or

inner surface of the main pipeline.

The inlet port of the neck outlet fitting is always aligned with the outside surface of

the main pipeline.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

97

Nozzle outlet fittings and weldolet fittings are always aligned with the inner surface

of the main pipe segment.

In certain cases, the inlet port of the fitting is aligned at a distance from either the

inlet or the outlet surface of the main pipe segment.

Stem Axis Direction

About the Stem Axis of a Fitting

The stem axis of a fitting is an imaginary axis that is parallel to the local y-axis of the

fitting.

It is applicable only to certain fittings and it represents the following:

• The branch direction of a junction fitting along the positive stem axis.

• The hand wheel direction of a valve along the positive stem axis.

• The eccentric offset direction of a reducer along the positive or negative stem

axis.

• The reference axis for bolt hole straddling of a flange (straddling is done with

reference to the positive stem axis).

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

98

For fittings involving the above graphical details, you must create the appropriate

geometry either with reference to or along the stem axis directions specified, to

achieve a consistent default orientation during fitting insertion.

Example: Stem Axis Direction

In the above figure, axis A_3 of the cone is created along the positive stem axis

direction of the fitting, parallel to the local positive y-axis of PORT0 (the inlet port

that has the SIZE parameter). The fitting insertion functionality aligns the local z-axis

of the fitting with the pipe segment and automatically orients the local y-axis to its

default direction, based on the orientation rules defined in the fitting insertion

functionality. The default direction of the fitting is the fitting stem, since it is created

parallel to the local y-axis. During fitting insertion you can further rotate the stem

about the pipe segment using the Rotation Angle option.

Fitting Parameter

About Fitting Parameters

The fitting parameters of a pipe are the non-graphic data associated with the library

components during their design phase.

You can associate fitting parameters to the library components using the standard

Pro/ENGINEER parameter feature. Fitting parameters provide the details of the

modeling automation while inserting fittings, checking design rules, and reporting.

To Assign User-Defined Parameters

1. Open a generic part, for example, a fitting.

2. Click Tools > Family Table. The Family Table dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

99

3. Click Insert > Columns. The Family Items, Generic dialog box opens.

4. Select Parameter to open the Select Parameter dialog box.

5. Select Alternate Mass Properties from the list at the bottom of the dialog box.

6. Add all the required <user_ALT_parameters> to the family table and close the

Family Table dialog box.

7. Click Edit > Setup > Mass props. The Setup Mass Properties dialog box

opens.

8. Select Geometry and Parameters. Click Generate Report and click Ok.

9. Open a piping assembly and click Edit > Regenerate.

You can display all the values assigned to the user-defined parameters using the

Report Pipeline dialog box.

Fitting Parameters Based on Fitting Code

The fitting code specifies the insertion behavior of the fitting. It is assigned to a

fitting generic part as a string parameter denoted as FITTING_CODE. Fitting codes are

pre-defined and cannot be changed. Each library fitting is associated with a fitting

code and is designed in accordance with the rules as applicable for the associated

fitting code.

The following table lists the fitting parameters for the various fitting codes:

Fitting Codes FITTING_

CODE

SIZE NEW_

SIZE

BRANCH_

SIZE

END_

TYPE

Y_ECCENT

RICITY

FLOW_

CONSTR

AINED

OFFSET

INLINE YES YES NO NO YES Optional Optiona

l

Optional

INLINE_REDUCING YES YES YES NO YES Optional NO Optional

INLINE_JOINT YES YES NO NO YES NO NO Optional

FLANGE YES YES NO NO YES NO NO Optional

GASKET YES YES NO NO YES NO NO Optional

CORNER YES YES NO NO YES NO Optiona

l

NO

CORNER_REDUCIN

G

YES YES YES NO YES NO NO NO

CORNER_LET YES YES NO NO YES NO NO NO

ELBOW YES YES NO NO YES NO Optiona

l

NO

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

100

BRANCH YES YES NO NO YES NO NO NO

BRANCH_REDUCIN

G

YES YES Option

al

YES YES YES NO NO

BRANCH_LET YES YES NO NO YES NO NO NO

Fitting Branch Size Parameter

The branch size parameter must be inserted on the branch port of a fitting. It is a

string type feature parameter denoted as BRANCH_SIZE. This parameter accepts any

valid pipe nominal diameter value. Insert this parameter only if the branch port size

of a fitting is different from its inlet port size.

You can define a single reducing tee fitting by inserting the SIZE parameter on the

inlet port and the BRANCH_SIZE parameter on the branch port. Similarly, you can

define a double reducing TEE fitting by inserting the SIZE parameter on the inlet port

and the NEW_SIZE parameter on the outlet port and the BRANCH_SIZE parameter on

the branch port.

Flow Constrained Fitting Parameter

The FLOW_CONSTRAINED parameter is an integer type Part parameter. Insert

FLOW_CONSTRAINED on the library part for flow direction specific fittings such as a

Check Valve and unidirectional angle valves.

The FLOW_CONSTRAINED parameter is used as a status flag by the flow direction

reversal functionality for flipping the fitting during flow reversal. Because this integer

parameter is used as a status flag, its value is ignored by the software.

The assignment of a value for an integer parameter is mandatory. You must assign

an integer value (such as 1) consistently, but it is not used by the software.

Latrolet Fitting Orientation

Latrolet is a non-orthogonal branch outlet fitting. Latrolets can be placed in either of

the two orientations as shown.

Orientations of Latrolet (Left to Right: 0 degrees and 180 degrees)

If the branch pipe segment already exists, the fitting is automatically aligned. If the

angle of the latrolet does not match with the existing branch angle, the insertion of

such a fitting is not allowed. The tolerance angle for such a check must be specified

in the configuration option variable PIPE_FITT_ANGLE_TOLERANCE. If this variable is

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

101

not specified, the default tolerance angle of 1.5 degrees on either side is used for

checking.

To achieve this orientation, create the inlet port of the fitting with its positive y-axis

aligned with the 0 degree orientation of the fitting, so that the latrolet orientation is

created by default. Use the Flip option to change to the 180 degree orientation.

Fitting Inlet Size Parameter

The Fitting Inlet Size parameter is inserted only on one of the ports of a fitting. It is

a string type feature parameter denoted as SIZE. A fitting port that has the SIZE

parameter is designated as the inlet port of the fitting. This parameter accepts any

valid pipe nominal diameter value. The size values assigned to this parameter must

match the size values that you have specified in various master catalog files.

Fitting Outlet Size Parameter

The fitting outlet size parameter is inserted on the outlet port of a fitting. It is a

string type feature parameter denoted as NEW_SIZE. This parameter accepts any

valid pipe nominal diameter value. Insert this parameter only if the outlet port size of

a fitting is different from its inlet port size.

Fitting End Type Code Parameter

The end type parameter must be inserted on the inlet port of a fitting with

appropriate end type values. It is a string type feature parameter denoted as

END_TYPE. It is mandatory to insert this parameter on the inlet ports of all the

fittings.

If all the ports of a fitting are of the same end types, you need not assign this

parameter to all the ports. It is sufficient if you assign the END_TYPE parameter to

the inlet port. If a fitting does not have an END_TYPE parameter in its outlet or the

branch ports, the system automatically assigns the END_TYPE parameter specified for

the inlet port to all the other unspecified ports. However, if a fitting has different end

types for its inlet, outlet and branch ports, an END_TYPE parameter needs to be

inserted with appropriate values at the inlet, outlet or the branch ports. The system

uses these specified end types for the respective ports.

The end type values that are used for fitting end types in the supplied library and the

fitting MCAT files are as listed:

• BW – Butt Welded

• SW – Socket Welded

• SC – Screwed

• FLFF – Flanged Flat Face

• FLRF – Flanged Raised Face

• FLRJ – Flanged Ring Joint

• FLTG – Flanged Tongue end of Tongue and the Groove mating

• FLGR – Flanged Groove end of Tongue and Groove mating

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

102

Note: Though the end type codes are user definable you must use the following

rules:

1. The flanged end-types must start with the character "F".

2. The screwed end-types must start with the character "SC".

3. Use the same end type values in the End Type Compatibility file that will be used

for the end type compatibility checking.

The END_TYPE parameter is used while inserting fittings for performing automatic end

type checking between the adjoining fittings. It is also used for automatically

inserting mating flanges and gaskets when you insert flanged fittings.

Fitting Eccentricity Parameter

The fitting eccentricity parameter must be inserted on a library part of an eccentric

fitting and is applicable only for a fitting that has either the inlet or the outlet port

eccentricity along the local y-axis of the fitting. It is an integer type part parameter

denoted as Y_ECCENTRICITY. This parameter generally behaves like a status flag and

its value is not relevant.

The Y_ECCENTRICITY parameter behaves like a status flag while inserting eccentric

fittings, for enabling the centerline offset.

Fitting Alignment Offset Parameter

The fitting alignment offset parameter is an optional parameter and can be inserted

on any selected port of a fitting with an appropriate offset value. It is a real type

feature parameter denoted as OFFSET. The value of the OFFSET parameter must be

the distance between a port and its corresponding face. It is mainly used for socket-

welded and screwed fittings. The following figure shows a screwed valve:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

103

The fitting insertion functionality provides an additional option to enable alignment

based on the OFFSET parameter. If you enable this option during fitting insertion, the

NEAR/FAR alignment locations are determined using the respective port and the

OFFSET parameter on it. The OFFSET parameter is also used for interference checking

between two adjacent fittings.

The following points must be noted while assigning offset parameter values to a

fitting:

• Assign only positive values. The system ignores negative values, and in this case

an absolute value is used as the offset.

• When you use the offset value that is associated with a given port, the optional

alignment location for the port is offset along its positive z-axis.

• If a port has the same end type and offset value as the inlet port, specify the

OFFSET parameter only for the inlet port.

• If a port has a different end type as the inlet port, you must specify an OFFSET

parameter for that port and assign appropriate values depending on the end type

of that port. When the end types are different, the offset value specified for the

inlet port will not be applicable to the other port.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

104

Surface Area Parameter

The surface area is assigned directly to a fitting library part using the real value

parameter PRO_MP_ALT_AREA. Specify a value for the PRO_MP_ALT_AREA parameter in

the same system of unit for area, as specified for the fitting library part.

The surface area of a fitting library part is calculated when you perform the model

analysis of a pipeline assembly using the Model Analysis dialog box. If you have

specified the value PARAMETERS for the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter, Pro/ENGINEER

uses the value that you have specified for PRO_MP_ALT_AREA for the fitting, and

relates it to the analysis parameter PRO_MP_AREA, to calculate the surface area. If

you do not specify any value for PRO_MP_ALT_AREA, or if you specify the value

GEOMETRY for the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter, the geometry of the fitting library part

is used for surface area calculations.

Center of Gravity Parameters

You can directly assign the center of gravity for a fitting library part using the real

parameters, PRO_MP_ALT_COGX, PRO_MP_ALT_COGY, and PRO_MP_ALT_COGZ. The

values that you assign for PRO_MP_ALT_COGX, PRO_MP_ALT_COGY, and

PRO_MP_ALT_COGZ are used for center of gravity calculations if you specify the value

PARAMETERS for the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter. If you do not specify any values for

the center of gravity parameters, or if you specify the value GEOMETRY for the

PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter, the geometry of the fitting library part is used for center

of gravity calculations.

Pro/PIPING automatically updates the center of gravity information when you modify

or replace a fitting.

The Report Pipeline dialog box reports the center of gravity information if you

select COG_X, COG_Y, or COG_Z as the columns in the Report Format dialog box.

In case of fittings, if you assign PRO_MP_ALT_COGX, PRO_MP_ALT_COGY, and

PRO_MP_ALT_COGZ parameters to a fitting, Pro/PIPING transforms these parameters

with respect to the start location of the pipeline and reports the center of gravity

information. The x-, y-, and z- coordinates of the center of gravity of pipe segments

and fittings are reported in the linear units of the piping assembly.

Weight Parameter

You can assign the PRO_MP_ALT_MASS parameter to library parts for weight

calculation. The Model Analysis feature uses this parameter along with other user-

defined parameters for the appropriate model analysis calculations.

If you have set the value of the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter to PARAMETERS, Model

Analysis uses the associated value for mass property calculations. If the value for the

PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter is set to GEOMETRY, or if you have not assigned values

for other parameters, Model Analysis uses the geometry of the part for model

analysis calculations.

Note: If the mass_property_calculate configuration option is set to automatic,

regenerating the piping assembly assigns the Mass Property parameters to all fittings

in the assembly.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

105

Valve Number Fitting Parameter

The valve number parameter is assigned to a fitting component feature. It is a string

type parameter denoted as VALVENUMBER.

Mating Plane

Specifying a Mating Plane

A mating plane is used to mate a fitting with other fittings. You can use a datum

plane or a solid surface as a mating plane if it satisfies the following conditions:

• The datum plane or the solid surface aligns with the x-y plane of the related port.

• The normal of the datum plane or the solid surface is in the same direction as the

z-axis of the related port.

Note: You cannot use a quilt as a mating plane.

The ANSI Standard

About the ANSI Standard

The ANSI pipe fitting library conforms to the ANSI standards. Each fitting in the

library needs to have a fitting generic part created in association with it.

For more information on creating a generic part for each fitting in the ANSI pipe

fitting library, see the topic Fitting Library Creation Rules.

Each fitting and pipe in the ANSI library also needs Master Catalog Files, which you

create in the Piping Specification Database.

Fitting Component End Types

The end type codes for the various fitting components that are used in the ANSI

fitting library are as given:

Code End Type

BE Beveled End

PE Plain End

BW Butt Welded

SW Socket Welded

SC Screwed

FLFF Flanged Flat Face

FLRF Flanged Raised Face

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

106

FLRJ Flanged Ring Joint

FLTG Flanged Tongue end of Tongue and Groove mating

FLGR Flanged Groove end of Tongue and Groove mating

Example: List of ANSI Pipes and Fittings in the Library

The following table lists the ANSI pipes and fittings in the ANSI Pipe Fitting Library:

Fitting Category: VALVE

Fitting

Name

End-

Type

Rating Size

Range in

Inches

Model Name Standard Fitting

Code

Ball

Valve

600# 1/2~12 ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

BW

900# 1 ~ 12

vl_ball_bw

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

FLPF 150,300# ½ ~ 12 vl_ball_flff ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

150,300,600# ½ ~ 12 ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

FLRF

900# 1 ~ 12

vl_ball_flrf

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

150# 1 ~12 ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

FLRJ

300,600,900# 1/2 ~ 12

vl_ball_flrj

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

FLTG 600# 1/2 ~ 12 ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Ball

Valve

900# 1"~12"

vl_ball_fltg

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

BW

150# 1/8"~36" vl_check_bw ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

107

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

300# 1/2"~36" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

600# 1/2"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

900# 3/4"~24"

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

150# 1/2"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

FLPF

300# 1"~24"

vl_check_flff

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

150# 1/2"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

300# 1"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

FLRF

900# 3/4"~24"

vl_check_flrf

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

150,300# 1"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

FLRJ

600# 1/2"~24"

vl_check_flrj

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

108

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

900# 3/4"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

600# 1/2"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Check

Valve

Swing

Type

FLTG

900# 3/4"~24"

vl_check_fltg

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

150,300# 1/8"~36" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

600# 1/2"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

BW

900# 1"~24"

vl_gate_bw

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

FLPF 150,300# 1/2"~24" vl_gate_flff ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

150,300,600# 1/2"~24" ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

FLRF

900# 1"~24"

vl_gate_flrf

ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

150# 1"~24" vl_gate_flrj ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

300,600# 1/2"~24" vl_gate_flrj ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

FLRJ

900# 1"~24" vl_gate_flrj ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

600# 1/2"~24" vl_gate_fltg ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Gate

Valve

FLTG

900# 1"~24" vl_gate_fltg ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

150# 1/8"~36" vl_globe_bw ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

BW

300# 1/2"~36" vl_globe_bw ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

109

Globe

Valve

600# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_bw ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_bw ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

FLPF 150,300# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_flff ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

150,300,600# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_flrf ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

FLRF

900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_flrf ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

150# 1"~6" vl_globe_flrj ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

150,300# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_flrj ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

FLRJ

900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_flrj ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

600# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_fltg ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Globe

Valve

FLTG

900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_fltg ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Plug

Valve

BW 600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_bw ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Plug

Valve

FLPF 150,300# 1"~12" vl_plug_flff ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Plug

Valve

FLRF 150,300,600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_flrf ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Plug

Valve

FLRJ 150,300,600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_flrj ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Plug

Valve

FLTG 600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_fltg ANSI

B16.10

INLINE

Example: List of JIS Fittings

Fitting

Categor

y

Fitting

Name

End-

Type

Rating Size

Rang

e

Part Name Fitting

Code

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

110

Valve Angle

Valve

FLFF 5K,10K,16K 15-

400

Vl_angle_flff Corner

FLRF 10K,20K,

30K,40K

32-

200

Vl_angle_flrf Corner

SC 10K 10-

100

Vl_angle_sc Corner

Valve Hose

Connectio

n

Angle

Valve

FLFF 5K,10K 15-

65

Vl_angle_hoff Corner

Valve Lift Check

Angle

Valve

FLFF 5K, 16K 15-

200

Vl_l_chk_ang Corner

Valve Emergency

Shut

Off Angle

Valve

FLFF 10K 25-

100

Vl_em_soff_a Corner

Valve Self

Closing

Angle

Valve

FLFF/SC 25-

50

Vl_se_cls_ang Corner

Screw

Down Stop

Check

Valve

(angle)

FLFF 5K, 10K,

16K

15-

400

Vl_sd_chk_ang_ff Corner Valve

FLRF 20K 32-

250

Vl_sd_chk_ang_rf Corner

FLFF 5K, 10K,

16K

15-

600

Vl_gate_flff Inline

FLRF 10K, 20K 50-

300

Vl_gate_flrf Inline

Valve Gate Valve

SC 5K, 10K 15-

80

Vl_gate_sc Inline

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

111

FLFF 5K, 10K,

16K

15-

400

Vl_gb_flff Inline

FLRF 10K, 20K,

30K,

40K

323-

250

Vl_gb_flrf Inline

Valve Globe

Valve

SC 5K, 10K 10-

100

Vl_gb_sc Inline

Valve Hose

Connectio

n

Globe

Valve

FLFF 5K, 10K 15-

65

Vl_gb_ho_ff Inline

Valve Lift Check

Globe

Valve

FLFF 5K, 16K 15-

150

Vl_l_chk_gb Flow_

Constrained

Valve Emergency

Shut

Off Globe

Valve

FLFF 10K 25-

100

Vl_em_soff_gb Flow_

Constrained

Swing

Check

Valve

FLFF 5K, 10K 25-

250

Vl_swg_chk_flff Flow_

Constrained

Valve

FLRF 10K, 20K 50-

300

Vl_swg_chk_flrf Flow_

Constrained

Valve Self

Closing

Globe

Valve

FLFF 25-

50

Vl_se_cls_gb Flow_

Constrained

Screw

Down Stop

Check

Valve

(Globe)

FLFF 5K, 10K,

16K

15-

400

Vl_sd_chk_gb_ff Flow_

Constrained

Valve

FLRF 20K 32-

250

Vl_sd_chk_gb_rf Flow_

Constrained

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

112

Reducing

Tee

BW 10, 40, 70,

140,

80, 160,

SPP,

12Y, 79Y,

95Y,

5S, 10S,

20S

15-

900

Tee_reducing_bw Branch_

reducing

SW 10, 40, 70,

140, 80,

160

6-

100

Tee_reducing_sw Branch_

reducing

Branch

SW 10, 40, 70,

140

10-

100

Tee_red_grd_sw Branch_

reducing

BW 10, 40, 70,

140, 80,

160, SPP

15-

300

Tee_straight_bw Branch

SW 10, 40, 70,

140, 16,

40, SPP

6-

100

Tee_straight_sw Branch

Straight

Tee

SC TMP 4-40 Tee_bite_sc Branch

Branch

Union

(Bite Type

Tee)

SC 10, 40, 70,

140, 80,

160, SPP

4-40 Tee_union_bite_sc Branch

Elbow 45

Degree

(Butt-

Welding

Type)

BW 10, 40, 70,

140, 80,

160, 12Y,

79Y, 95Y,

SPP

25-

260

0

Elbow_45_bw Elbow Elbow

Elbow 90

Degree

(Butt-

Welding

Type)

BW 10, 40, 70,

140, 80,

160, 12Y,

79Y, 95Y,

SPP

25-

260

0

Elbow_90_bw Elbow

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

113

Elbow 45

Degree

(Socket-

Welding

Type)

SW 10, 40, 70,

140

10-

100

Elbow_45_sw Elbow

Elbow 90

Degree

(Socket-

Welding

Type)

SW 10, 40, 70,

140

10-

100

Elbow_90_sw Elbow

Elbow 90

Degree

(Bite

Type)

SC 10, 40, 70,

140, 80,

160, SPP

4-40 Elbow_90_b_sc Elbow

Blank

Flange

(Flange

Type)

FLFF 5K 10-

900

Flange_blank Flange

Corrosion

Flange

FLFF 5K, 10K 50-

600

Corrosion Flange

Composite

Flange

(Alloy)

FFRF/SO 5K, 10K 50-

600

Composite_alloy Flange

Composite

Flange

(Copper)

FLRF/SO 5K, 10K 50-

100

Composite_copper Flange

Slip-on

Flange for

Flat Face

Type

FLFF/SO 5K, 10K,

16K

10-

100

0

Flange_slip_ff Flange

Flange

Slip-on

Flange for

Raised

Face Type

FLRF/SO 20K, 30K,

40K

10-

600

Flange_slip_rf Flange

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

114

Solid

Brazing

Type

Slip-on

Flange

(Alloy)

FLFF/SO 5K, 10K 15-

40

Solid_braz_aly_fl Flange

Solid

Brazing

Type

Slip-on

Flange

(Copper)

FLFF/SO 5K, 10K 10-

40

Solid_braz_cpr_fl Flange

Socket

Welding

Flange

FLFF/SW 280K 15-

80

Socketweld_fl Flange

FLRF/BW 30K 15-

400

Flange_neck_rf Flange

Boss BW/SC 6-40 Boss_bw Branch Let

Expansion

Joint

(General

Type)

SO 40-

800

Exp_cpl_so Joint

Sleeve

Joint

BW 10-

500

Sleeve_bw Joint

Socket SW 5-

100

Socket_sw Inline

Coupling

Joint for

Copper

Pipe

SW 6-

100

Coupling_sw Joint

General

Suction

Mouth "A"

Type

SW 50-

200

Suction_a_sw Inline

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

115

Suction

Mouth "B"

Type

SW 150-

650

Suction_b_sw Inline

Cap BW 15-

500

Cap_bw Inline

Gasket for

neck

GKFF 30K 15-

400

Gasket_neck Gasket

Gasket for

neck

steam

GKFF 30K 15-

400

Gasket_neck_steam Gasket

Gasket for

slip

GKFF 5K, 10K,

16K, 20K,

30K

10-

100

0

Gasket_slip Gasket

Gasket for

slip

Steam

GKFF 5K, 10K,

16K, 20K,

30K, 40K

10-

100

0

Gasket_slip_steam Gasket

Sea Water

Strainer S

Type

FLFF 10K 15-

350

Strainer_ff Inline

Steam

Trap

FLFF 15-

50

Trap_piston Inline

Concentric

Reducer

BW 15-

600

Red_concentric_bw Inline_

Reducing

SW 6-

100

Red_concentric_sw Inline_

Reducing

Reducer

Eccentric

Reducer

BW 15-

500

Red_eccentric_bw Inline_

Reducing

Update Model

About Update Model

Pro/PIPING allows you to change piping data in the Project Data, the Master Catalog

(MCAT) Specification Database files, or both and then update the piping model data

in your current piping project. You can stay current with industry standards and

change piping specifications, and update the active assembly information and/or line

stock by using the Update Model dialog box (PIPING > Set Up > Update Model).

Pro/PIPING applies the new data to all subsequent modeling.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

116

You can change the following piping data and update the current model:

• Color

• Corner types

• Material code

• Stock number format

• Outside diameter (OD)

• Wall thickness

• Material density

• Miter parameters

• Bend parameters

• Bend machine parameters

To Change and Update Colors

You can change piping colors in a specification and update the current model with

the changes.

1. Modify the specification. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping

Specification dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on

the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

3. Double-click the Specification Directory file that contains the specification that

you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping

Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to

Specification Directory File.

4. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

5. Under Define Record, select a new piping color from the Color box. You can

define new colors (View > Color and Appearance).

6. Click to insert the changes to the selected record. Pro/PIPING modifies the

existing record and displays the changes under Select Record.

7. Click to save the changes to the file. The current directory is based on the

directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

8. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

9. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box

opens.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

117

10. Under Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to apply

the changes.

11. Under Model Information, select the Color check box.

12. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

13. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,

select Type > Segment.

14. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the

segment must be from the updated assembly. Pro/PIPING displays the pipeline

information in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

To Change and Update Corner Types

You can change piping corner types in a specification and update the current model

with the changes.

1. Modify the specification. Click PIPING > Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping

Specification dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on

the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

3. Double-click the Auto-Selection file that is associated with the specification that

you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping

Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to Auto-

Selection File.

4. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

5. You can change corner types in the following ways:

o Bend and Miter Corner Types—Under Define Record, check the Allow

Bend or Allow Miter or both to accept bend or mitered corner types or

both the corner types. Clear the check boxes to make these corner types

unavailable to the specification.

o Fitting Corner Types—Select the Fitting tab on the Define Piping

Specification dialog box. To add a corner fitting, either add a corner fitting

to an existing fitting record or create a new fitting record that contains a

corner fitting. You can delete a fitting records that contain corner fittings to

make them unavailable to the specification.

6. Click to insert the changes to the selected record. Pro/PIPING modifies the

existing record and displays the changes under Select Record.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

118

7. Click to save changes to the file. The current directory is based on the

directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

8. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

9. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box

opens.

10. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

11. Under Model Information, select the Corner Types check box.

12. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

13. Click PIPING > Regenerate to apply the changes to the piping model displayed

in the graphics window.

14. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Route > Pipe Envrnmt > Corner Type.

The Corner Type menu lists the allowed corner types (Fitting, Bend, Miter) for

the active assembly.

To Change and Update Material Codes

You can change pipe and fitting material codes in a specification or line stock and

update the current model with the changes.

1. Modify the Piping Material Master Catalog (MCAT) file. Open the Piping Material

file using a text editor and modify the material code for the selected pipe or

fitting MCAT file. Save all changes.

2. Modify the specification. Click PIPING > Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping

Specification dialog box opens.

3. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on

the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

4. Double-click the Auto-Selection file that is associated with the specification that

you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping

Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to Auto-

Selection File.

5. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

6. Select the Pipe or Fitting tabbed pages for the material code type. Pro/PIPING

displays the updated material code in the Material Code box under Define

Record.

7. Click to insert a new record that contains the changes. Pro/PIPING adds the

record and displays the changes under Select Record. Note that you must

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

119

delete the existing record before Pro/PIPING can insert the record with the new

material code.

8. Click to save changes to the file. The current directory is based on the

directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

9. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

10. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box

opens.

11. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

12. Under Model Information, select the Material Data check box.

13. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

14. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model

displayed in the graphics window.

15. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,

select Type > Segment.

16. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the

segment must be from the updated assembly. Pro/PIPING displays the pipeline

information in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

To Change and Update Stock Number Formats

You can change the pipe and fitting stock number formats in a specification and

update the current model with the changes.

1. Modify the specification. Click PIPING > Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping

Specification dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on

the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

3. Double-click the Auto-Selection file that is associated with the specification that

you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping

Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to Auto-

Selection File.

4. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

5. Select the Pipe, Fitting, or Assembly (fitting) tabs for the type of stock number

format to change.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

120

6. Under Define Record and Select Stock Number Format, select new format

keywords from the Keyword box or enter unique keywords. You can delete any

keyword to make it unavailable to the specification.

7. Click to insert the changes to the selected record. Pro/PIPING modifies the

record and displays the changes under Select Record.

8. Click to save changes to the file. The current directory is based on the

directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

9. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

10. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box

opens.

11. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

12. Under Model Information, select the Stock Number check box.

13. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

14. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model

displayed in the graphics window.

15. Verify the changes. To display the stock number in the updated format, click

PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box, select Type > Segment.

16. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the

segment must be from the updated assembly. Pro/PIPING displays the pipeline

information in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

To Change and Update Outside Diameters

You can change pipe outside diameters (OD) in a specification or line stock and

update the current model with the changes.

1. Locate the Pipe Outer Diameter (OD) Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected

pipeline or line stock. The default path for these files is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipeod/. Each Pipe Outer

Diameter file is named for a line stock material type (for example,

od_steel.ptd.)

2. Use a text editor and change the outside diameter value for a selected line stock.

Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update

Model dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

121

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Outer Diameter check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

7. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model

displayed in the graphics window.

8. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,

select Type > Segment.

9. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the

segment must be from the updated assembly. Pro/PIPING displays the pipeline

information in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

To Change and Update Wall Thickness

You can change pipe wall thickness in a specification or line stock and update the

current model with the changes.

1. Locate the Pipe Thickness Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or

line stock. The default path for these files is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/ master_catalog/pipethk/. Each Pipe

Thickness file is named for a line stock material type (for example,

thk_steel.ptd.).

2. Use a text editor and change the wall thickness value for a selected line stock.

Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update

Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Wall Thickness check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

7. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model

displayed in the graphics window.

8. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,

select Type > Segment.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

122

9. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the

segment must be from the updated assembly. Pro/PIPING displays the pipeline

information in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

To Change and Update Material Density

You can change pipe material density in a specification and update the current model

with the changes.

1. Locate the Piping Material Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or

line stock. The default path for this file is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/.

2. Use a text editor and change the material density value for the selected pipeline

or line stock. Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update

Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Density check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

7. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model

displayed in the graphics window.

8. Verify the changes. Click Analysis > Model Analysis. In the Model Analysis

dialog box, retrieve a solid part density.

To Change and Update Miter Parameters

You can change pipe miter parameters in a specification and update the current

model with the changes.

1. Locate the Miter Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or line stock.

The default path for these files is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/ master_catalog/miter/. Each Miter file is named for a line stock material type

(for example, miter_steel.ptd.)

2. Use a text editor and change the miter parameter value for the selected pipeline

or line stock. Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update

Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

123

5. Under Model Information, select the Miter Parameters check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

7. Click PIPING > Regenerate to regenerate and apply the changes to the piping

model displayed in the graphics window.

To Change and Update Bend Parameters

You can change pipe bend parameters in a specification and update the current

model with the changes.

1. Locate the Bend Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or line stock.

The default path for these files is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/ master_catalog/bend/. Each Bend file is named for a line stock material type

(for example, bend_steel.ptd.).

2. Use a text editor and change the bend parameter value for the selected pipeline

or line stock. Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update

Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Bend Parameters check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

7. Click PIPING > Regenerate to regenerate and apply the changes to the piping

model displayed in the graphics window.

8. Verify the changes. Click Set Up > Design Rules. The Define Design Rules

dialog box opens.

9. Do one of the following:

o Under By Segment, click and select a pipe segment.

o Under By Parameters, select a linestock.

10. Click . The Design Rule Parameters dialog box opens and displays the

updated bend parameters.

To Change and Update Bend Machine Parameters

You can change bend machine parameters in a specification and update the current

model with the changes.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

124

1. Locate the Bend Machine Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or

line stock. The default path for these files is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/ master_catalog/bend_machine/.

2. Use a text editor and change the bend parameter value for the selected pipeline

or line stock. Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update

Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Bend m/c Parameters check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

7. Click PIPING > Regenerate to apply the changes to the piping model displayed

in the graphics window.

Tip: Updating Multiple Changes

You can use the Update Model dialog box to apply multiple changes to the Project

Data and MCAT files and save time.

1. Complete any changes and save them.

2. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box opens.

3. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to

apply the changes.

4. Under Model Information, select all check boxes that correspond to the

modified data.

5. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the

update. The dialog boxes close and Pro/PIPING updates the active assembly

information. Pro/PIPING confirms the update in the Message Area.

6. Click PIPING > Regenerate to apply the changes to the piping model displayed

in the graphics window.

Note: To quickly apply the changes to another assembly, click under Select

Assembly in the Update Model dialog box and select another assembly. Then,

repeat the last three steps above.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

125

Design Rule Parameters

About Design Rule Parameters (Spec-Driven)

In Pro/PIPING, Design Rule parameters are line stock parameters that check selected

pipelines to ensure that the pipes stay within their limitations. If there are any

violations, this is considered a Line Stock violation. The system compares the

characteristics of a selected pipeline with the values of the Design Rule parameters.

If there are any violations, the pipeline is highlighted, which gives you the

opportunity to correct the pipeline parameters.

Pro/PIPING uses Design Rule parameters for both the Non Specification-Driven and

the Specification-Driven Pro/PIPING modes.

To Define Design Rule Parameters (Spec-Driven)

You use design rule parameters to verify whether the parameters of a routed pipe

are within limitations.

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Design Rules. The Define Design Rules dialog box

opens.

2. Under By Segment, click and select a pipe segment. This allows you to

assign design rule parameters to a pipe segment.

or

Under By Parameters, select a linestock. This allows you to assign Design Rule

parameters to an entire line stock.

3. Click . The Design Rule Parameters dialog box opens.

4. Type the Design Rule parameter values in any of the following boxes and ENTER.

A highlighted dot at the bottom of the dialog box confirms the entry.

o Max Overall Length—Maximum allowable overall length of a continuous

pipe segment.

o Min Segment Length—Minimum allowable length of a continuous pipe

segment.

o Max Segment Length—Maximum allowable length of a continuous pipe

segment.

o Max Bends Number—Maximum allowable number of bends in a

continuous pipe segment.

o Min Bend Separation—Minimum allowable distance, in assembly units,

between bends in one continuous pipe segment.

o Start/End Clamp Length—Minimum allowable distance, in assembly

units, from a pipe end to the next bend or endpoint.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

126

o Min Bend Radius—Minimum allowable bend radius, in assembly units, for

a pipe segment.

o Max Bend Radius—Maximum allowable bend radius, in assembly units, for

a pipe segment.

o Min Bend Angle—Minimum angle of the bend, in assembly units, for a

continuous pipe segment.

o Max Bend Angle—Maximum angle of the bend, in assembly units, for a

continuous pipe segment.

o Bend Arc Threshold— Angle at which Pro/PIPING defines the

dimensioning scheme for large angle bends, such as 180 degrees (Default

value in degrees: 165. You can enter a value between 0 and 360.)

o Min Branch Separation—Minimum separation distance between two

branches in a continuous pipe segment.

o Min Branch Angle—Minimum allowable angle between a branch and the

main.

o Bend Table Name—Assign a bend table to the line stock. You can create a

bend table at any time (Default value: NO_TABLE).

5. Click to apply the design rule parameters and close the Design Rule

Parameters dialog box.

6. Click to close the Define Design Rules dialog box.

Note: All bend radius and bend angle boxes are unavailable. Pro/PIPING retrieves

this bend data from the Specification Database Bend Master Catalog (MCAT) file.

Bend Arc Threshold (Spec-Driven)

The Bend Arc Threshold is a design rule parameter that appears in the Design

Rule Parameters dialog box (Specification-Driven Piping). The Bend Arc Threshold

is the angle at which Pro/PIPING defines the dimensioning scheme for large angle

bends such as 180 degrees.

The dimensioning scheme for the bend refers to how the bend is located along the

pipe. Pro/PIPING can locate the bend by either the Theoretical Intersection Point or

the Bend Arc Center Point.

• Bend angles that are larger than or equal to 180 degrees get dimensioned based

on the Bend Arc Center Point.

• Bend angles that are smaller than 180 degrees get dimensioned based on the

Theoretical Intersection Point of the bend.

For a 180 degree bend, one bend value is reported for the location of the center of

the arc of the 180 degree bend.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

127

Example: Bend Arc Threshold (Spec-Driven)

IF BEND_ARC_THRESHOLD = 165 (default)

Then

Route a 180-degree bend—Gets reported as one 180-degree bend from the arc

center of the bend.

IF BEND_ARC_THRESHOLD = 180

Then

Route a 180-degree bend—Gets reported as one 180-degree bend from the arc

center of the bend.

IF BEND_ARC_THRESHOLD = 181

Then

Route a 180-degree bend—Gets reported as two 90-degree bends from the

theoretical intersection points.

Design Rules Checking

About Design Rules Checking

You can enable or disable the design rule check during the pipe modeling process.

When you enable the design rule check, the location of violations can be displayed

and you can rectify them at an early stage. The modeling process then proceeds with

greater accuracy.

Use the design rule checking functionality to:

• Select the design rules to check whenever violations can occur due to a specific

pipe modeling operation. You can select all design rules or only a few design

rules.

• Indicate the location of a design rule violation.

Note: To enable the checking of design rules for piping assemblies that are created

using versions of Pro/ENGINEER earlier than Wildfire, set appropriate values to the

piping_wildfire_convert configuration option.

To Check for Design Rule Violations (Spec-Driven)

1. Click . The Design Rules Check dialog box opens.

Note:

o The Design Rules Check dialog box opens only when an active assembly

contains a pipeline for which you can check design rules.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

128

o If you are working with a piping assembly that is created using versions of

Pro/ENGINEER earlier than Wildfire, set the piping_wildfire_convert

configuration option.

2. Under Setup, select one or more of the following design rules to check.

o Missing Fitting—Checks for missed fittings and gaskets. Under Design

Rules Tree, click a missed fitting type to display the violation information

under Violation Details.

o Segment Violations—Checks for violations in segment length. Under

Design Rules Tree, click a segment violation type to display the violation

information under Violation Details.

o Bend Violations—Displays the bend violation results for a pipeline. Under

Design Rules Tree, click a bend violation type to display the violation

information under Violation Details.

o Branch Violations—Displays the branch violations in a pipeline. Under

Design Rules Tree, click a branch violation type to display the violation

information under Violation Details.

o Flow Violations—Checks for conflicts in the flow direction. Under Design

Rules Tree, click Flow Violations to display the name of the datum point

feature at the location of flow conflict under Violation Details.

o End Type Compatibility—Checks for conflicts in the end type for two

mated fittings. Under Design Rules Tree, click End Type Compatibility

to display the first end type and rating and the second end type and rating

under Violation Details.

o Invalid Pipeline Label Size—Checks for conflicts when the pipe pieces do

not have the same size as specified in the pipeline label. Under Design

Rules Tree, click Invalid Pipeline Label Size to display the invalid

pipeline label size under Violation Details.

The number of violations are displayed in parentheses adjacent to the

appropriate tree node under Design Rules Tree.

Note: If you do not want to check for any of the previous design rule violations,

clear the appropriate design rule from the Setup list.

3. If required, click Tree and select one of the following:

o Expand All—Expands all the tree nodes.

o Expand One—Expands only the selected tree node and not its component

child nodes.

o Expand Branch—Expands the selected tree node and all its component

child nodes.

o Collapse All—Collapses all the tree nodes.

o Collapse One—Collapses only the selected tree node or a child node of a

tree node.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

129

o Collapse Branch—Collapses the selected tree node and all its component

child nodes.

Note: A tree node and its child nodes represent design rules in all the above

cases.

4. Click or to select a record under Violation Details.

5. Click to display the design rule violation information in the INFORMATION

WINDOW.

Displaying Missing Fitting Violations

Missed fitting types are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design Rules

Check dialog box as follows:

• Corner Fitting—Displays violation results for missing corner fittings.

• Flange-Gasket—Displays violation results for missing gaskets and flanges. The

following columns are displayed under Violation Details:

o Sname—The selection name of the fitting that has the missing flange and

gasket.

o Location—The upstream, downstream, or the branch stream location

where the violation has occurred.

Displaying Segment Violations

Segment violation types are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design

Rules Check dialog box as follows:

• Min Segment Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment

with a length shorter than the minimum segment length.

• Max Segment Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment

with a length greater than the maximum segment length.

The violation results are displayed in the following columns under Violation

Details when you click Min Segment Length or Max Segment Length:

o Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

o Current—The current segment length.

o Required—The required minimum or maximum segment length.

• Total Segment Length—Displays violation results if you create pipe segments

of a pipe in the active assembly where the pipe segments have length greater

than the total pipe length. The violation results are displayed in the following

columns under Violation Details:

o Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

130

o Current—The total segment length.

o Required—The required total segment length.

Displaying Bend Violations

Bend violation types are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design Rules

Check dialog box as follows:

• Max Bend Numbers—Displays violation results if you create bends on a pipe

segment greater than the specified maximum bend number value.

• Start Clamp Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment

with its start clamp length less than the specified value.

• Middle Clamp Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment

with its middle clamp length less than the specified value.

• End Clamp Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment with

its end clamp length less than the specified value.

• Min Bend Radius—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its

radius less than the specified value.

• Max Bend Radius—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its

radius greater than the specified value.

• Min Bend Angle—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its

angle less than the specified value.

• Max Bend Angle—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its

angle greater than the specified value.

In all the previous cases, the violation results are displayed in the following columns

under Violation Details:

• Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

• Current—The current bend number, start clamp length, middle clamp length,

end clamp length, bend radius, or the bend angle.

• Required—The required bend number, start clamp length, middle clamp length,

end clamp length, minimum bend radius, maximum bend radius, minimum bend

angle, or the maximum bend angle.

Displaying Branch Violations

Branch violations are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design Rules

Check dialog box as follows:

• Min Branch Separation—Displays violation results if you create branches on a

pipe segment with the distance between the branches less than the specified

minimum branch separation.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

131

• Min Branch Angle—Displays violation results if you create a branch with the

angle between the branch and the main less than the specified minimum branch

angle value.

In the previous cases, the violation results are displayed in the following columns

under Violation Details:

• Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

• Current—The current branch separation or the branch angle.

• Required—The required minimum branch separation or the minimum branch

angle.

Checking Design Rules

Pro/PIPING determines whether any design rule check has been enabled at the end

of each of the pipe modeling operations as discussed in the following table. Use the

Define Design Rules dialog box to change the default values specified in the table

below.

Design

Rule

Where to Define

in the SpecDB

Where to Store in the

Model

Check

After

Missing

Fitting

Corner

fitting

Route Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Delete

Fitting

Flange and

gasket

Insert

Fitting,

Delete

Fitting,

Replace

Fitting

Segment

violations

Minimum

segment

length

MIN_LEN column

of the Pipe

Manufacture

Directory file

MIN_SEGMENT_LENGTH line

stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

132

Insert

Fitting,

Replace

Fitting,

Redefine

Fitting, Cut

Pipe

Maximum

segment

length

MAX_LEN column

of the Pipe

Manufacture

Directory file

MAX_SEGMENT_LENGTH line

stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Insert

Fitting,

Delete

Fitting,

Replace

Fitting,

Redefine

Fitting,

Delete Cut

Total

segment

length

MAX_OVERALL_LEN

column of the

Pipe Manufacture

Directory

file

MAX_OVERALL_LENGTH line

stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Insert

Fitting,

Delete

Fitting,

Replace

Fitting,

Redefine

Fitting,

Delete Cut

Bend

violations

Maximum

bend

MAX_BENDS column of the

Pipe Manufacture

MAX_NUMBER_BENDS line

stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

133

numbers Directory file Type,

Delete

Fitting,

Delete Cut

Start clamp

length

START_CLAMP_LEN

column of the

Bending Machine

file

The first element of the

MIN_STRAIGHT_LENGTH_END line stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Insert

Fitting,

Replace

Fitting,

Redefine

Fitting, Cut

Pipe

Middle

clamp

length

MID_CLAMP_LEN

column of the

Bending Machine

file

MIN_BEND_SEPARATION

line stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Type

End clamp

length

END_CLAMP_LEN

column of the

Bending Machine

file

The second element of

the

MIN_STRAIGHT_LENGTH_END line stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Pipe,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Insert

Fitting,

Replace

Fitting,

Redefine

Fitting, Cut

Pipe

Minimum

bend radius

MIN_RADIUS

column of the

Bend file

MIN_BEND_RADIUS line

stock parameter

Modify

Corner

Type,

Update

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

134

Bend

Parameters

Maximum

bend radius

MAX_RADIUS

column of the

Bend file

MAX_BEND_RADIUS line

stock parameter

Modify

Corner

Type,

Update

Bend

Parameters

Minimum

bend angle

MIN_ANGLE

column of the

Bend file

MIN_BEND_ANGLE line

stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Update

Bend

Parameters

Maximum

bend angle

MAX_ANGLE

column of the

Bend file

MAX_BEND_ANGLE line

stock parameter

Route Pipe,

Modify

Dimension,

Modify

Corner

Type,

Update

Bend

Parameters

Branch

violations

Minimum

branch

separation

MIN_BRANCH_SEPARATION

line stock parameter

The default value is 50

mm or its equivalent in

the pipeline assembly

length unit.

Route Pipe

Branch To,

Route Pipe

Branch

From,

Modify

Dimension

Minimum

branch

angle

MIN_BRANCH_ANGLE line

stock parameter

The default value is 30

degrees.

Route Pipe

Branch To,

Route Pipe

Branch

From,

Modify

Dimension

Flow Route Pipe,

Modify

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

135

conflict Pipeline,

Extension

or Series

Flow

Direction

End type

compatibilit

y

The End Type

Compatibility file

Delete

Fitting,

Replace

Fitting

Invalid

pipeline

label size

Route Pipe,

Modify

Pipe,

Modify

Pipeline

Label

Bend Tables

About Bend Tables (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING uses bend tables to accurately calculate the length of straight pipe

(developed length) required to make a bend of a specific bend radius and angle.

The developed pipe length for the same bend can differ due to different materials

and pipe outside diameters (OD).

Bend tables are normalized for 90 degree bends. For other than 90 degree bends,

Pro/ENGINEER takes those values and multiplies them by A/90, where A represents

the specific bend angle in degrees.

Bend Table Menu

The Bend Table menu allows you to access all Pro/PIPING bend tables for creation

and modification.

From the BEND TAB menu (PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow), you can perform

the following tasks:

• Define—Creates Pro/PIPING bend tables.

• Delete—Deletes Pro/PIPING bend tables.

• Edit—Modifies Pro/PIPING bend tables. You can update a bend table at any time.

• Show—Displays Pro/PIPING bend tables. You can confirm bend table data.

• Read—Reads a bend table from a file to a part.

• Write—Writes a bend table from a part to a file.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

136

To Define a Bend Table (Spec-Driven)

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Define.

2. Type a bend table name and click . A Pro/TABLE window opens containing an

table outline.

3. Enter the data in the table.

or

Select File > Read to use an existing bend table as a baseline. The Read File

dialog box opens.

Enter the name of the existing bend table file and click OK. The system reads the

file data and writes it to the current bend table file. Modify the bend table data, if

needed.

4. Click File > Save and Exit to save and close the bend table. You must now

assign the new bend table to a pipe segment or line stock to use it.

Defining Bend Tables (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING allows you to define new bend tables. You define bend tables for 90

degree bends. For other than 90 degree bends, Pro/ENGINEER takes those values

and multiplies them by A/90 where Α represents the specific bend angle in degrees.

You do not have to insert a bend allowance value (A) in every cell in a bend

allowance table. If you leave a particular cell blank, the system calculates the length

value using interpolation.

The following table describes the Pro/PIPING bend table format:

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 …

FORMULA

equation

...

ENDFORMULA

!

CONVERSION

equation

...

START MATERIALS

MATERIAL

...

END MATERIALS

!

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

137

TABLE

radius radius radius radius radius

outside diameter bend allow bend

allow

bend

allow

...

outside diameter ... ... ... ...

Note:

• Enter the words FORMULA, END FORMULA, CONVERSION, END CONVERSION,

START MATERIALS, END MATERIALS and TABLE exactly as shown.

• The following definitions apply for the above bend table format:

o FORMULA—An equation for the developed length.

o TABLE— A combination of pipe outer diameter (OD) and bend radius table

data that will never be encountered in your pipe assembly. For example,

0.25 bend radius with an OD of 0.5 inches.

• Comment lines can appear anywhere in a bend table. Each comment line in the

table must start with an exclamation point (!).

To Modify a Bend Table (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING allows you to modify bend tables. You can edit only those bend tables

created in the current assembly or applied to the current assembly. To modify a

bend table within Pro/PIPING, do the following:

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Edit. The TBL NAMES menu appears.

2. Select the bend table to modify from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all

bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the

assembly was currently in session.

3. A Pro/TABLE window opens and displays the selected table.

4. Modify the bend table.

5. Click File > Save or Exit. Pro/PIPING saves the bend table in the current

directory.

Note: You must assign a bend table to a pipe segment or line stock to use it.

To Delete a Bend Table (Spec-Driven)

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Delete.

2. Select the bend table to delete from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all

bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the

assembly was currently in session. Pro/PIPING deletes the selected bend table.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

138

To Show a Bend Table (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING allows you to show or view a bend table. Note that if you select to show

a table, you cannot modify it. To show a bend table, follow these steps:

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Show.

2. Select the bend table to show from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all

bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the

assembly was currently in session.

3. A Pro/TABLE window opens and displays the selected bend table.

4. After viewing the table, click File > Exit. The Pro/TABLE window closes.

To Read a Bend Table to a Model (Spec-Driven)

You can read a bend table from a bend table (.bnd) file into a model. Pro/PIPING

creates a bend table from the file data and applies it to the current model.

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Read. The DATA FILES menu

appears.

2. Select a bend table name. Pro/PIPING lists all saved bend tables. If you select

Names, the Open dialog box opens in which you select a bend table (.bnd) file

to read. The Pro/ENGINEER Message Area confirms the action.

To Write a Bend Table to a File (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING saves each bend table that you define to the current model. If you want

to save a bend table to a separate file, you can write it to a bend table (.bnd) file.

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Write. The TBL NAMES menu

appears.

2. Select the bend table to modify from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all

bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the

assembly was currently in session. The Pro/ENGINEER Message Area confirms the

action.

Bend Table Data (Spec-Driven)

The table data (A) represents the developed bend lengths or allowances (with the

presence of the CONVERSION formula) for specific bend radii and pipe outer

diameters (T). The table data and the conversion equation are used together, so

make sure that the two together give you the correct results.

Observe the following points when using bend table data:

• Create your bend tables for 90 bends. For other than 90 bends, Pro/ENGINEER

takes those values and multiplies them by A/90, where A is the specific bend

angle in degrees.

• You do not have to insert a bend allowance value (A) in every cell in a bend

allowance table.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

139

• If you leave a particular cell blank, the system uses interpolation to calculate the

length value.

• For bend radii and outside diameters (OD) between the values in adjacent cells, a

linear interpolation is used.

Note: The values in the bend tables are independent of the model units. They do not

change if you change the model units.

For example, you originally create a pipe assembly with the model units set to

inches. The outside diameter is 0.25 and the bend radius is 0.5. The system looks up

the bend table to find the developed length at the ordinates (0.25, 0.5). If you

change the model units to centimeters and keep the model the same size, the pipe

OD becomes 0.625 and the bend radius 1.270. The system looks up the table to find

the developed length at the ordinates (0.625, 1.270).

Formula Equations (Spec-Driven)

Formula is an equation used to calculate the developed length for any radius or

outside diameter (OD) that falls outside the range of the table data. Pro/PIPING

provides the following variables for use in the table:

• L—Developed straight length of the bend.

• R—Bend radius.

• T—Pipe outer diameter (OD).

• ANGLE—Bend Angle (in degrees).

Formula Equation Rules

Follow these rules when you enter the formula equation in a bend table:

• The formula must be the first equation in the table.

• The formula must begin with the descriptor FORMULA, in the first column.

o If an equation is simple, write it in the second column on the same line as

the descriptor, as in the following examples:

FORMULA L = (0.55*T) + (PI*R)/2.0

FORMULA L = (ANGLE*PI/180)*(R+T/2)

o If the formula is more complex and/or contains some logic statements, then

the FORMULA descriptor must precede the actual formula on its own line.

The formula must also be concluded by the descriptor END FORMULA, on its

own line and in the first column. The following example illustrates this

process:

FORMULA

IF (R/T) < 1.10 | (R/T) > 1.83

L = (PI*R*T)/2.0

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

140

ELSE

L = (PI/2)*(R + (T*0.35))

END FORMULA

In a multi-statement formula like this, you can enter the statements in columns

other than column one.

Conversion Equations (Spec-Driven)

The conversion equation tells the system how table data (A) is related to the

developed length (L). If no conversion equation is defined, the system assumes that

the table data equals the required length (L = A). For example, if the table data

represents the bend deduction value, the equation might look like the following:

L = 2*(T + R) - A

Note: L must never be negative.

Conversion Equation Variables

You can use the following variables in a conversion equation:

• L—Developed straight length of stock.

• R—Bend radius.

• T—Material thickness.

• ANGLE—Bend Angle (in degrees).

• A—Bend allowance value contained in the table data section.

Conversion Equation Rules

Follow these rules when you enter the conversion equation in a bend table:

• Only use a conversion equation when the developed length L is not equal to your

table values A.

• The conversion must begin with the descriptor CONVERSION, in the first column.

o If the equation is a simple one, then it can be written in the second column

on the same line as the descriptor, as in this example:

CONVERSION L = 2*(T +R) - A

o If the formula is more complex and/or contains some logic statements, then

the CONVERSION descriptor must precede the actual formula on its own line

and the formula must be concluded by the descriptor END CONVERSION,

again on its own line and in the first column.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

141

To Assign a Bend Table (Spec-Driven)

Note: Pro/PIPING allows you to assign a bend table at any time in the design

process.

1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Design Rules. The Define Design Rules dialog box

opens.

2. Select the line stock by doing one of the following:

o Under By Segment, click and select pipe segment from the graphics

window.

o Under By Parameters, select a line stock name from the Model Tree or

Piping System Tree.

3. Click . The Design Rule Parameters dialog box opens.

4. Select a bend table from the Bend Table Name box (Default value: NO_TABLE).

This box lists all bend tables defined for the pipe segment or line stock.

5. Click to apply the bend table. The Design Rule Parameters dialog box

closes.

6. Click to close the Define Design Rules dialog box.

Set Display

About Setting Display Options

The Set Display dialog box opens after you click the Set Display option in the PIPE

SETUP menu. The Set Display dialog box allows to set the action options related to

pipelines, pipeline labels, spool labels, flow direction, pipe solid, valve numbers, and

insulation.

To Set Display Options

1. Click PIPING > Set Up. Click Set Display in the PIPE Setup menu. The Set

Display dialog box opens.

2. Click to select the pipeline in the Pro/ENGINEER window.

3. In the Display Options area, select any of the options.

o Pipeline—Show or hide an entire pipeline

o Pipeline Label—Create, show, hide or delete a pipeline label

o Spool Label—Show or hide a pipeline spool label

o Flow Direction—Show or hide the flow direction arrows of a pipeline

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

142

o Pipe Solid—Show or hide the solid representation of a pipeline

o Valve Number—Show or hide the valve number of a valve fitting

o Insulation—Show or hide the solid representation of a insulation.

4. In the Action Options area, select the appropriate option.

5. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Specification-Driven Piping Assemblies

About Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING organizes all pipelines, fittings, and equipment for a piping system in

assemblies and subassemblies. Pro/PIPING creates piping assemblies after you

create pipelines. All subsequent modeling occurs within the currently active

assembly. Pro/PIPING allows you to do the following:

• Change active assemblies at any time in the piping design process by selecting a

pipeline in the graphics window.

• Convert existing piping assemblies created in one piping design mode to the

other mode on-the-fly using the User-Driven piping design mode.

To Make a Piping Assembly Active (Spec-Driven)

You can change the currently active assembly at any time in the piping design

process.

1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > PIPING. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click PIPING > Active Asm.

4. Select a pipeline from the graphics window. The assembly associated with the

selected pipeline becomes the active assembly. Pro/PIPING displays the active

assembly name in the graphics window.

You can also select an assembly from the Model Tree or the Piping System Tree.

About Converting Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven)

The User-Driven piping design mode allows you to convert piping assemblies at any

time in the piping design process using the Spec Driven check box on the PIPING

menu. You can convert existing Non Specification-Driven or Specification-Driven

piping assemblies to the other design mode on-the-fly and continue designing your

piping system.

After setting piping_design_method configuration option to the User-Driven mode,

the following actions occur:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

143

• If a piping assembly is not open, Pro/PIPING defaults to the Non Specification-

Driven design mode. Select the Spec Driven check box to switch to the

Specification-Driven design mode.

• If an existing piping assembly is open or after you open an existing piping

assembly, Pro/PIPING switches to the piping design mode in which the assembly

was created. The Spec Driven check box indicates the design mode. You can

always convert the assembly to switch design modes.

Assembly Conversion Processes

Pro/PIPING executes two different piping assembly conversion processes based on

the piping assembly type.

Assembly Type Conversion Process

Specification-Driven to Non

Specification-Driven

Clear the Spec Driven check box on the

PIPING menu. After this process,

Pro/PIPING considers all pipelines as Non

Specification-Driven.

All existing fittings will remain Specification-

Driven.

Non Specification-Driven to

Specification-Driven

Select the Spec Driven check box on the

PIPING menu. You must assign

specification-specific data in the Convert

Pipeline dialog box for each pipeline in the

active assembly. After entering this data,

the Pro/ENGINEER message area displays

each pipeline and its conversion status. All

pipelines must be converted to

Specification-Driven.

All existing fittings will remain Non

Specification-Driven.

Note:

• The piping assembly conversion processes occur on a pipeline basis only. Fittings

are not converted.

• Mixed models are not allowed. Non Specification-Driven and Specification-Driven

pipelines cannot be included in the same piping assembly.

• Mixed assemblies are allowed. Non Specification-Driven and Specification-Driven

assemblies and subassemblies can be grouped.

• All existing line stocks are automatically deleted. The Non Specification-Driven

mode permits different line stock assignments to each pipe segment.

• Pipe solids failure can occur due to pipeline size changes.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

144

To Convert Non Specification-Driven Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven)

You can convert Non Specification-Driven Piping assemblies to Specification-Driven

Piping assemblies. This allows you to use existing pipe systems in the Specification-

Driven Piping design mode.

1. Configure Pro/PIPING for the User-Driven piping design mode.

2. Create or open a Non Specification-Driven piping assembly to convert.

3. Click Active Asm on the PIPING menu and select a piping assembly from either

the Piping System Tree or the graphics window.

4. Select the Spec Driven check box on the PIPING menu. The Convert Pipeline

dialog box opens. Pro/PIPING displays the active assembly under Active

Assembly.

5. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the

Schematic Driven option will be available under Pipeline. To convert a pipeline

using the schematic information, perform the following steps:

a. Check the XML File option under Schematic Driven to make active.

b. Click and select an XML file from the directory path specified by the

piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option or your current working

directory. You can browse to any required directory to select the XML file.

c. The Schematic Label option under Schematic Driven lists all the eligible

pipelines for conversion, based on the information in the specified XML file.

Select a pipeline from the eligible list.

d. Click the Label tab. The Specification, Size, Schedule, Mnemonic,

Number, and Insulation boxes get updated.

e. Click the Parameters tab. The Oper. Pressure, Oper. Temperature,

Design Pressure, and Design Temperature boxes get updated if the

schematic information contains the respective operating and design pipeline

parameters.

f. Click the Defined tab. The User Defined Parameters get updated.

Note: To convert a pipeline without the schematic information, clear the XML

File option and perform the following steps.

6. Select a pipeline to convert from the Select Pipeline box. If only one pipeline is

available, Pro/PIPING displays its name beside Pipeline.

7. Click the Label tab. Under Pipeline Label, do the following:

o Select a specification, size, and schedule for the selected pipeline.

o If applicable, select mnemonic, number, and insulation. Note that a pipeline

number uniquely identifies a pipeline and it is needed for the Piping System

Tree to organize pipelines (by their number) in a piping system.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

145

8. If applicable, type pipeline parameter values. Click the Parameters tab. Under

Pipeline Parameters, enter the parameter values. By default, Pro/PIPING

makes the pipeline parameters unavailable.

9. If applicable, type user-defined pipeline parameters. Click the Defined tab.

Under User Defined Parameters, do one of the following:

o Type a parameter name in the Name box (must begin with a letter) and a

corresponding value in the Value box. Click to add the parameter to

the pipeline.

o Retrieve existing user-defined pipeline parameters from a file. Click .

The Open dialog box opens. Select the file to retrieve and double-click.

Pro/PIPING displays the user-defined parameters.

10. Click to save the parameters to a file.

11. Click to accept all pipeline data and begin the conversion process.

The Pro/ENGINEER Message area displays the pipeline conversion status.

Pro/PIPING generates new line stocks based on the assigned specification.

Note:

• You must perform this conversion process each time you switch from the Non

Specification-Driven to the Specification-Driven design mode.

• You must select each assembly to convert. Mixed assemblies are allowed.

• Every pipeline in the active assembly must be converted.

• All existing fittings remain Non Specification-Driven.

• All existing line stocks are automatically deleted.

• Pipe solids failure can occur due to pipeline size changes.

To Convert Specification-Driven Piping Assemblies (Spec-Driven)

You can convert Specification-Driven Piping assemblies to Non Specification-Driven

Piping assemblies. This allows you to use the existing pipe systems in the Non

Specification-Driven piping design mode.

1. Configure Pro/PIPING for the User-Driven piping design mode.

2. Create or open a Specification-Driven piping assembly to convert.

3. On the PIPING menu, clear the Spec Driven check box. Pro/PIPING considers

all pipelines as Non Specification-Driven.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

146

Note:

• Every pipeline in the active assembly must be converted because the Non

Specification-Driven mode permits different line stock assignments for each pipe

segment.

• All existing fittings remain Specification-Driven. So, if you convert the pipeline to

Specification-Driven, Pro/PIPING selects and inserts all Specification-Driven

fittings according to the pipeline specification.

• Pipe solids failure can occur due to pipeline size changes.

Converting Piping Assemblies to Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Format

When you work with pipeline assemblies that are created in versions of Pro/PIPING

earlier than Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire, the piping data stored in the assembly must be

updated or converted to the Wildfire format. Otherwise, you cannot check design

rules, display flow direction, or perform an automatic reordering of the piping model.

If parameters such as STOCKNUMBER and MATERIALDATA are stored in the fitting

component features that are created in versions of Pro/PIPING earlier than

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire, then these parameters must be converted to appropriate

parameters in the Wildfire format. For example, STOCKNUMBER must be converted to

STOCKNO and MATERIALDATA must be converted to MATERIALCODE and MATERIALDESC

in the Wildfire format.

When you specify automatic as a value for the piping_wildfire_convert

configuration option, piping assemblies are automatically converted when you invoke

the Pro/PIPING application. If you set the piping_wildfire_convert configuration

option to manual, you can use the Piping Assemblies Conversion dialog box and

select one of the following conversion types to convert pipeline assemblies. The

Piping Assemblies Conversion dialog box opens when you click Applications >

Piping.

• Automatic—Automatically converts all the piping assemblies in the current

Pro/PIPING session.

• Never—Piping assemblies are not converted in the current Pro/PIPING session.

• Manual—Selects the piping assemblies to be converted from the Select Piping

Assemblies to Convert list. All the assembly names are selected by default.

You can select any assembly that you want to convert from the list.

Note: When you convert piping assemblies, the assembly revision number is

updated automatically.

Specification-Driven Pipelines

About Specification-Driven Pipelines

You begin designing specification-driven piping systems by creating specification-

driven pipelines using the Create Pipeline dialog box (PIPING > Pipeline >

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

147

Create/Route). You create each pipeline in a piping assembly by using the OPER

PIPE LINE menu.

The OPER PIPE LINE menu allows you perform the following pipeline tasks:

• Create/Route—Creates a pipeline and provides you with the ROUTE PIPE

menu to route the pipeline immediately.

• Delete—Deletes the selected pipeline and provides you with the option of

deleting or suspending all associated children.

• Rename—Renames the selected pipeline.

• Merge—Merges the selected pipeline components into another pipeline.

• Spec Break—Changes the specification between the selected pipe segments or

fittings.

• Suppress—Suppresses the selected pipeline and all associated children.

• Resume—Resumes suppressed pipelines by name.

To Create a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

1. Create or open a Specification-Driven piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Create/Route. The Create Pipeline dialog box

opens.

Note: To create a pipeline without the schematic information proceed to step 5.

4. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes the

Schematic Driven option will be available under Pipeline. To create a pipeline

using the schematic information, perform the following steps:

a. Check the XML File option under Schematic Driven to make active.

b. Click and select an XML file from the directory path specified by the

piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option or your current working

directory. You can browse to any required directory to select the XML file.

c. The Schematic Label option under Schematic Driven lists all the eligible

pipelines for creation, based on the information in the specified XML file.

Select a pipeline from the eligible list.

d. Click the Label tab. The Specification, Size, Schedule, Mnemonic,

Number, and Insulation boxes get updated.

e. Click the Parameters tab. The Oper. Pressure, Oper. Temperature,

Design Pressure, and Design Temperature boxes get updated if the

schematic information contains the respective operating and design pipeline

parameters.

f. Click the Defined tab. The User Defined Parameters get updated.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

148

Note: To create a pipeline without the schematic information, clear the XML File

option and perform the following steps.

5. Click the Label tab. Under Pipeline Label, do the following:

a. Select a specification, size, and schedule for the selected pipeline.

b. If applicable, select mnemonic and number.

Note: A pipeline number uniquely identifies a pipeline and it is needed for

the Piping System Tree to organize pipelines (by their number) in a piping

system.

c. Click the Insulation check box to select or clear the Insulation box. The

Insulation box displays the default insulation type that is defined for the

selected specification in the Piping Specification Directory file. Specify

another value by selecting from the Insulation list.

Note: The Insulation list displays all the values that are specified in the

Insulation Directory file.

6. Under Pipeline Assembly, click and select an active assembly for the new

pipeline to be created with the Create Sub Assembly option from the Model

Tree. Pro/PIPING displays the selection in the Select Assembly box. Pro/PIPING

selects the top assembly (or last assembly selected) by default.

7. Choose one of the following tasks:

o Create a subassembly for the new pipeline. Under Create SubAssembly,

select the Name check box and select or type a subassembly name.

Pro/PIPING creates all pipeline features for the new pipeline in this

subassembly.

o Clear the Name check box. A new subassembly is not created. Pro/PIPING

creates all pipeline features for the new pipeline in the active assembly

displayed in the right bottom corner of the graphics window.

8. If applicable, enter pipeline parameter values. Click the Parameters tab. Under

Pipeline Parameters, type the pipeline parameter values. By default,

Pro/PIPING makes the pipeline parameters unavailable.

9. If applicable, type user-defined pipeline parameters. Click the Defined tab.

Under User Defined Parameters, do one of the following:

o Enter a parameter name in the Name box and a corresponding value in the

Value box. Note that all parameter names must begin with a letter. Click

to add the parameter to the pipeline.

o Retrieve existing user-defined pipeline parameters from a file. Click .

The Open dialog box opens. Select the file to retrieve and double-click.

Pro/PIPING displays the user-defined parameters in the list boxes.

10. Click to save the user-defined parameters to a file.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

149

11. Click to accept all pipeline data and create the pipeline. The ROUTE PIPE

menu appears. Begin routing the pipeline.

Note: The pipeline_assembly_name_format and pipeline_label_format

configuration options set the pipeline label and assembly name formats respectively.

To Delete a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Delete.

2. Select the pipeline to delete from the graphics window. The CONFIRMATION

menu appears.

3. Click Confirm. The CHILD OPTS menu appears.

4. Select one of the following menu commands:

o Delete All—Deletes all highlighted children. The CONFIRMATION menu

appears. Click Confirm.

o Suspend All—Suspends all highlighted children. The children remain

displayed in the graphics window.

o Child Info—Displays all information about the children to be deleted or

suspended in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

To Rename a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Rename.

2. Select the pipeline to rename.

3. Enter a new name for the pipeline and click . Pro/PIPING confirms the status

of this task in the Message Area.

Specification-Driven Pipeline Merging

About Merging Pipelines

In complex piping projects that involve multiple design changes and revisions, large

piping systems are initially modeled as a single pipeline without considering the

various connected pipelines. At a later stage in the design process, you can split the

components of the large pipeline progressively into individual pipelines. This method

of pipeline design provides flexibility and improves productivity.

You can also separate different portions of a single pipeline into multiple pipelines.

This is possible when you create the required pipelines using the Create Pipeline

dialog box. You can then use the merge feature to select and merge the required

connected portion of the pipeline to the respective pipeline.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

150

Note:

• When merging pipelines, Pro/PIPING does not perform automatic propagation of

the pipelines.

• Connected pipelines remain connected even after the merge operation.

To Merge Pipelines

1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Merge. The Merge Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Select From Pipeline, select a pipeline from the graphics window or the

Model Tree.

3. Under Select Start Segment/Fitting, select the start pipe segment or fitting.

By default, an arrow is displayed along the downstream flow direction of the

pipeline at the selected pipe segment or fitting. This indicates that all of the

connected portion along the downstream portion of the pipeline is selected if you

do not specify any additional end pipes or fittings.

4. Under Select End Segment/Fitting(s), select one or more pipes or fittings to

end the selection bounds.

5. Click to add a pipe or a fitting, or click to remove a pipe or a fitting

from the end bounds.

6. Under Select To Pipe Line, select the pipeline on which the components of the

From Pipeline are merged.

7. Click to merge the components from the From Pipeline to the To Pipeline

or

Click to repeat the merge pipeline operation by selecting a different pipeline.

Workflow for Creating a New Pipeline by Merging Pipelines

The following figure shows how two pipelines have been modeled with the required

pipeline specifications and fittings.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

151

The yellow circles in the previous figure represent the following modeling steps

performed to achieve the required pipeline configuration:

1. Create the AA-1002-100A pipeline using the Create Pipeline dialog box. The

specification AA has components with the rate 10K.

2. Route the entire pipeline from the location 2A to the location 2B as shown in the

previous figure.

3. Insert a 10K gate valve with automatic10K flange and gasket.

4. Insert an elbow fitting at the vertex.

5. Insert a 10K globe valve along the vertical segment.

6. Create a new pipeline using the Create Pipeline dialog box. Specify AA as the

specification, 1001 as the number, and 100A as the size.

7. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Merge, and select the pipeline that you have

created in step 6 as the To Pipeline in the Merge Pipeline dialog box.

8. Select the segment that you created in step 1 as the start segment under Select

Start Segment/Fitting. Specify the upstream flange of the gate valve as the

end segment under Select End Segment/Fittings(s).

9. Click . All the selected components, other than the flange, are merged to the

selected To Pipeline as shown in the following figure.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

152

Workflow for Merging Pipelines

The following figure shows two pipelines that have been modeled with the required

pipeline specifications and fittings:

To merge pipelines:

1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Merge.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

153

2. Select the trajectory that starts from the gasket in the Merge Pipeline dialog

box. Pro/PIPING highlights the selected components.

Pro/PIPING selects all the components of the AA 1002-100A pipeline located

downstream to the gasket indicated by the red arrow and associates them with the

AA-1001-100A pipeline when you click .

Selecting End Components

When merging pipelines, Pro/PIPING selects the end components based on the

following:

• If you do not specify end components when merging pipelines, all the

components located in the downstream direction of the specified start pipe

segment or fitting are associated with the selected To Pipeline during the merge

operation.

• The start and the first end piping components that you specify are used to check

the validity of the subsequent end components.

• Though you can select a break fitting as a bound when merging pipelines, the

merge operation starts from the adjacent fitting or pipe segment within the

selected boundary. Therefore, the From Pipeline retains the break fitting in this

case.

Pro/PIPING highlights the connected portion of the pipeline with a larger point size.

This point size is displayed until the pipeline is merged, or until you select a new

start segment or a fitting, or until you end the session.

Considerations for Merging Pipelines

• The configuration of the pipeline that you want to merge does not change during

the merge operation, that is, the merged pipes and fittings do not change in size,

specification, schedule, and dimensions.

• You can separate pipes and fittings merged from a pipeline and merge them back

only to the original pipeline that contained these pipes and fittings. Pro/PIPING

does not allow nested merge operations. All the pipes and fittings in the From

Pipeline, including the ones that are not merged from the original pipeline, are

merged back to the original pipeline. The bound selection and the To Pipeline

selection are not required.

• If the original pipeline is deleted, suppressed, or the original pipeline assembly is

not retrieved in the current session, you cannot separate the pipeline

components.

• You cannot select a suppressed pipeline as a From Pipeline. Therefore, you

cannot merge the pipes and fittings of a suppressed pipeline with other pipelines.

• You cannot select a pipeline as a To Pipeline if:

o The selected pipeline already has pipes and fittings that are merged from

another pipeline.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

154

o Part of the selected pipeline has already been merged to another pipeline.

• If the To Pipeline already has pipes and fittings merged from one pipeline, you

cannot merge pipelines to it from another pipeline.

• You can merge different parts of a pipeline to one or more pipelines.

• The insulation assigned to the selected pipes and fittings of the From Pipeline

within the selected bounds is merged to the To Pipeline during the merge

operation. The insulation assigned to the From Pipeline beyond the selected

bounds is not merged to the To Pipeline.

• Pipe spools and spool labels that contain the selected pipes and fittings of the

From Pipeline are deleted from the From Pipeline after the merge operation.

• The pipeline label attached to the selected pipes of the From Pipeline are deleted

after the merge operation.

• You cannot perform a merge operation if the piping features of the From Pipeline

are included in the user-defined group. Ungroup the piping features before you

proceed.

Specification Break

About Specification Break

The specification break functionality changes the specification of a pipeline at a

specified location to accommodate the piping design requirements, such as changing

material at a location on a pipeline, changing the pressure rating at a location on a

pipeline, and so on. For example, you can change the material of a pipeline from

stainless steel to carbon steel, or you can change the pressure rating from #150 to

#300 at the required location on the pipeline.

To Insert a Specification Break

1. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu opens.

2. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Spec Break. The Specification Break dialog box

opens.

3. Under Select Start Segment/Fitting, select a fitting or pipe segment on the

pipeline to start the specification break.

4. Under Select End Segment/Fitting(s), select one or more pipe segments or

fittings on the same pipeline where you specified the start for the specification

break. Pro/PIPING ends the specification break at this selection. The selected end

segments or fittings appear in the Select End Segment/Fitting(s) box.

Note:

o If you want the new specification that you have selected to be propagated

till the end of the pipeline, do not use the Select End Segment/Fitting(s)

option.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

155

o If the pipeline that you selected has one or more branch segments in the

downstream direction of the segment or the fitting that you selected to

start the specification break, select more than one fitting or pipe segment

to stop the specification change along each branch of the pipeline.

5. Under Select Specification, the various specifications for the selected fitting or

the pipe segment are displayed. If required, select a different specification name

from the list.

6. Click to propagate the selected specification for the pipeline components

between the start and end locations that you specified.

Example: Inserting a Specification Break

In the following example, the downstream flange is selected as the start fitting. The

elbow fitting and the check valve on the branch side of the TEE fitting are selected as

the end fittings. The specification displayed in Select Specification in the

Specification Break dialog box is A7K.

1 A3A

2 Start fitting

3 End fittings

The pipeline specification after propagation changes as shown in the following figure:

1 A3A

2 A7K

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

156

Note: In the previous example, if you do not select the check valve as one of the

end fittings, all the fittings and segments in the branch side of the TEE fitting change

to the new specification, A7K.

Suppressing Pipelines

To Suppress a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Suppress.

2. Select the pipeline to suppress. The CONFIRMATION menu appears.

3. Click Confirm. Pro/PIPING suppresses the selected pipeline and all of its

highlighted children.

To Resume a Suppressed Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Resume. The SEL MENU appears and lists all

suppressed pipelines by name.

2. Select a suppressed pipeline. Pro/PIPING resumes the pipeline. You can view the

resumed pipeline in either the Model Tree, the Piping System Tree, or the

graphics window.

Piping Layers

About Piping Layers (Spec-Driven)

You can use layers in a model or a layout as an organizational tool. By associating

items with a layer, you can collectively manipulate them such as to delete, reorder,

suppress, or show or blank them selectively.

Pro/PIPING creates three piping layers after you create a pipeline. These layers are

located in the active pipe assembly and use the naming convention established in the

Specification Database during piping setup.

Pro/PIPING creates the following three types of layers:

• ROUTE—Contains all routing features in piping assembly

• FITTING—Contains all fitting components for the subassembly

• SOLID—Contains all pipe solids for subassembly

To View Piping Layers (Spec-Driven)

1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. If you create a new assembly, you must create a pipeline to view the piping

layers. From the PIPING menu, click Pipeline > Create/Route and create a

pipeline. Pro/PIPING automatically creates piping layers after pipeline creation.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

157

4. Click , or click Show > Layer Tree to view the piping layers.

Specification-Driven Pipeline Routing

About Specification-Driven Pipeline Routing

Specification-driven pipeline routing is available to piping designers who work in

large industrial environments. The piping specification database is the architecture

that supports the specification-driven functions such as specification-driven routing

or specification-driven fitting insertion. This database must be in place before you

can use specification-driven pipeline routing or any of the other specification-driven

functions.

Specification-driven pipeline routing gives you the ability to access and route only

those pipelines that have been set up previously in the specification-driven database.

About Setting a Start Point

You must set a start point before you can route a pipe segment from one point to

another, extend a pipe segment, or branch a segment into a pipeline at a specified

point.

Use the Define Start dialog box to set a start point. The set start function allows

you to perform the following actions:

• Set a start point using an existing point, an entry port, a pipe segment, or a pipe

end.

• Set a start point from the corner of a pipe segment that has a corner of type

fitting.

• Use the set start features of point type or entry port type to route a pipe segment

by aligning the edge of the pipe segment to the edge of an existing pipe segment

or to an existing plane.

• Route a pipeline from the free port of a valid pipe fitting, such as a branch fitting

or an inline fitting. The size of the pipe segment that is routed on a free port

depends on the size of the fitting end that is free.

Note:

o When you select fitting ports to route a pipeline, you can select only those

free fitting ports that are not mated.

o The set start point that is created is the projection of the port on the main

segment. It is similar to setting a branch start point, but takes parameters

from the fitting port automatically. The next route will appear to be from

the center of the fitting itself. If the route segment is aligned with the fitting

port it becomes a placement constraint for the fitting.

Note: You can route a pipeline from a set start feature only when you create it.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

158

Route Pipe Menu

The following commands are available on the ROUTE PIPE menu to route and

manipulate line segments:

• Pipe Envrnmt—Sets the default shape and corner type, depending on the

pipeline being routed.

• Set Start—Sets a start point or create a branch start point.

• Extend—Creates a new pipe segment by extending a pipeline in the specified

direction.

• To Pnt/Port—Creates a pipe piece from the current start point to the selected

point, port, or pipe end.

• Follow—Creates a pipeline by following an axis, curve, existing pipeline, or

sketched path.

• Connect—Connects entry ports or connects individual unconnected segments of

the same pipeline or connects both.

• Branch—Creates a section that taps into a pipeline at the point you have

specified.

• Insert Point—Inserts a point in the previously routed pipe segment.

• Insert—Inserts a selected pipeline or a portion of it into the active pipeline.

• Delete Last—Deletes the last routing operation.

• Redefine—Redefines the references of the routing operation.

• Suppress—Suppresses the pipe segments.

• Resume—Resumes the suppressed pipe segment.

• Modify Dim—Changes the dimensions of any piping features or assembly

components.

• Replace—Replaces selected pipeline segment with a routing operation.

These commands are available in both the Non Specification-Driven and

Specification-Driven modes.

To Set a Start Point

1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens. Select

a start point from the following options on the menu and then select a location on

the pipe segment:

o Any—Selects any point on the pipe segment.

o Corner—Selects a valid corner for specifying the branch point. Available

corners on the active pipeline are indicated by a crosshair.

o End—Selects a pipe segment end.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

159

o Point—Selects a datum point.

o Port—Selects an entry port for equipment or a free port for a fitting.

o Segment—Selects a point on the pipe segment.

Note: If the pipe segment is not in the active assembly, you can route the

branch pipeline from the main pipeline that is not in the active assembly.

Note: Pro/PIPING automatically selects one of the previously specified start

points based on any selection that you make on the graphics screen, even if you

do not use the previously cited options.

2. Under Select Parameters, select the specification, size, and the schedule.

Note: When you select the free port of a fitting, Pro/PIPING updates the pipe

parameters depending on the fitting. You cannot edit the Specification, Size,

and Schedule boxes if you select the free port of a fitting.

3. Click to define the start part and close the dialog box.

To Route a Pipe in Specification-Driven Mode

1. Set a start point using PIPING > ROUTE PIPE > Set Start.

2. Create segments using either the To Pnt/Port, Extend, or Follow menu

commands. You can create individual unconnected pipe segments.

3. Connect individual segments of the same pipeline using ROUTE PIPE > Connect

> Define.

4. Create other pipelines to add branches to the main pipeline. Then create

branches using ROUTE PIPE > Branch.

To Route a Pipeline by Referencing a Pipe Edge

1. Click PIPING > ROUTE PIPE > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Select a start point of type Port.

3. Under Select Parameters, the Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes

display the default values. Select another value from the specification, size, and

schedule lists, if required.

4. Under Align Pipe Edge, select the pipe edge or the plane that you want to

reference. Based on your selection, specify one of the following:

o If you select a plane, under Select Pipe/Plane, click one of the following

to specify the offset for the pipe segment that is to be routed with reference

to the selected plane:

—Specifies the offset from the selected plane to the nearest edge of

the pipe that is to be routed.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

160

—Specifies the offset from the selected plane to the farthest edge of

the pipe that is to be routed.

o If you select a pipe segment, click one of the following to specify the offset

for the pipe segment that is to be routed, with reference to the selected

pipe edge:

—Specifies the offset between the left edge of the existing pipe and

the left edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the left edge of the existing pipe and

the right edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the right edge of the existing pipe and

the left edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the right edge of the existing pipe and

the right edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the top edge of the existing pipe and

the top edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the top edge of the existing pipe and

the bottom edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the bottom edge of the existing pipe

and the top edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the bottom edge of the existing pipe

and the bottom edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

Note: The green circle represents the pipe that is to be routed, while the

black circle represents the selected pipe that you are referencing.

5. Under Specify Offset Distance, specify the required offset distance from the

selected pipe edge or plane. Click to flip the offset direction, if required.

6. Click to route the pipeline along the required pipe edge.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

161

Reference Edges for Routing

When the reference pipe segment is not along the z-axis of the Global Csys, the left,

right, top, and bottom edges are defined as shown in the following figure.

The plane ACBD that passes through the pipe segment AB and parallel to the y-z

plane is the base for the left and the right edges of the pipe segment AB. The plane

ABEF that passes through the pipe segment AB and perpendicular to the plane ACBD

is the base for the top and bottom edges of the pipe segment AB.

When the reference pipe segment is not along the z-axis of the Global Csys, the left,

right, top, and bottom edges are defined as shown in the following figure.

The plane ABCD that passes through the pipe segment AB and perpendicular to the

x-y plane is the base for the left and the right edges of the pipe segment AB. The

plane EFGH that passes through the pipe segment AB and perpendicular to the plane

ACBD is the base for the top and bottom edges of the pipe segment AB.

Associativity Between the Routed Pipeline and the Reference Pipeline

The offset that you specify for the Set Start of a new pipe segment that is to be

routed, is calculated from a reference pipe segment that has the biggest outer

diameter in that pipe run.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

162

Note: Pro/PIPING does not consider the insulation diameter for offset calculations.

When you change the biggest outer diameter of the reference pipe segment by either

using the Modify Pipe dialog box or by inserting a reducer on the reference pipe

segment, the actual distance is changed between the reference pipe segment and

the new pipe segment created after routing. This maintains the offset that you

specified earlier.

In the following figure, the pipe segment in black is the reference pipe segment and

the pipe segment in green is the new pipe segment created after routing. Before a

reducer is inserted on the reference pipe segment, the distance between the

reference pipe segment and the new pipe segment created after routing is as shown:

1 Original centerline distance

2 Original offset distance

After a reducer is inserted on the reference pipe segment, the distance between the

reference pipe segment and the new pipe segment created after routing is updated

as shown in the following figure:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

163

1 Changed centerline distance

2 Original offset distance maintained

Routing Flexible Hoses

About Routing Flexible Hoses in Specification-Driven Piping

You must include a category FLEX_PIPE, in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file to enable

routing of flexible pipes in specification-driven piping.

To Enable Routing of Flexible Hoses in Specification-Driven Piping

1. Specify a new category, FLEX_PIPE, in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file and save it.

2. Click Set Up > SpecDB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

3. Create a new auto selection file using the FLEX_PIPE category.

4. Open the piping_spec_dir.ptd file.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

164

5. Create a new specification using the newly created auto selection file. If the auto-

selection file is not available in the Auto Selection box, click to browse to

the location where the file is stored.

6. Click to insert the new specification under Select Record.

7. Click . The specification is now available while creating a pipeline.

To Use the PIPE ENV Menu

The PIPE ENV menu is available for both straight and flexible pipelines.

If you create a pipeline is using a specification that has PIPE as the category, you

can change only the corner type of that pipeline using the PIPE ENV menu.

1. In the ROUTE PIPE menu, click Pipe Envrnmt. The PIPE ENV menu appears.

2. Click Corner Type to open the CORNER TYPE menu.

3. Under the CORNER TYPE menu, Bend, Fitting, or Miter are available for

selection, depending on the size and specification of the pipeline.

4. Select the required corner type and click Done.

If you create a pipeline using a specification that has FLEX_PIPE as the category, the

Line Shape option is available in the PIPE ENV menu.

1. In the ROUTE PIPE menu, click Pipe Envrnmt. The PIPE ENV menu appears.

2. Click Line Shape to open the LINE SHAPE menu.

3. Do one of the following:

o Click Flexible and Free Length to determine the length of the flexible pipe

segment.

o Click Flexible and Set Length to specify a length for the flexible pipe after

creating each segment.

o Click Straight to route using straight pipelines.

Note: Free Length and Set Length are available only when you select Flexible

in the LINE SHAPE menu.

4. Click Done.

Specification-Driven Routing with Extend

About Specification-Driven Routing with Extend

You can route a new pipe segment by extending the segment in a selected direction.

To extend a pipe segment, use one of the following reference coordinate systems:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

165

• Any coordinate system in the active assembly or any other assembly

• The global coordinate system in the active assembly

• The routing coordinate system

By default, Pro/PIPING uses the reference coordinate system that was used for the

previous extend operation in the active assembly. If an extend operation was not

performed earlier in the active assembly, the global coordinate system is used by

default.

To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Reference

1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start

dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend. The Extend dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for

the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the

reference coordinate system:

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend

operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Csys to specify that the pipe

segment will be extended to the given coordinates of the reference

coordinate system.

5. Under To Coordinates, select the following dimension options:

o Select the system as Spherical, Cylindrical, or Cartesian and use the

Angle box to specify which of the following formats the angle in the

selected system be given:

Degrees—Specifies the angle in the degrees format.

Gradient Ratio—Specifies the angle in the ratio format. For example, if

you want a 1:25 slope, you must specify 25. The end of the pipe segment

will drop 1 unit for every 25 units forward.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

166

Gradient Percent—Specifies the angle in the percentage format. For

example, if you want a 1:25 slope, you must specify 4. The end of the pipe

segment will drop 4 percent of its total forward length.

Note: The Angle option is not applicable for the Cartesian system. The

angle dimension is always displayed in degrees irrespective of the format

specified in the Angle box.

o Select one of the following dimension types:

Relative—The extension of the end of the segment to be extended is with

reference to the start of the segment.

Absolute—The extension of the end of the segment to be extended is with

reference to the selected reference coordinate system.

o Under Locking Axes, select the extend directions along the x-, y-, or z-

axes, or along all three axes.

o Under Coordinates, type the coordinate values along the respective axes

in the available boxes or use the thumb wheel increments to specify the

values. You can also click and drag the pipe segment to the required

length. Pro/PIPING displays a preview of the pipe segment that is extended

using the drag operation, in the graphics window. Click to lock the

required coordinate boxes. The display changes to to indicate that the

boxes are locked.

Note: The coordinates displayed under Coordinates vary depending on

the selection that you make in the System box. If you select the system as

Spherical, the coordinates displayed are r, theta, and phi. If you select the

system as Cylindrical, the coordinates displayed are r, theta, and z. If you

select the system as Cartesian, the coordinates displayed are x, y, and z.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment to the specified coordinates.

To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Axis Reference

1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start

dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend. The Extend dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for

the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the

reference coordinate system:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

167

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend

operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Csys Axis to specify that the pipe

segment will be extended along the selected axis of the reference

coordinate system.

5. Under Along Csys Axis, do the following:

a. Under Select Axis, select one of the reference coordinate system axes as

the reference axis.

b. Under Options, select one of the following to specify the length of the pipe

segment:

Length—Extends the pipe segment to the given length along the reference

axis. Specify a value for the length in the Value box.

Offset Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment along the reference axis until its

end is at a given offset distance from another selected reference plane or

coordinate system. Do each of the following:

Under Select Plane/Csys, select the reference plane or coordinate

system.

Specify a value for the offset distance in the Value box or click and

drag the pipe segment to the required length. Pro/PIPING displays a

preview of the pipe segment that is extended using the drag operation, in

the graphics window.

If a coordinate system is selected, use the Projection list to specify an axis

as the projection axis. If you project the end of the pipe segment to the

selected projection axis, the corresponding coordinate value will be equal to

the given offset distance.

Note: The Projection box is not available if you select a plane under

Select Plane/Csys.

Note: The options Offset, Offset Edge, Offset Edge Fm Ref, and Stop At are

not available if you use the Csys Axis extend type.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment along the reference axis with the required

length.

To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing an Edge, Axis, or Segment

1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

168

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start

dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend. The Extend dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for

the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the

reference coordinate system:

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend

operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Axis/Edge/Segment to specify

that the pipe segment will be extended parallel to the selected axis, edge,

or a pipe segment.

o Select an axis, edge, or a pipe segment as the reference.

5. Under Parallel to Axis/Edge/Pipe Segment, select one of the following from

the Options list:

o Length—Extends the pipe segment to the given length along the reference

axis, edge, or pipe segment. Specify a value for the length in the Value

box.

o Offset Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment along the reference axis, edge,

or a pipe segment till the end of the pipe segment is at a given offset

distance from another selected reference plane or coordinate system. Do

each of the following:

Under Select Plane/Csys, select the reference plane or coordinate

system.

Specify a value for the offset distance in the Value box or click and

drag the pipe segment to the required length. Pro/PIPING displays a

preview of the pipe segment that is extended using the drag operation, in

the graphics window.

If a coordinate system is selected, use the Projection list to specify an axis

as the projection axis. If you project the end of the pipe segment to the

selected projection axis, the corresponding coordinate value will be equal to

the given offset distance.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

169

Note: The Projection box is not available if you select a plane under

Select Plane/Csys.

Note: The options Offset, Offset Edge, Offset Edge Fm Ref, and Stop At are

not available if you use an axis, edge, or pipe segment as a reference to extend

the pipeline.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment along the reference axis, edge, or pipe

segment with a required length.

To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing a Plane or a Point

1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start

dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend to open the Extend dialog box.

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for

the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the

reference coordinate system:

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference

coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend

operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Plane/Point to specify that the

pipe segment will be extended up to the selected plane or a point.

o Select a plane or a point as the reference.

5. Under Upto Plane/Point, select one of the following from the Options list:

o Length—Extends the pipe segment to the given length up to a reference

plane or a point. Specify a value for length in the Value box.

o Offset—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point until

the end of the pipe segment is at a given offset distance from the reference

plane or point. By default, Pro/PIPING displays the distance between the

start of the pipe segment and the reference plane or point in the Value

box. Change this value if required.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

170

o Offset Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or

point until the end of the pipe segment is at a given offset distance from

another selected reference plane or coordinate system. Do each of the

following:

Under Select Plane/Csys, select the reference plane or coordinate

system.

Specify a value for the offset distance in the Value box or click and

drag the pipe segment to the required length. Pro/PIPING displays a

preview of the pipe segment that is extended using the drag operation, in

the graphics window.

If a coordinate system is selected, use the Projection list to specify an axis

as the projection axis. If you project the end of the pipe segment to the

selected projection axis, the corresponding coordinate value will be equal to

the given offset distance.

Note: The Projection box is not available if you select a plane under

Select Plane/Csys.

o Offset Edge—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point

until the end of the pipe segment is at a calculated offset distance from the

reference plane or point. Specify a value for the offset distance in the

Value box.

Note: Calculated offset distance = offset distance (+) or (-) 1/2 pipe outer

diameter, depending on the offset direction.

o Offset Edge Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane

or point until the end of the pipe segment is at a calculated offset distance

from another selected reference plane or pipe edge.

o Stop At—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point with the

required length.

Routing with Equipment Nozzles

About Equipment Nozzles

A nozzle is either a Pro/ENGINEER part or assembly that has a coordinate system

representing a connection port. The following feature level parameters must be

present in the port:

• SIZE—A string parameter that stores the nozzle size, which is used to set up the

default pipe size when a pipe routing starts from the port. It is also used for the

size match checking between a nozzle and its connected pipeline. Nozzle sizes

specified here must match those in the specification database.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

171

• END_TYPE—A string parameter that stores the nozzle end type, which is used to

automate the fitting selection. It is also used for end compatibility checking

between a nozzle and its connected pipeline.

• RATING—A string parameter used to store the nozzle rating, which is used to

automate the fitting selection. It is also used for end compatibility checking

between a nozzle and its connected pipeline.

To Route a Pipeline from an Equipment Nozzle

1. Use the Pro/ENGINEER Assembly mode to assemble a nozzle into an assembly.

2. Click Applications > Standard > Edit > Setup > Name > Feature to assign a

name to the port of the nozzle, which will be used as the name of the nozzle.

3. Click Applications > Piping > PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box

opens.

4. If a pipeline starts or ends at a nozzle, the nozzle name appears as the From or

To for the pipeline in the pipeline report. Generate this information, using the

Report Pipeline dialog box. This name appears in the Information Window.

If the assembly where the nozzle is assembled has a name and a FITTING_CODE

parameter with the value of EQUIPMENT assigned to it, then its name is used as

the equipment name. Output for the From or To is "Equipment_Name –

Nozzle_Name". For example, E7A-N2 means Heater Exchange E7A and Nozzle

N2.

Note: You have to assign a FITTING_CODE parameter with the value of

EQUIPMENT to an equipment part in order to designate the part as an equipment.

To Route from a Port

1. Click Route > Set Start and select an entry port if it has the Size parameter.

The Define Start dialog box updates to the nozzle port size.

2. If you continue to route, the routing is based on the port size.

3. You can change the port size in the Define Start dialog box and continue to

route.

To Route to a Port

1. Click the Route > To/Pnt Port command or the Route > Connect command.

2. Select a valid entry port in the piping assembly. The current pipe size may be

different from the selected port size. If so, a warning message appears with a

size mismatch message.

3. Using a reducer, you can change the size of the pipe or the port so that they

match.

An error message can appear when you modify the pipeline, and the port and

pipe become mismatched.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

172

Checking Pipe and Port Sizes

The modified size of a pipe and the existing port size are checked against each other

in the Modify Pipeline dialog box. If the modified pipe size does not match with its

connected port size, warning messages appear.

Specification-Driven Routing with Follow

About Specification Driven Routing with Follow

You can create a pipeline that mirrors or follows an existing pipeline using the Route

with Follow functionality. You can follow a pipeline within the same assembly or in

other subassemblies. You can add to the path of an existing pipeline or create a line

segment coincident with an axis.

You can also sketch geometry for the pipeline to follow or select a chain of curves.

To Route a Pipeline with Follow

1. Click PIPING > Route > Follow. The PIPE FOLLOW menu appears.

2. You can route a pipe follow using anyone of the following methods. Select the

routing option and then click Done.

o Sketch—Create a segment based on sketched geometry.

The SETUP SK PLN and SETUP PLANE menus appear. Set up and specify

a new sketching plane. A sketching window opens. When you have

completed your sketch, exit the sketcher.

o Curve—Create a segment based on a curve. The CHAIN menu appears.

Select individual curves.

o Pipe Line—Create a line segment based on an existing pipeline. The

START/END menu appears, specify start end segments or select the entire

line. When the CONSTRAINT menu appears, specify a distance (click

DistInPlane), specify a start point (click Start Point and select a datum

point or pipe end) or specify a datum point for the new pipe to go through

(click Thru Point).

o Axis—Create a line segment coincident with an axis.

3. When the INT FOLLOW menu appears, select Done Follow to create the pipe

follow.

To Redefine Pipe Follow References

1. Click PIPING > Route > Redefine.

2. Select the follow segment you want to redefine. The INT FOLLOW menu

appears.

3. Click Change. The CHG FOLLOW menu appears.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

173

4. Select the change follow condition you want to change:

o Pipe Line—To redefine the seed pipeline of the pipe follow feature (this

option appears if the original pipe follow feature is created by following a

pipeline).

o Sketch—To redefine the sketch of the pipe follow feature (this option

appears if the follow feature is created by following a sketch).

o Curve—To reselect the curve selected for the pipe follow feature (this

option appears if the follow feature is created by following a curve).

o Axis—To reselect the axis selected for the pipe follow feature (this option

appears if the follow feature is created by following an axis).

o Ends—To trim and extend the end of the current pipe follow segment.

o Start/End—To change the start and end segments of the current pipe

follow segment.

o Constraint—To change the offset constraint type of the current pipe follow

segment.

5. Make the changes to the pipe follow.

Branch Routing

About Branch Routing

Intersubassembly branch routing allows you to select a pipeline from another

subassembly to branch to or from the active piping assembly.

To Set a Branch Start Point

1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Under Type, select Segment or Corner and then select a location on the pipe

segment.

3. Under Select Parameters, select the specification, size, and the schedule.

Note: You cannot edit the Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes if you

select the Type as Corner.

4. Under Select Placement, select one of the following placement location types:

o —Specifies the actual length along the pipe centerline.

o —Specifies the length ratio along the pipe centerline.

Note: For both of the above location types, by default, Pro/PIPING

considers the reference location from the start end of the pipe segment.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

174

Click under Location Parameter to flip the location with reference to

the end of the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING changes to to indicate a

change in the reference location.

o —Specifies the distance from the upstream corner to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from a plane to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from an upstream fitting to the point. Use

under Location Parameter to flip the reference port. Pro/PIPING

changes to to indicate a change in the reference port.

Note:

You can select another fitting on the same pipe run for reference, if

required.

You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

5. Under Location Parameter, specify a location parameter. Use the thumb wheel

to increase or decrease the offset distance or specify a value in the box adjacent

to the thumb wheel to change the offset distance.

6. Click the arrow to open the Offset From section of the dialog box.

Note: You cannot edit the Offset From section if the branch pipe size is equal to

the main pipe size.

Select from the following offset options:

o —Offsets from the centerline of the main pipe to the centerline of the

branch pipe.

o —Offsets from the top or bottom of the main pipe to the top or

bottom of the branch pipe.

o —Flips the direction of the offset.

7. Click to set the branch start point.

To Route a Branch to a Pipeline

1. Click PIPING > Route > Branch. The Branch Pipe dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

175

2. Under Select Branch Location, select a point, a pipe segment, or a corner for

specifying the branch point.

3. If you specify the branch point on a segment or at a corner, under Select

Placement, select one of the following placement location types to place the

branch point:

o —Specifies the actual length along the pipe centerline.

o —Specifies the length ratio along the pipe centerline.

Note: For both the above location types, by default, Pro/PIPING considers

the reference location from the start end of the pipe segment. Click

under Location Parameter to flip the location with reference to the end of

the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING changes to to indicate the change

in the reference location.

o —Specifies the distance from the upstream corner to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from a plane to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from an upstream fitting to the point. Use

under Location Parameter to flip the reference port. Pro/PIPING

changes to to indicate a change in the reference port.

Note:

You can select another fitting on the same pipe run for reference, if

required.

You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

4. Under Location Parameter, specify a location parameter. Use the thumb wheel

to increase or decrease the offset distance, or specify a value in the box adjacent

to the thumb wheel to change the offset distance.

5. If you are inserting an angle branch, select Control placement using angle

and use the slider or type a value to adjust the angles. If you select this option,

you can modify only the angle. You can control the angle to use by clicking Angle

Type at the top of the Branch Pipe dialog box and selecting one of the options:

o Angle To—The angle where the branching ends.

o Angle From—The angle where the branching starts.

6. Click the arrow to open the Offset From section of the dialog box.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

176

Note: You cannot edit the Offset From section if the branch pipe size is equal to

the main pipe size.

Select from the following offset options:

o —Offsets from the centerline of the main pipe to the centerline of the

branch pipe.

o —Offsets from the top or bottom of the main pipe to the top or

bottom of the branch pipe.

o —Flips the direction of the offset.

7. Click to complete the branch and close the dialog box.

About Stub-in Branches

A stub-in branch is distinguished from a branch fitting because the stub-in branch

does not contain any solid fitting part. The pipe solid parts of a stub-in branch

intersect and are trimmed. The stub-in branch is either equal to or smaller in

diameter than the main pipe, and can be created at an angle to the main pipeline, or

offset from the top or bottom of the main pipe solid part.

Considerations for Creating a Point on a Pipe Segment From Either End

If you insert a point on an extended segment and there is a bend at the end of the

segment, the point dimension is created with reference to the vertex. This is true

even though you have specified the location with reference to the end of the pipe

segment in the dialog box. Therefore, when you modify the dimension of the point,

the displayed value is the sum of the distance from the point to the segment and the

distance from the segment end to the vertex.

Points on a Segment

About Adding Points to Existing Routing

Use the Insert Point command in the ROUTE PIPE menu to add new points to an

existing pipe segment and change the shape of the pipe segment by moving these

points to new positions.

Note: You cannot use the Insert Point command on a pipe segment that is created

using the Follow or the Connect commands.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

177

To Add Dynamic Points to Existing Routing

1. Click ROUTE PIPE > Insert Point.

2. Select a pipe segment with a bend to insert the points. The ends of the pipe

segment are highlighted.

3. Click Create and Dynamic in the CHOOSE POINT menu and click Done. An

additional point is highlighted between the ends of the pipe segment.

4. Select a point or a section on the pipe segment to move. Two points are

highlighted based on your selection.

5. Click No or Yes in the message area depending on whether you want to create a

single break point or two break points.

6. Define the motion plane using the SETUP PLANE menu.

7. Use the sliders in the MOVE DRAG SEGMENT thermo tool to move the break

point as well as the selected section of the pipe segment. You can move the

selected section of the pipe segment normal to the plane as well as normal to the

pipe segment. The new shape of the pipeline is displayed dynamically according

to the slider movement.

Use the sensitivity slider to control the step value of the slider movement.

Note: Set the sensitivity slider value to 100 before you use the other sliders to

move the point or the pipe segment.

A section of the pipe segment is marked between the highlighted points as

discussed in step 4.

After setting the slider values, left-click in the area above the first slider in the

MOVE DRAG SEGMENT thermo tool to display the new shape of the pipeline or

right-click to reset the MOVE DRAG SEGMENT thermo tool.

8. Use the Offset Surf or the Offset Csys commands in the OFFSET PNT menu to

define the dimensioning references of the datum point.

The original pipe segment is now replaced with new datum points and Pipe to

Point features.

To Add Static Points to Existing Routing

1. Click ROUTE PIPE > Insert Point.

2. Select a straight pipeline segment to modify.

3. To modify a free-length flexible pipe, go to Step 6. A theoretical bend intersection

point appears on the screen as 'x.'

4. Click Select in the CHOOSE POINT menu to select an existing datum point. The

pipe segment is reshaped to pass through the selected datum point.

or

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

178

Click Create and Static in the CHOOSE POINT menu and click Done. The

DATUM POINT dialog box opens. Create a datum point.

Note: To create a datum point using any other datum point creation tool, do the

following:

a. Open a datum point creation dialog box by clicking a datum point creation

tool. For example, open the Offset CSys Datum Point dialog box without

closing the DATUM POINT dialog box that you have opened earlier.

b. Create a datum point using the Offset CSys Datum Point dialog box.

c. Select the newly created datum point so that it appears as a reference in

the DATUM POINT dialog box and click Ok.

5. Use the Offset Surf or the Offset Csys commands in the OFFSET PNT menu to

define the dimensioning references of the datum point.

The selected pipe segment is replaced with new points and Pipe to Point features.

6. Select a free-length flexible pipeline. You can add, delete, and move interpolation

points as needed or move the control polygon points using the Modify Curve

dialog box.

Specification-Driven Pipeline Insertion and Modification

About Inserting and Modifying a Pipeline in Another Pipeline

Pro/PIPING allows you to insert a pipeline or a part of the pipeline into another

pipeline. This is useful to piping designers who work in large industrial environments

and frequently use certain pipeline configurations. These pipeline configurations can

be inserted into other pipelines and modified according to the requirement of

designers to achieve productivity gains in modeling.

The Insert Pipeline dialog box allows you to insert a selected pipeline, referred to

as the From Pipeline, into the active pipeline, referred to as the To Pipeline.

Use the Pipeline Insertion function to perform the following tasks:

• Copy a selected pipeline or a part of it and insert it on the To pipeline at the Set

Start location.

• Specify the first segment of the From Pipeline that is inserted into the To Pipeline.

• Specify the orientation of the first segment of the From Pipeline in the To Pipeline

assembly.

• Specify the rotation angle about the first segment to orient the inserted From

Pipeline.

• Propagate the inserted From Pipeline based on the size and the specification

information defined at the Set Start location on the To Pipeline.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

179

To Insert and Modify a Pipeline in Another Pipeline

1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Select a starting location for the pipeline insertion referred to as the Set Start

location and close the Set Start dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Insert. The Insert Pipeline dialog box opens. The

Selection tab is selected by default.

4. Under Select Pipeline, to select the From Pipeline, do one of the following:

o Select a pipeline or any component of the pipeline from the current

Pro/PIPING session.

o Click and select a pipeline assembly using the Open dialog box.

Pro/PIPING displays the selected pipeline assembly in a separate preview

window.

Click to preview the selected From Pipeline in the preview window.

5. Under Select Start Segment/Fitting, select the pipe segment or fitting to start

the selection bound. By default, an arrow is displayed along the downstream flow

direction of the pipeline at the selected pipe segment or fitting. This indicates

that the entire connected portion along the downstream portion of the pipeline is

selected if you do not specify any additional end pipes or fittings.

6. Under Select End Segment/Fitting(s), select one or more pipes or fittings to

end the selection bounds. Click to add a pipe or a fitting or click to

remove a pipe or a fitting from the end bounds.

7. Under Select First Segment, click or to view the list of first

segments and select one of them.

Note: If you have not activated the preview window, Pro/PIPING automatically

activates the preview window so that you can select the bound segments or the

fittings.

8. Specify the orientation values for the inserted From Pipeline, if required, using

the options that are available when you click the Orientation tab.

Note: The Orientation tab is available only after you select the From Pipeline.

9. If required, under Rotation, specify the rotation angle of the selected first

segment in the Angle box, or use the thumb wheel to specify the orientation.

Specify any value between 0 and 360 degrees.

Pro/PIPING temporarily displays the trajectory of the inserted From Pipeline in

the graphics window.

10. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

180

Selecting Pipeline Bounds

You can select an entire From Pipeline or a part of the pipeline for insertion into the

To Pipeline by selecting one or more bounding segments or fittings. The pipeline

bounds are selected as follows:

• If you select only the start segment or fitting and do not specify end segments or

fittings, Pro/PIPING selects the entire pipeline starting from the start component

to its downstream as the pipeline for insertion.

For example, in the following figure, segment S2 is the only bound that is

selected.

Pro/PIPING selects and highlights the From Pipeline based on the preceding

selection, as shown in the following figure:

• If you select more than one segment or fitting, Pro/PIPING selects the portion of

the pipeline between the selected components as the pipeline for insertion.

For example, in the following figure, the fitting F1 and the segment S4 have been

selected as the bounds.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

181

Pro/PIPING selects and highlights the From Pipeline based on the preceding

selection, as shown in the following figure:

• If you select pipeline configurations with branch series, the part of the pipeline

between the selected bounds including the bounds is selected as the pipeline for

insertion.

For example, in the following figure, multiple pipeline bounds are selected along a

branched pipeline.

Pro/PIPING selects and highlights the From Pipeline as shown in the following

figure:

• If you select a TEE fitting as a pipeline bound, the entire branch side part of the

pipeline is selected as a pipeline bound. You can specify pipeline bounds on the

branch side and specify another location along the branch side to restrict the

bound. If you want to select pipeline components upstream or downstream of the

TEE fitting, specify additional pipeline bounds along the required direction.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

182

Selecting the First Segment

You can insert and orient the From Pipeline using any of the pipe segments located

on it. The first segment is used to orient the inserted From Pipeline. The first

segment is selected based on the following:

• If the pipeline has three end segments, Pro/PIPING selects the segment that was

created first in the From Pipeline as the first segment.

• If an inline fitting is selected as one of the From Pipeline bounds, Pro/PIPING

selects the pipe segment on which the inline fitting is inserted as the first

segment.

• If a TEE fitting is selected as the start component, Pro/PIPING automatically

selects the branch segment of the TEE fitting as the first segment.

• If the first segment of the From Pipeline is a stubin branch with an offset from its

original main pipe, do one of the following to obtain the required offset for the

branch, on the To Pipeline:

o Set the branch offset appropriately when you create the branch Set Start in

the To Pipeline.

o After the From Pipeline is inserted, redefine the branch Set Start.

Propagating the Inserted From Pipeline in the To Pipeline Assembly

Pro/PIPING updates the From Pipeline inserted into the To Pipeline, based on the size

and specification information that is defined at the Set Start location. During

propagation, if a fitting cannot be found with the required size and specification,

Pro/PIPING prompts you to either terminate the pipeline insertion or insert the

pipeline without that fitting.

Note:

• The From Pipeline becomes a part of the To Pipeline after it is inserted into the To

Pipeline.

• When you insert a From Pipeline into the To Pipeline, the trajectory of the From

Pipeline is copied into the To Pipeline assembly without any external references.

• You can use any of the Pro/PIPING functionality to modify pipelines that are

inserted into the To Pipeline.

• A stub-in with a center or tangent offset is not inserted with an offset value. The

offset value gets deleted after insertion.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

183

Specification-Driven Piping Flow Direction

About Specification-Driven Piping Flow Direction

A pipeline has specific flow direction requirements based on the process flow

requirements of the fluid inside the pipeline, such as gas, water, or fuel. The flow

direction is usually specified in the Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID). If a

P&ID link does not exist, a reasonable default flow direction assignment can occur

based on the modeling intent and predefined flow direction rules.

Pro/PIPING automatically assigns a default flow direction to each pipeline you create

during modeling. A set of Flow Direction Rules determine the direction of flow. You

can enable or disable the display of flow direction during the modeling of the pipeline

in the active assembly.

Using Piping Flow Direction, you can perform the following tasks:

• Display the currently assigned flow direction of the following:

o A specified pipeline series

o All series in a pipeline

o Specified extensions

• Reverse the assigned flow direction of a specified pipeline series and

automatically reverse the direction-specific fittings on the series. A direction-

specific fitting is identified by the FLOW_CONSTRAINED part parameter.

• Reverse the assigned flow direction of all series in the specified pipelines and

automatically reverse the appropriate direction-specific fittings.

• Reverse the assigned flow direction of specified pipeline extensions and

automatically reverse the direction-specific fittings on the series.

• Decide the NEAR and FAR placement locations during fitting insertion.

• Place flow-direction specific fittings during fitting insertion.

• Automatically replace fittings during automatic propagation.

• Generate from-to- reports during pipeline reporting.

To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Branch Series

1. Create three pipe segments from the coordinate system ACSO in the Positive Z,

Positive Y, and Negative X directions The default flow direction is determined by

Flow Direction Rule 1.

2. Create a pipe segment from point APNT2 in the Negative Y direction.

3. Create a branch segment in the Negative Z direction from point APNT1. This

segment has a physical gap between itself and the segment created in Step 2.

See Step 4 for resolution. The default flow direction for the downstream series

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

184

that was created during branching at point APNT1, is determined by Flow

Direction Rule 2.

4. Connect the segments created in Step 2 and 3 in the direction shown in the

example. The default flow direction for the branch series is determined by Flow

Direction Rule 3.

Default Flow Direction Determination Rules

When you create a pipeline in any sequence, the flow direction function assigns

default flow directions automatically based on the following rules:

• Rule 1—The flow direction of a pipeline series is automatically determined by the

direction of the first pipe segment in the series.

Note: You can create a pipeline series by concatenating several independent

segments that were created with the Extend, Follow, and Connect commands.

Each of these commands can have opposing flow directions. When you connect

the segments to form a pipeline series, the flow direction of the series is assigned

based on the direction of the pipe segment that was created first.

If you create the first segment in the correct flow direction, this ensures the

correct flow direction for the entire series. Otherwise, you must reverse the

resulting series.

• Rule 2—The flow direction of a new series, which is split and created as a result

of inserting a branch fitting or stub-in, is the same as the original series from

which it is created.

• Rule 3—The flow direction of a branch series is the same as the flow direction of

the pipe segment in the branch line that was created first.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

185

Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Branch Series

1 Numbered yellow boxes—Sequence in which pipe segments are created

2 Small arrows—Geometric direction of Extend features

3 Large arrows—Default flow direction

4 Green lines—Pipelines

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

186

To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Loop Series

1. Create three pipe segments from the coordinate system ACSO in the directions,

Positive Z, Positive Y, and Negative X. The default flow direction for the series is

determined by Flow Direction Rule 1.

2. Create a branch segment in the Negative Z direction from point APNT1. This

segment ends within point APNT2 along the Negative Z direction. The default flow

direction for the downstream series created during branching at point APNT1 is

determined by Flow Direction Rule 2.

3. Create a pipe segment from point APNT2 in the Positive Y direction.

4. Connect the segments created in steps 2 and 3 as shown in the example. The

default flow direction for the branch series is determined by Flow Direction Rule

3.

Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Loop Series

To Display the Flow Direction of a Pipeline

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

187

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, click Flow Direction.

4. Under Flow Direction, select the flow unit you want to modify by selecting from

the list. The options are:

o PipeLine

o Extension

o Series

Select the unit. In the graphics window the flow direction is indicated by arrows

along the pipeline.

5. Under Flow Reversal, click to reverse the flow direction.

6. Click to close the dialog box.

Displaying or Hiding the Flow Direction of a Pipeline

• Click to switch between displaying and hiding the flow direction of the

pipelines in the active assembly.

• Click to display the Piping System Tree. Select a pipe segment in the

graphics window or a node from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A

shortcut menu appears. Click Flow > Show to display the flow direction of the

selected pipe series or pipeline.

• Use the Model Tree to display the flow direction of a pipeline.

Note: For piping assemblies from earlier releases of Pro/ENGINEER, appears

only if you have converted the piping assembly to the Wildfire format using the

piping_wildfire_convert configuration option.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

188

Example: Displaying the Flow Direction of a Specified Pipeline Series

Flow Direction Violations

You can view the flow direction violations in the Design Rules Check dialog box.

The location of flow violation is marked on the screen with a dot. The system

prompts you to confirm the violation. You can confirm the violation or override the

warning.

Any unresolved flow direction inconsistencies are captured by the reporting process

within pipeline routing, fitting insertion, and pipeline reporting.

You can encounter the following flow violations:

• Converging flow at a junction.

• Diverging flow at a junction.

• Converging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection

point but are opposed in direction.)

• Diverging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection point

but are opposed in direction).

• Pipelines with dead loops (loops that feed back into the pipeline and have no

outlet).

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

189

Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments

About Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments

When you route pipelines, you can suppress or resume one or more pipe segments

to modify the pipeline trajectory.

Note:

• The pipe segments that you want to suppress must belong to the same pipeline

that you are currently routing.

• When you suppress pipe segments you can also suppress the associated pipe

solids and insulation.

• Fittings of type break, cut, or elbow, that are placed on the ends of a suppressed

pipe segment are automatically changed to type "on end".

• All the suppressed components are resumed during the resume operation.

• You cannot resume a suppressed pipe segment if its end is used by a new

segment due to routing.

• You cannot suppress pipe segments that have insulation, branch points, pipeline

labels, or spools.

To Suppress and Resume Pipe Segments

1. Click PIPING > Route > Suppress.

2. Select the pipe segment to suppress. Pro/PIPING suppresses the selected pipe

segments and all the highlighted children.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Resume.

4. Select the suppressed pipe segments that you want to resume. Pro/PIPING

resumes all the suppressed segments and their associated components. If the

selected pipe segment cannot be resumed, it is highlighted.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

190

Example: Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments

The original pipeline trajectory is shown in the next figure.

1. If you suppress segments #1 and #3, Pro/PIPING suppresses the associated

flanges and gaskets that are mated, as shown next.

2. If you click Resume, all the segments that were previously suppressed are

highlighted.

3. If you select segment #3, Pro/PIPING resumes segment #3, the flange, and the

gasket.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

191

4. Pro/PIPING uses the free segment end for the new routing.

5. If you click Resume again, segment #1 is not resumed, because its end is

occupied by an elbow of type "on end."

Specification-Driven Fitting Insertion

About Specification-Driven Fitting Insertion

The specification-driven fitting insertion feature allows you to insert standard

assembly fittings into a pipeline. Use the fitting insertion feature to:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

192

• Define and insert standard assembly fittings into a pipeline. A standard assembly

fitting is a group of fittings that represent a standard vent or drain assembly. You

do not need to create a large number of assemblies and their configurations in

the fitting library before insertion.

• Modify the orientation of a member fitting without changing other instances of

the same assembly fitting.

• Insert a fitting of a specification other than the pipe specification at the insertion

location. For example, you can insert a B3A Gate Valve on a A3A pipeline.

About Specification Override during Fitting Insertion

During fitting insertion, Pro/PIPING allows you to insert a fitting of a specification

that is different from the selected pipe specification. This overrides the specification

of the selected fitting.

You can also override specifications when you insert group fittings. In this case, use

the specification override feature individually for each fitting in the group. The

specifications of the fitting that you insert by overriding specification are not affected

by pipeline propagation during pipeline modification, reducer fitting insertion, or

specification break.

Pro/PIPING uses the SPECIFICATION string parameter to store the specification of a

fitting. The specification of the fitting with the overridden specification remains

unchanged when the pipeline or pipe segment specification changes during pipeline

propagation.

Note: The specification of a fitting is the same as specification of the pipe segment

on which you have inserted it as long as you do not override the fitting specification.

To Insert Fittings

1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens with the

Selection tab selected.

2. Under Placement Type, do one of the following:

o Click Pipe Segment to select a pipe segment on which you want to insert

the fitting.

Under Pipeline Selection, select the pipe segment either from the active

assembly or from another assembly that is not active. The selected

assembly name appears in the Insertion Location box.

The Specification, Size, and Schedule boxes display values of the

selected pipe segment. To override the current specification, click the

Specification check box and select a different specification from the list.

Pro/PIPING selects the fitting again based on the specification that you

have selected.

Note: The Specification check box is not selected by default.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

193

o Click Free Location to insert fittings without referencing a pipe segment.

You can then place the fitting anywhere in the piping model using the

Component Placement dialog box.

Under Assembly Selection, select an assembly. You can modify the

specification, size, or schedule of the pipeline, if required.

Note: To insert a fitting without the schematic information, skip step 3.

3. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the

Schematic Driven option is available under Pipeline Selection. The XML file

associated with selected pipeline is also displayed. To insert a fitting using the

Schematic Driven option, perform the following step:

Select an active Fitting Category icon and then select a value in the Selection

Name list.

The Designator box displays the refdes value of the selected fitting. You cannot

edit this value.

The Specification, Valve Number, New Size, and Branch Size boxes are

automatically updated based on the schematic information of the selected fitting.

Note: To insert a fitting in the nonschematic mode, clear the XML File check box

and proceed to step 4.

4. Under Fitting Selection, select a fitting category. The options are:

—Inserts a valve.

—Inserts a flange.

—Inserts an elbow fitting.

—Inserts a branch fitting (includes special olet fittings).

—Inserts a reducer fitting.

—Inserts a general fitting or gasket.

—Inserts an assembly fitting.

Note: All user-defined fitting categories also appear under Fitting Selection.

5. The Selection Name section displays a default fitting selection name. Select a

different name from the list, if required.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

194

6. The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to the fitting to

be inserted based on the Auto-Selection file. Select a different bolt nut code from

the list, if required.

7. Specify a string that contains one or more characters or numbers, or a

combination of both, in the Valve Number box to assign a valve number to the

selected fitting.

Note: You can also use the Piping System Tree or Model Tree to assign a valve

number to a selected fitting. To do so, specify the VALVENUMBER string parameter

as one of the Feat Params columns to be displayed in the Model Tree Columns

dialog box.

8. Select Automatic Flange & Gasket to automatically insert flanges and gaskets.

For some fittings with flanged end types, you can automatically insert a set of

flanges and gaskets.

9. To preview the fittings, click the arrow adjacent to Preview Fitting Graphics to

display the graphics window. A single fitting or the first fitting in the assembly

fitting appears in the Preview Fitting Graphics box. To preview the graphics in

a separate window, select the relevant check box.

10. Select the Placement/Orientation tab.

11. Under Placement Options, select one of the following:

Fitting Placement

—Inserts a fitting at a specified location.

—Inserts a fitting face to face with another fitting.

—Inserts a fitting at the end of a segment.

—Inserts a fitting at a junction (available when you insert a branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner run to a branch (available when you insert a

branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner branch to a run (available when you insert a

branch fitting).

Location Type (Location Type buttons are available when you click

under Fitting Placement.)

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

195

—Locates the fitting at a specified location.

Note: By default, Pro/PIPING considers the reference location from the start end

of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to flip the location

with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING changes to

to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Locates the fitting at a specified distance ratio.

Note: By default, Pro/PIPING considers the reference location from the start end

of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to flip the location

with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING changes to

to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Offsets the fitting from an upstream corner.

—Offsets the fitting from a plane.

—Offsets the fitting from a fitting. Click under Location Parameter to

flip the reference port. Pro/PIPING changes to to indicate the change in

the reference port.

Note: You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

Location Parameter

Specify a location parameter and use the thumb wheel to increase or decrease

the offset.

12. Under Orientation Options, select the following:

Alignment Point

The alignment point positions the fitting on the fitting port that is near, far, or at

the center.

—Near point.

—Center point.

—Far point.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

196

Flip

—Flips the fitting

Alignment Offset

Check this box to offset the near or far alignment of the fitting by the value set

by the OFFSET parameter. The system applies the offset value in the positive Z

direction of the entry port fitting.

Rotation Angle

Select from the standard options or use the thumb wheel to adjust the rotation

angle.

13. Click to insert the fitting and close the dialog box.

Note: You can also insert a missing fitting node using the standard Model Tree

options.

Example: Overriding Specifications during Fitting Insertion

A pipe segment with a specification A3A is shown in the following figure. If you do

not override the specification, you can only insert a fitting of specification A3A.

1 A3A

2 B3A

3 A3A

If you click the Specification check box in the Insert Fitting dialog box, you can

insert a fitting of a specification, B3A. The specifications of the upstream and the

downstream pipes and fittings do not change when you insert the fitting of

specification B3A as shown in the following figure.

1 A3A

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

197

2 B3A

3 A3A

About Branch Fittings

A branch fitting is a fitting solid part that you insert at a branch point. It has three

(tee) or four (cross) legs. The corresponding pipe solid parts trim to the location of

the csys (coordinate system) ports on each leg of the branch fitting. The piping

specification designates these branch fittings, and they are available for automatic

selection and insertion according to the specification-driven fitting insertion rules.

Inserting Trimmed Elbows

About Inserting Trimmed Elbows

You can insert trimmed elbows after converting elbows to the required trimmed

elbows.

Using the Specification-driven Piping Fitting Insertion functionality, you can:

• Specify a selection name during fitting insertion and insert a trimmed elbow at

the specified vertex location.

• Insert a trimmed elbow based on the automatically determined selection name of

the nearest standard elbow fitting (for example, an elbow fitting with an angle

closest to the vertex angle).

• Insert trimmed elbows at all vertices of a pipeline by automatically determining

the appropriate elbow fitting selection names based on the vertex angle of the

various vertices.

To Convert Elbows to Trimmed Elbows

You must convert elbows to trimmed elbows before you can insert trimmed elbows.

1. Copy the original elbow part to <original elbow part name>_TRIM.PRT.

2. Change the angle dimension symbol from ANGLE to TRIMMED_ANGLE.

3. For each instance in the generic, that is, for each size, create instances of

different angles. For example, you can create instances using an incremental

value of 1.

Note: Nested instances must not be used.

4. Ensure that the ports align properly with the inlet and outlet of the elbow in the

trimmed instances so that the fittings can be inserted.

To Insert a Trimmed Elbow by Specifying a Selection Name

1. Convert elbows to trimmed elbows.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

198

2. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens. Under

Placement Type, Pipe Segment is selected by default.

3. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipe segment. The selection location must be

close to the vertex where you want to insert the elbow. The pipeline label of the

selected pipe segment appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

4. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are

defined.

5. Click to select the Elbow category if you have used the sample project files.

6. Select the Trim option.

7. Select a selection name from the Selection Name list.

8. Click to insert the trimmed elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the trimmed elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box

open.

To Insert a Trimmed Elbow by Selecting the Nearest Standard Elbow

1. Convert elbows to trimmed elbows.

2. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

3. Under Placement Type, Pipe Segment is selected by default.

4. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipe segment. The selection location must be

close to the vertex where you want to insert the elbow. The pipeline label of the

selected pipe segment appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

5. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are

defined.

6. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

7. Click Trim and Nearest Std. Elbow. The Selection Name list becomes

inaccessible and the required elbow for trimming is determined automatically,

based on the vertex angle.

8. Click to insert the trimmed elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the trimmed elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box

open.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

199

To Insert Elbows at all Corners with Trim

To automatically insert trimmed elbows at all vertices of a specified pipeline without

specifying a fitting selection name use the following procedure:

1. Convert elbows to trimmed elbows.

2. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

3. Under Placement Type, Pipe Segment is selected by default.

4. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipeline by selecting one of its segments. The

label of the selected pipeline appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

5. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are

defined.

6. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

7. Click Trim and At All Corners.

Note: Do not select the Selection Name option because you want the fitting

selection names to be determined automatically.

8. Click Nearest Std. Elbow. If you do not select this option you are prompted

with an option list of valid elbows for trimming at every vertex where a trimmed

elbow will be inserted.

9. Click to insert the trimmed elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the trimmed elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box

open.

To Insert Elbows at All Corners without Trim

1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Under Placement Type, Pipe Segment is selected by default.

3. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipeline by selecting one of its segments. The

label of the selected pipeline appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

4. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are

defined.

5. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

6. Click At All Corners.

7. Click to insert the elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

200

Click to insert the elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box open.

Note: Trim is not selected in this case and so trimmed elbows are not inserted.

To Insert Elbow Fittings at all Corners by Specifying a Selection Name

1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Under Placement Type, Pipe Segment is selected by default.

3. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipeline by selecting one of its segments. The

label of the selected pipeline appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

4. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are

defined.

5. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

6. Click At All Corners and Selection Name.

7. Click to insert the elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box open.

Inserting Group Fittings

About Inserting Group Fittings

You can use the Insert Group Fitting functionality to:

• Specify a group of fittings for insertion.

• Automatically perform end type compatibility checking between adjacent fittings

in the group.

• Automatically select and insert the appropriate gaskets between the adjacent

flanged fittings in the group.

• Automatically select and insert an appropriate pair of flange and gaskets between

a flanged end of a fitting and a non-flanged end of another fitting.

• Insert the specified group fittings on a pipe segment with their adjacent faces

mated.

Note: You cannot flip the fittings of type eccentric reducers during group fitting

insertion because of the offset in the centerline axis of such fittings. To avoid this,

you can insert expansion fittings instead of reducer fittings or vice versa. To get the

required size, modify the pipe size before you insert the fittings.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

201

To Insert Group Fittings

1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert Group. The Insert Group Fitting dialog box

opens. The Selection tab is selected by default.

2. Under Pipeline Selection, select the insertion location.

3. The Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes display default values. Click

the Specification check box, and select another specification from the

specification list to override the current specification for the fitting that you want

to insert.

If you override specifications, all the subsequent fittings that you insert will use

the same overridden specification until you clear the Specification box.

Note: To insert a fitting without the schematic information, proceed to step 5.

4. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the

Schematic Driven option is available under Pipeline Selection. The XML file

associated with the selected pipeline is also displayed.

To insert a group fitting in the schematic mode, select an available fitting

category icon and then select a values from the Selection Name list.

The Designator box displays the refdes of the selected fitting. You cannot edit

this value.

The Specification, Valve Number, New Size, and Branch Size boxes are

automatically updated as per the schematic information of the selected schematic

fitting.

5. Under Fitting Selection, select a fitting that you want to insert. The options are:

—Inserts a valve.

—Inserts a flange.

—Inserts an elbow fitting.

—Inserts a branch fitting (includes special olet fittings).

—Inserts a reducer fitting.

—Inserts a general fitting or gasket.

—Inserts an assembly fitting.

Note: All user-defined fitting categories also appear under Fitting Selection.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

202

6. The Selection Name box displays a default fitting selection name. Change this

name by selecting another name from the list.

7. The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting

based on the Auto-Selection file. Change this code by selecting another bolt nut

code from the list.

8. Specify a string that contains one or more characters or numbers, or both, in the

Valve Number box to assign a valve number to the selected fitting.

Note: You can also use the Piping System Tree or Model Tree to assign a valve

number to a selected fitting. To do so, specify the VALVENUMBER string parameter

as one of the Feat Params columns to be displayed in the Model Tree Columns

dialog box.

9. Click Automatic Flange & Gasket if you want a set of flanges and gaskets to be

inserted automatically.

10. Use the Group Manipulation buttons to add fittings or display information about

selected fittings for your group of fittings.

—Displays the previous fitting in the group and makes it the current fitting.

—Displays the next fitting in the group and makes it the current fitting.

—Inserts a new fitting into the group before the current fitting.

—Inserts a new fitting into the group after the current fitting.

—Specifies the current fitting as the key fitting. This is not activated if the

current fitting is already the key fitting, or if the current key fitting of the group is

an elbow, branch, eccentric reducer fitting, or angle valve.

—Deletes the current fitting from the group. The next fitting in the group

becomes the current fitting. If the key fitting is deleted, then the next fitting

becomes the key fitting.

—Clears all fittings from the group.

As you add or remove fittings from the groups, the Group Parent at the top of

the dialog box displays the number of the current fitting and the number of total

fittings in the group. If the current fitting is the key fitting, the counter reflects

this information.

11. Click the Placement/Orientation tab. You can determine Placement and

Orientation options, one fitting at a time.

12. Under Placement Options, make the following selections:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

203

Fitting Placement

—Inserts a fitting at a specified location.

—Inserts a fitting face to face with another fitting.

—Inserts a fitting at the end of a segment.

—Inserts a fitting at a junction (available when you insert a branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner run to a branch (available when you insert a

branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner branch to a run (available when you insert a

branch fitting).

Location Type (Location Type buttons are available when you click under

Fitting Placement.)

—Locates the fitting at a specified location.

Note: By default, Pro/PIPING considers the reference location from the start end

of the pipe segment. Click available under Location Parameter to flip the

location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING changes

to to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Locates the fitting at a specified distance ratio.

Note: By default, Pro/PIPING considers the reference location from the start end

of the pipe segment. Click available under Location Parameter to flip the

location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING changes

to to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Offsets the fitting from an upstream corner.

—Offsets the fitting from a plane.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

204

—Offsets the fitting from a fitting. Use available under Location

Parameter to flip the reference port. Pro/PIPING changes to to

indicate the change in the reference port.

Note: You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

Location Parameter

Specify a location parameter and use the thumb wheel to increase or decrease

the offset.

13. Under Orientation Options, make the following selections:

Alignment Offset

Check this box to offset the near or far alignment of the fitting by the value set

by the OFFSET parameter. The system applies the offset value in the positive z-

direction of the entry port fitting.

Alignment Point

The alignment point positions the fitting on the fitting port that is near, at the

center, or far.

—Near point. The system aligns the inlet (upstream) port of the fitting with

the location point of the fitting.

—Center point. The system aligns the outlet (downstream) port of the fitting

with the location point.

—Far point. The system places the fitting so that the alignment point is in

the middle of the two ports.

Flip

—Flips the fitting.

Rotation Angle

Select from the standard options or use the thumb wheel to adjust the rotation

angle.

14. To preview the fittings, click the arrow adjacent to Preview Fitting Graphics to

display the graphics window. To preview the graphics in a separate window,

select the check box.

15. Click to insert the group fitting and close the dialog box.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

205

Example: Overriding Specifications during Group Fitting Insertion

A check valve of specification A7K and a gate valve of specification A7N inserted on a

pipeline of specification A3A is shown in the next figure.

1 A3A

2 A7K

3 A7N

4 A3A

Pro/PIPING uses the specification of the upstream fitting, that is, of specification

A7K, and selects the specification for the intermediate gasket between the check

valve and the gate valve.

Key Fitting

The key fitting is a fitting in the group, that is inserted first on the pipe segment.

Before the key fitting is inserted, the selected pipe segment is divided into two

segments at the specified location. The key fitting is placed at the specified location.

The adjacent fittings are inserted with their faces mating with either side face of the

key fitting. All the fittings in the group are inserted subsequently in this manner.

The first selected fitting becomes the key fitting by default. If any one of the

following fittings is added to the group, then that fitting automatically becomes the

key fitting, and the original key fitting becomes the normal fitting:

• Elbows

• Branch fittings

• Eccentric fittings

• Angle valves

A group cannot have more than one fitting from these categories.

A key fitting can be used to mate a group fitting to one or more existing fittings in

the piping model. To do so, the key fitting must exist at the mating end of the group.

Also, there must be no group fittings between the key fitting and the mating surface

of the existing fittings.

Group Fitting Rules

The following rules apply for specifying group fittings, for insertion.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

206

• There can be only one key fitting in the group.

• The placement options and alignment point options can be specified only for the

key fitting. The placement options will be disabled for other fittings. But

orientation options will be accessible individually for all the fittings.

• When a non-key fitting is manually set as "key fitting", the Placement Options

and alignment point options of the original key fitting will be transferred to the

new key fitting. However, you can change these options as required for the new

key fitting.

End Type Compatibility Checking

End type compatibility checking within the group is performed for every fitting in the

group after the second fitting is specified. If the end compatibility check fails, then:

• An error message is displayed.

• You can correct the failure either by selecting another fitting or by flipping a

fitting.

• You can remove the failed fitting.

Modifying Fittings

About Modifying Fittings (Spec-Driven)

You can modify any fitting that you insert in your specification-driven piping system.

Pro/PIPING allows you to modify fittings in the following ways:

• Delete—Delete unwanted fittings

• Delete Group—Delete unwanted fittings in a group and automatically choose a

new parent if the parent fitting of the group is deleted

• Redefine—Redefine fitting parameters to customize certain fittings

• Replace—Replace inserted fittings with different ones

You can also perform these operations using the Info, Redefine, Replace, and

Delete options from the shortcut menu.

To Delete Fittings

1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Delete.

2. Select a fitting, and then Ok from the SELECT menu. The fitting is deleted.

3. When you are finished deleting fittings click Done/Return.

To Delete Group Fittings

1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Delete Group. The Delete Group Fittings dialog box

opens.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

207

2. Under Select Fitting, select the pipe fitting component that you want to delete.

3. Under Fitting Delete Options, select one of the following:

o All in Group—Deletes all the fittings in the group.

o Selected & All Upstream—Deletes the selected fitting and all fittings that

are mated to the selected fitting, upstream in the group. If the selected

fitting is located below the parent fitting, all the fittings located upstream to

it including the parent fitting are deleted. In this case, Pro/PIPING prompts

you to select another fitting in the group as the new parent fitting.

Note: If you select a fitting that is located downstream of the group parent

fitting, and the parent fitting is a corner or a branch fitting, you cannot

select fittings using Selected & All Upstream.

o Selected & All Downstream—Deletes the selected fitting and all the

fittings that are mated to the selected fitting, downstream in the group. If

the selected fitting is located above the parent fitting, all the fittings located

downstream to it including the parent fitting are deleted. In this case,

Pro/PIPING prompts you to select another fitting in the group as the new

parent fitting.

Note: If you select a fitting that is located upstream of the group parent

fitting, and the parent fitting is a corner or a branch fitting, you cannot

select fittings using Selected & All Downstream.

o Only Selected—Deletes only the specified fitting in the group.

If the specified fitting is the parent of the group, Pro/PIPING prompts you to

select a new parent for the group.

If the specified fitting is an intermediate flange fitting, Pro/PIPING deletes

all the redundant gaskets in the group.

If the specified fitting is an intermediate gasket fitting, only the specified

fitting is deleted.

4. Under Select New Group Parent, click to select a new parent for the group

if you have deleted the parent fitting of the group and have not specified a new

parent.

Note: You cannot select the following items as a new parent fitting:

o Gaskets

o Fittings outside the currently specified group

Pro/PIPING selects a new parent fitting automatically in the following cases:

o If you select a parent fitting for deletion from a group of two fittings

o If you select a parent fitting for deletion from a group fitting located at the

end of a pipe, the fitting adjacent to the parent fitting is selected as the

new parent fitting

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

208

5. Click to delete the group fittings.

Example: Deleting Group Fittings

Fittings of types neckflanges, nipples, and gaskets, mated together are shown in the

next figure.

The network report for the fittings is shown in the next table.

SIZE SPEC NAME

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NECKFLANGE

100A ms GASKET

100A ms NECKFLANGE

100A ms NIPPLE

If you select the NIPPLE 100A, which is the group parent fitting for deletion,

Pro/PIPING highlights all selected fittings that will be deleted as shown in the

following figure:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

209

The highlighted fittings are deleted when you click . The remaining group fittings

appear as shown in the following figure:

Select the new parent fitting as NIPPLE of size 100A in the Select New Group

Parent box. The size of the pipe segment is propagated along its downstream to

match the downstream size of the group fittings. The network report for the group

fittings with the new parent is as shown in the following table.

SIZE SPEC NAME

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NIPPLE

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

210

To Redefine Specification-Driven Fittings

1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Redefine. The Redefine Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Select a fitting to redefine.

3. Under Orientation Options, you can redefine the following parameters:

o Alignment Point—Change the dimensional control point of the fitting.

o Flip—Change the direction of the fitting.

Note: You cannot flip the fittings of type eccentric reducers.

o Alignment Offset—Select to offset the alignment.

o Rotation Angle—Reposition the fitting.

4. Click to complete the redefinition of the fitting on the pipeline and close the

dialog box.

About Specification Override during Fitting Replacement

You can override the specification of a fitting that you want to replace. When

replacing fittings, use the specification override feature to:

• Replace an existing fitting with a fitting that has the same specification as that of

the pipe segment or has a different specification.

• Replace a fitting that you inserted earlier by overriding specifications, with a

fitting that has the same pipe specification or a different overriding fitting

specification.

• Replace a fitting that you inserted earlier by overriding specifications, with a

fitting that has the same specification as that of the pipe segment.

To Replace Fittings

1. Click PIPING > Fittings > Replace. The Replace Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Under Select Fitting, select the fitting to be replaced. Information about the

fitting appears as read-only text under Fitting Data.

3. The Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes display a value by default.

Click the Specification box and select a different specification from the

specification list to override the current specification values for the fitting that

you want to replace.

Note: To replace a fitting without the schematic information, proceed to step 5.

4. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the

Schematic Driven option is available under Fitting Data. The XML file

associated with the selected pipeline is also displayed.

To replace a fitting in the schematic mode, select an available fitting category

icon and then select a value from the Selection Name list.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

211

The Designator box displays the refdes of the selected fitting. This value is not

editable.

The Specification, Valve Number, New Size, and Branch Size boxes are

automatically updated as per the schematic information of the selected schematic

fitting.

5. Under Fitting Selection, select the new fitting you want.

6. The Selection Name section displays a default fitting selection name. Change

this name by selecting from the list.

7. Specify a string that contains one or more characters or numbers, or both, in the

Valve Number box to assign, modify, or delete a valve number to the fitting

that you want to replace.

Note: You can also use the Piping System Tree or Model Tree to modify the valve

number of the selected fitting. To do so, specify the VALVENUMBER string

parameter as one of the Feat Params column to be displayed in the Model Tree

Columns dialog box.

8. Click to replace the fitting and close the dialog box.

Tip: Modifying and Deleting Valve Numbers

In addition to modifying and deleting valve numbers using the Replace Fitting

dialog box, you can also modify and delete valve numbers of a selected fitting using

one of the following methods:

• Use the Parameters dialog box that opens when you click Tools > Parameters.

• Use the Piping System Tree by setting the VALVENUMBER string parameter as one

of the display Feat Params columns in the Model Tree Columns dialog box.

Select the box specific to a valve in the Piping System Tree and delete or modify

the valve number.

• Use the Model Tree by selecting the box specific to a valve in the model tree and

deleting or modifying the valve number.

Note: You can use the Model Tree to create, modify, or delete valve numbers even if

you set the value of the VALVE_NUMBER parameter in the Fitting Category Map file to

no. As good practice, avoid using the Model Tree to create, modify, or delete valve

numbers.

Fitting Overlap Checking

Pro/PIPING automatically checks for the overlap of fittings when you insert fittings,

automatic flanges and gaskets, redefine fittings, or replace fittings. For all such

instances, Pro/PIPING:

• Compares the length of the pipe segment between two adjacent fittings with the

values specified for one of the following configuration options:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

212

o The pipeline_min_bolt_clearance configuration option if the pipe

segment is between two flanged fittings or between a flanged and a

nonflanged fitting

o The pipeline_min_segment_length configuration option if the pipe

segment is between two nonflanged fittings

If the length of the pipe segment is less than any of the values specified for these

configuration options, a message appears and the pipe segment that does not

satisfy the above conditions is highlighted.

• Checks for a fitting that overlaps another fitting at the given insertion location

and tries to move the fitting to avoid the overlap. If the fitting cannot be moved,

a message appears and the existing fitting that is being overlapped is

highlighted. In such instances, no fittings are inserted.

Note: For slip-on flanges and socket-welded fittings, Pro/PIPING does not

automatically perform the overlap check for the fitting parts that lie outside the port.

This is because the ports do not lie on the external surface of the fitting. To enable

Pro/PIPING to perform fitting overlap checking for slip-on flanges and socket welded

fittings, use the OFFSET parameter to specify the additional distance between the

port and the external surface and attach the parameter to the required port.

Pro/PIPING performs the overlap checking for the additional distance from the fitting

port location.

Specification-Driven Pipeline Modification

About Pipeline Modification

Using the Modify Pipeline functionality, you can modify pipes in an active assembly in

the following ways:

• Change the bend parameters.

• Change the corner type.

• Change the line shape of flexible pipes.

• Display the flow direction or reverse the flow direction.

• Edit the pipeline specifications and parameters.

You can also make dimensional changes to pipelines outside of the active assembly;

however, changes are not observed until either the assembly in question or the top

level assembly is made active and regenerated.

During the modification or automatic propagation of pipelines, Pro/PIPING checks for

the fittings that can overlap at different locations on a pipeline. The fittings that are

being overlapped are highlighted and the modification of the pipeline is terminated.

To Modify Pipe Segments

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

213

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Segment.

4. Under Segment, select the pipe segment you want to modify.

5. In the Segment Parameters section, modify the parameters by selecting from

the list. The options are:

o Specification

o Size

o Schedule

6. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Note:

• If the selected pipe segment contains a reducer then the fitting modification

dialog box opens.

• If a fitting overlaps because of a change in the size of the pipe segment,

Pro/PIPING reports all the fitting overlap violations in the INFORMATION

WINDOW. You cannot modify the pipeline, unless you redefine the insertion

location of the fittings that are overlapping.

To Modify a Corner Type

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Corner Type.

4. Under Corner, select the corners you want to modify.

5. In the New Type box, select a new corner type from the list.

Note: The New Type box displays only those corner types that are specified in

the Piping Specification File.

o If you select a corner of type Bend, the Bend Radius box displays a default

value for the bend radius. If more than one value is specified for the radius

in the Piping Specification file, select the required bend radius value from

the Bend Radius list.

Note: The Bend Radius box is available only when you select the New

Type as Bend.

o If you select a corner of type Miter Cut, the Cut Radius box displays a

default value for the cut radius. If more than one value for the radius is

specified in the Piping Specification file, you can select the required radius

from the Cut Radius list. After you select a cut radius, the Cut Number

box displays the default value for the cut number. If more than one value is

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

214

specified for the cut number in the Piping Specification file, select the

required cut number value from the Cut Number list.

o The Cut Radius and the Cut Number boxes are available only when you

select the New Type as Miter Cut.

6. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Tip: Modifying Corner Types

• You can select multiple corners for modification only if they satisfy the following

criteria:

o The corners belong to the active assembly.

o The corners have the same line stock, that is, they have the same

specification, material code, nominal size, and schedule.

o If you select multiple miters for modification, the Cut Radius box displays the

value of the radius, if the selected miters have the same radius. If you select

multiple miters of variable radius, the Cut Radius box displays the value

Multiple.

o If you select multiple miters for modification, the Cut Number box displays the

value of the cut number if the selected miters have the same cut number. If you

select multiple miters of variable cut number, the Cut Number box displays the

value Multiple.

o If you select multiple corners of different corner types like bends, fittings, and

miter cuts, the Select Corner box in the Modify Pipeline dialog box displays

the value Current Type Multiple.

To Modify the Bend Parameters

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Bend Parameters. The Bend Parameters dialog

box opens.

4. From the menu click Edit > Columns > Add/Remove. The Bend Parameters

Columns dialog box opens.

5. Under Not Displayed, Bend Params must be selected. If it is not, select it from

the list.

6. In the Name input box, type in a name for the parameter.

7. Click to add the name to the Displayed area. You can manipulate this list

using the following:

—Removes a name from the list.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

215

—Moves a parameter up in the list.

—Moves a parameter down in the list.

Type a value in the Width box to change the column width. Optionally, use the

spin wheel to change the value.

8. When you have created the bend parameters, do one of the following:

o Click Apply to add the changes and keep the dialog box open.

o Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

9. In the Bend Parameters dialog box, a column is displayed for each added

parameter. To modify the parameters, click in the parameter column next to the

feature you want to modify and fill in or change the information.

10. Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

To Reverse Flow Direction

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly, select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Flow Direction.

4. Under Flow Direction, select the flow unit you want to modify by selecting from

the list. The options are:

o PipeLine—A collection of many connected series and junctions that

represent a single pipeline.

o Extension—A set of series that are connected together and having the

same flow direction.

o Series—A pipeline portion consisting of pipeline elements between a

Pipeline Start and Junction, or Junction and Junction, or Junction and End,

of a pipeline. Flow direction applies to entire pipeline series and accordingly,

an entire pipeline series will be associated with only one flow direction.

Select the unit. In the graphics window the flow direction is indicated by arrows

along the pipeline.

5. Under Flow Reversal, click Reverse.

6. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Flow Direction Violations

You can view the flow direction violations in the Design Rules Check dialog box.

The location of flow violation is marked on the screen with a dot. The system

prompts you to confirm the violation. You can confirm the violation or override the

warning.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

216

Any unresolved flow direction inconsistencies are captured by the reporting process

within pipeline routing, fitting insertion, and pipeline reporting.

You can encounter the following flow violations:

• Converging flow at a junction.

• Diverging flow at a junction.

• Converging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection

point but are opposed in direction.)

• Diverging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection point

but are opposed in direction).

• Pipelines with dead loops (loops that feed back into the pipeline and have no

outlet).

To Modify the Line Shape of a Flexible Hose

1. Using the Modify Pipeline dialog box, select an active assembly with the arrow.

2. Under Modify Options, click Flex Shape.

3. Under Flex Shape, select a pipeline segment with the arrow.

4. Under Modify Shape, click Fixed Length or Free Length and type a value in

the Length option.

5. Click Apply, OK, and Close.

To Edit a Pipeline

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly, select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Edit Pipeline. The Edit Pipeline dialog box

opens.

Note: To edit a pipeline without the schematic information, proceed to step 5.

4. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes the

Schematic Driven option will be available under Pipeline. To associate a

pipeline with the XML file name, perform the following steps:

a. Check the XML File option under Schematic Driven to make active.

b. The Schematic Label option under Schematic Driven lists all the eligible

pipelines for editing, based on the information in the specified XML file.

Select a pipeline from the eligible list.

c. Click and select an XML file from the directory path specified by the

piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option or your current working

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

217

directory or from any other directory. The selected XML file is displayed in

the XML File box.

Note: The specified XML file must contain the schematic information of the

pipeline.

d. Edit the required pipeline parameters under the Label, Parameters, and

Defined tabs. If the XML file does not have the associated pipeline

information, then the edited pipeline parameter values are not applied to

the pipeline.

Note: To edit a pipeline without the schematic information, clear the XML File

check box and perform the following steps.

5. The Edit Pipeline dialog box opens with the Label tab displayed. You can

change the following:

o Label—Modify the Pipeline Label by changing the Specification, Size,

Schedule, Mnemonic, and Number. You can assign insulation to the

pipeline by selecting the Insulation checkbox and selecting an insulation

code from the list.

o Parameters—Enter or modify the pipeline parameters: Oper. Pressure,

Oper. Temperature, Design Pressure, and Design Temperature. Click

to retrieve existing pipeline parameters from a file. After the Open

dialog box opens, select the file to retrieve and double-click. The

parameters are displayed in the boxes. Note that pipeline parameters

options are set by a configuration option and may not be available.

o Defined—Define or redefine parameters in the Name and Value boxes.

Click to retrieve existing pipeline parameters from a file. After the

Open dialog box opens, select the file to retrieve and double-click. The

parameters are displayed in the boxes.

Use to add or delete parameters to the pipeline.

6. Click to save the new parameters.

7. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

To Replace a Bend with an Elbow

When a pipe piece fails the check of the bend clamp length, you can replace the

selected bend with an elbow.

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Bend to Elbow. The Replace Bend dialog box

opens.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

218

4. Under Assembly, select the active assembly.

5. Under Pipelines select the pipelines

6. A list of invalid pipe pieces display under Select Invalid Pipe Piece.

All the segments and bends of the selected invalid pipe piece display under

Select Bend to Replace, the invalid ones are highlighted with a symbol next to

them. Those are the ones that violated the minimum clamp length defined in the

bend machine file inside the Master Catalog.

7. Under Select Bend to Replace, select the bend adjacent to the invalid segment

to be replaced by a fitting corner type.

8. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box. The elbow fittings are

inserted automatically when you apply the changes.

Specification-Driven Pipe Fabrication

About Fabricating Pipes

The Specification-Driven method of modeling includes the following Pipe Fabrication

functionality:

• Pipe piece cutting functionality that allows you to insert or delete a cut.

• Pipe spool piece generation that allows you to generate pipe spool pieces

automatically.

• Create a solid representation for piping insulation and store the information in the

model.

Create a pipe solid for a pipe segment or the entire pipeline in the current active

assembly.

Cutting Pipe Pieces

About Cutting Pipe Pieces

Use Cut Pipe to split a pipeline into pieces that can be fabricated. Cut Pipe allows you

to alter the length of pipelines by splitting a straight segment into shorter raw pipe

blanks, or cutting the pipe at a specific location to generate the desired spool.

The piece cutting functionality allows you to perform the following tasks:

• Cut a pipeline at a specified location.

• Cut a straight pipe run at multiple locations by specifying the stock length or

using a user-specified length of pipe.

• Specify a cut location by referencing other objects such as an adjacent pipe

segment, a hull structure, or a data reference plane.

• Specify a cut location by an offset distance.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

219

• Cut all parallel pipe runs at locations identical to the reference pipe run.

• Cut all pipe segments at locations where pipelines intersect with the block

boundary.

• Automatically insert joint fittings at the cut location during piece cutting.

• Assign shop or field weld attributes.

• Generate pipe spool pieces based on cuts.

To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using Placement

Use Cut Pipe to cut a pipeline at a specified location using distance or ratio

placement.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options select .

3. Select the pipe segment to insert a cut. By default, the selected location is the

placement location of the cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe

Segment as read-only information.

4. The distance of the selected location on the pipe segment displays in the thumb

wheel input panel. Select the following Cut Placement Options:

o —Use the thumb wheel to reposition the cut location along the pipe

segment or enter an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

Note: By default, Pro/PIPING considers the reference location from the

start end of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to flip

the location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING

changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

o —Specify a distance ratio from the upstream end of the specified pipe

segment.

Note: By default, Pro/PIPING considers the reference location from the

start end of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to flip

the location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING

changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

5. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint

Fitting and specify the joint fitting name.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.

You can change this code by selecting from the list.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

220

6. If you want to assign a weld attribute to this cut, under Weld Type, select from

the following weld type options: Shop-Field, Shop-Shop, and Field-Shop.

7. Do one of the following:

o Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

o Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

o Click if you want to exit the dialog box.

Note: You can control the display format of the linear dimension and the incremental

step value for the thumb wheel movement using the

piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option.

To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Plane Reference

Use the following procedure to insert a cut at a defined distance from a specified

plane and generate a weld attribute.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options, single cut is selected by default. If it is not,

select it.

3. Select an approximate location on the pipe segment in which you want to insert a

cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only

information.

4. Under Cut Placement Options, select the plane reference option .

5. Select a planar hull structural surface or datum plane that is perpendicular to the

pipe segment. The name of the reference is displayed under Location

Parameter.

Note: Pro/PIPING does not allow you to select referenced planar hull structural

surface or datum planes that are not perpendicular to the pipe segment in which

you are inserting the cut.

6. Use the thumb wheel to position the cut location along the pipe segment or enter

an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

7. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint

Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.

You can change this code by selecting from the list.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

221

8. Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select it to

assign a field weld attribute to this cut.

9. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

To Cut Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Pipe Reference

In the following procedure, you place a cut at the specified location on a segment

and then create a reference from an adjacent upstream pipe segment that is

perpendicular to the segment where the cut is defined.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options single cut is selected by default. If it is not,

select it.

3. Select an approximate location on the pipe segment where you want to insert a

cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only

information.

4. Under Cut Placement Options select the pipe reference option .

5. Select an upstream adjacent pipe segment that is perpendicular to the pipe

segment in which you are inserting the cut. The name of the reference will

display under Location Parameter.

6. Use the thumb wheel to position the cut location along the pipe segment or enter

an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

7. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint

Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.

You can change this code by selecting from the list.

8. Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select it to

assign a field weld attribute to this cut.

9. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

222

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

Note: The referenced pipe segment must be perpendicular to the pipe segment in

which you are inserting the cut. If it is not, this functionality will be disabled.

To Cut Pipe at a Single Location Using a Fitting Port Reference

In the following procedure, you place a cut at the specified location on a segment

and then create a reference from a nearest fitting that is located on the upstream

side, downstream side, or on the branch port of the cut.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options, single cut is selected by default. If it is not,

select it.

3. Select an approximate location on the pipe segment in which you want to insert a

cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only

information.

4. Under Cut Placement Options, select the fitting reference option . Use

available under Location Parameter to flip the reference port. Pro/PIPING

changes to to indicate the change in the reference port.

Note:

o If the selected pipe segment does not have any existing fitting, Pro/PIPING

disables the fitting reference option.

o You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting or a branch port.

5. Under Location Parameter, the name of the nearest fitting is automatically

displayed as a reference.

Click to select any other nearest fitting that is located on the upstream side,

downstream side, on the branch port, or on the center point between the

upstream and downstream ports of the cut. The selected fitting must exist in the

same pipeline and in the same pipe run. The name of the selected fitting is

displayed in the selection field as read-only information.

6. Use the thumb wheel to position the cut location along the pipe segment or enter

an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

7. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint

Fitting and specify the joint fitting selection name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to the fitting to

be inserted. You can change this code by selecting from the list.

or

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

223

Under Weld Type, the weld type options are displayed based on the selected

type of fitting. The Field option is selected by default.

8. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

Selecting the Reference Fitting Port

When cutting a pipeline at a single location using a fitting port reference, Pro/PIPING

automatically selects a default fitting port as a reference based on the location

selected on the pipe segment. A default fitting port is selected as a reference based

on the following selection criteria:

• If a fitting exists in the immediate upstream of the selected location, before a

corner or free end, then the nearest port of that fitting is selected as the default

reference. The default reference port origin is highlighted in the graphics window.

For example, in the following figure, fittings A and B are upstream of the selected

location. As fitting B is the nearest upstream fitting, Pro/PIPING automatically

identifies it as the reference fitting and its downstream port as the default

reference port.

1 Selected location

• If no fitting exists in the upstream side before the corner or free end and if a

fitting exists in the immediate downstream of the selected location, then the

nearest port of that fitting is selected as the default reference and its origin is

highlighted.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

224

For example, in the preceding figure, if the selected location is in the upstream

side of fitting A, then Pro/PIPING selects the upstream port of the fitting A as the

default reference.

• In the above cases, if the nearest fitting to the selected location is part of a group

of fittings, then the closest fitting in the group is selected as the default reference

fitting, and the nearest port of that fitting is selected as the default reference

port.

• If the reference fitting is a flange fitting, Pro/PIPING automatically selects the

port at the flange face as the reference port.

Note: You can either change the reference to any other port of the same fitting or

select a port of a different fitting. The selected fitting must exist in the same pipeline

and in the same pipe run.

• If the selected port has the OFFSET parameter to identify the location of the

fitting's end face and if you have used the end face to insert the fitting, then the

location of the end face is used as the reference location. The location of the end

face is located at a distance specified by the OFFSET parameter along the port's z-

axis.

Changing the Selected Reference Fitting Port

The label of the selected port is automatically displayed in the Location Parameter

box as shown:

o The label indicates that PORT1 is the name of CSYS, whose feature number

is 113, inside the fitting model VL_CHK_FLRF-100.

o The port switch option is used to change the reference fitting port.

Click the port switch option to change the reference to the upstream port of

the same fitting. Pro/PIPING selects the upstream port PORT0 as shown:

If a selected segment is in the branch side of a junction and if the default reference

port is a branch port of a branch fitting, the port switch option appears as shown:

If you click the port switch option again, the same port remains selected

because the object in the branch pipe segment cannot refer to the ports in the main

pipe segment. However, you can select a port from another fitting using and the

SELECT menu.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

225

Relocating the Selected Reference Fitting Port

Modifying the existing reference fitting results in the following:

• If a reference fitting is relocated, the corresponding piping objects referring to

that relocated fitting are also relocated maintaining the same offset value.

• If the referenced fitting is replaced, the existing reference for the piping objects

is re-routed to the corresponding port of the new fitting model. That is, if the

original fitting's upstream port was referenced, then the reference is rerouted to

the new fitting's upstream port.

• If you delete the referenced fitting, the reference for the piping objects to the

fitting port is also deleted. Pro/PIPING creates a new reference for the pipe

segment on which the piping objects are located. During this rerouting, the actual

location of the fitting is not affected. The Length location option is used for

creating a reference for the new pipe segment.

To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations Based on Pipe Stock or User-Specified Length

You can cut a straight pipe run automatically at multiple locations by specifying the

stock length or by using a user-specified length of pipe. When you cut at multiple

locations, the specified length is applied at intervals along the straight pipe run.

After you create multiple cuts in this manner, they are treated as individual cuts. You

can manipulate them and delete them individually.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options,click .

3. Select a straight pipe run in which you want to insert multiple cuts. The pipeline

label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only information.

4. Under Interval Length, specify the desired stock length or a desired interval

length to cut the pipe runs at multiple locations.

5. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint

Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.

You can change this code by selecting from the list.

6. Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select it to

assign a field weld attribute to this cut. Field welds with unique identification

numbers will be created at each cut location.

7. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

226

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations with Automatic Joint Fitting Insertion

You can cut a straight pipe run automatically at multiple locations by specifying the

pipe stock length and automatically inserting the required joint fittings. When you

cut at multiple locations, the specified length is applied as intervals along the straight

pipe run.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options, click .

3. Select a straight pipe run in which you want to insert multiple cuts. The pipeline

label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only information.

4. Under Interval Length, specify the desired stock length or a desired interval

length to cut the pipe run at multiple locations.

5. Under Miscellaneous Options, click Joint Fitting and select the type of fitting

from the list. If the selected joint fitting is a flange, the Weld Type options are

not accessible.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.

You can change this code by selecting from the list.

If the joint fitting specified is a sleeve or coupling with welding end types, under

Weld Type, select one of the following options. The weld attribute is

automatically associated to the inlet port of the joint fitting.

o Shop-Field—The joint fitting is inserted with its far point aligned to the cut

location and cut location has a Field Weld (FW) attribute.

o Shop-Shop—The joint fitting is inserted with its far point aligned to the cut

location and cut location has a Shop Weld (SW) attribute.

o Field-Shop—The joint fitting is inserted with its near point aligned to the

cut location and cut location has a Field Weld (FW) attribute.

Note: In all of these Weld Type options, the welding at the other side of the

fitting is a Shop Weld.

6. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld

attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

227

To Cut Parallel Pipes at Locations Identical to the Reference Pipe Run

You can cut a group of parallel pipe runs in a single operation. All cuts on the

selected parallel pipe runs are created at locations that are identical to the locations

of cuts on the reference pipe run. Pro/PIPING allows you to automatically stagger the

parallel pipe cuts if the joint fittings on a cut are interfering with the joint fittings on

another parallel pipe cut. The cuts on the target runs use a weld and joint fitting that

is similar to the corresponding cut on the reference pipe run.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Click to cut parallel pipe runs at locations identical to locations on the

reference pipe run.

3. Select a pipe segment that is part of a pipe run that has one or many pipe cuts.

The pipeline label is displayed under Select Reference Pipe Run as read-only

information.

Note: Pro/PIPING does not allow selection of pipe segments of a pipe run that

has no pipe cuts on it.

4. Select the pipe runs parallel to the reference pipe run. The pipeline label of the

selected pipe segments is displayed under Select Target Pipe Run(s) as read-

only information.

Note: Pro/PIPING does not allow selection of pipe runs that are not parallel to

the reference pipe run.

5. Under Parallel Pipe Cutting, specify the following options:

o Min. Clearance—Specify a value for the minimum clearance checking

between joint fittings. Type a new value to override the default value

specified by the piping_joint_fitting_clearance configuration option.

This value is used for the automatic clearance checking.

o Offset Distance—Specify a value for staggering pipe cuts that are

associated with joint fittings. If joint fittings associated to cuts on parallel

pipelines interfere with each other, the cuts are staggered by the specified

distance to avoid the interference.

6. To insert cuts on parallel pipe runs at locations identical to locations on the

reference pipe run, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts on the parallel pipe runs and close the Cut Pipe dialog

box.

or

Click to insert cuts on the parallel pipe runs and then continue inserting cuts

with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

228

To Cut Parallel Pipes at Specified Interval Length

Use the following procedure to cut a group of parallel pipe runs in a single operation.

All cuts on the selected parallel pipe runs are created at locations that are at the

specified interval length. Pro/PIPING allows you to automatically stagger the parallel

pipe cuts if the joint fittings on a cut that is interfering with the joint fittings on

another parallel pipe cut. The cuts on the target runs use a weld and joint fitting that

is similar to the corresponding cut on the reference pipe run.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Click the Parallel Interval Length Cutting option to cut parallel pipe runs at

the specified interval length.

3. Under Select Pipe Segments, select the parallel pipe segments to cut.

4. Under Cut Placement Option, type a value in the Interval Length box to cut

the parallel pipe runs at the specified intervals.

The first selected pipe run is cut at the specified interval, and then all other

selected pipe runs are cut at similar locations as that of the first run. The cuts on

parallel pipe runs are aligned to the cuts on the first pipe run.

5. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint

Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

o The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that

fitting. You can change this code by selecting from the list.

o Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select

it to assign a field weld attribute to this cut. Field Welds with unique

identification numbers will be created at each cut location.

6. Under Parallel Pipe Cutting, specify the following options:

o Min. Clearance—Specify a value for clearance checking between flange

joint fittings. Type a new value to override the default value specified by

the piping_joint_fitting_clearance configuration option. This value is

used for the automatic clearance checking.

o Offset Distance—Specify a value for staggering pipe cuts that are

associated with joint fittings. If joint fittings associated to cuts on parallel

pipelines interfere with each other, the cuts are staggered by the specified

distance to avoid the interference.

Tip: Selecting a Reference Pipe Run for Cutting Parallel Pipes

Cuts on the target pipe runs are created using the placement type information

associated with the corresponding cut on the reference pipe run.

To create cuts on the target runs at locations identical to locations on the reference

run:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

229

• Select only those pipe runs that are parallel to the reference run as the target

runs.

• Select the pipe run with multiple cuts as the reference run. All these cuts on the

reference run must be created using the length, ratio, offset from corner, offset

from plane, or offset from fitting port icons available in the Cut Pipe dialog box.

If the cuts on the reference run are created using any other placement type

option, Pro/PIPING creates cuts on the target runs using the default Length

placement type option.

Example: Parallel Pipe Piece Cutting

The following figure shows four parallel runs. The 100A-MS-STEAM-0001 pipe run has

five pipe piece cuts: FW1, SW1, SW2, FW2, and FW3.

• To create cuts on the other three parallel pipe runs, select Fabrication > Cut

Pipe from the PIPING menu.

• Click from the Cut Pipe dialog box.

• Select the 100A-MS-STEAM-0001 pipe run as the reference pipe run because it

contains the pipe piece cuts.

• Select the pipe runs that are parallel to the reference pipe run as target pipe runs

for creating new cuts.

• Click to create the cuts.

Pro/PIPING creates cuts on the selected parallel target pipe runs at locations

identical to locations on the reference pipe run as shown in the following figure.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

230

Checking the Clearance between the Pipe Cuts with Flanged Fittings

You can cut a set of pipe runs parallel to the reference pipe run in a single operation.

All cuts are created at locations identical to locations on the reference pipe run. If a

target run is very close to the reference run or another target run, and the cut is

created at an identical location, the flange fittings attached to the parallel cuts may

interfere with each other and result in clash depending on the available clearance.

To avoid such clashes, Pro/PIPING automatically checks the clearance based on the

minimum clearance value for the joint fitting. Use the

piping_joint_fitting_clearance configuration option to specify the default value

for the minimum clearance. Specify the value in the current assembly units.

The identical cut locations on the parallel pipe runs can be staggered based on the

status of clearance checking.

The following figure shows the alignment of the pipe cut locations between pipe runs

A and B, where the spacing between the joint fittings on pipe run is greater than the

minimum clearance value.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

231

1 Pipe run A

2 Actual clearance

3 Pipe run B

In the preceding example, the actual clearance is greater than the minimum

clearance value. Therefore, the cuts and joint fittings are aligned one below the

other.

If the actual clearance is less than the specified minimum clearance, the cuts on the

target pipe runs are staggered by the value specified for the offset distance.

Staggering of Cuts With Joint Fitting

To avoid a clash due to inadequate clearance between joint fittings, cuts can be

staggered during the cutting of parallel pipes.

The value specified for Offset Distance on the Cut Pipe dialog box for the parallel

pipes is used to stagger the cuts. When a joint fitting interference is detected, the

fitting that is causing the violation is highlighted. You are prompted to stagger the

cut location. Select Yes to insert the staggered cut or select No to abort the cut

insertion. Further, if you have chosen to insert the staggered cut and the resultant

staggered location also violates the clearance check, you are prompted whether to

continue or abort the cut insertion. If you select Yes, the cut is inserted at the

staggered location and if you select No the cut insertion is aborted.

Use the piping_joint_fitting_offset configuration option to specify the default

offset value. Specify the offset value in the current assembly units.

The following figure shows a pipe cut stagger between pipe runs A, B, and C as the

spacing between the joint fitting on these pipe runs is less than the minimum

clearance value.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

232

1 Offset

2 Pipe run A

3 Actual clearance

4 Pipe run B

5 Pipe run C

In the preceding figure, the cut locations on adjacent pipe runs, that is, pipe run A

and pipe run B are staggered. The cut locations on alternate pipe runs, that is, pipe

run A and pipe run C are aligned.

Assigning FLANGE_OD as a Dimension or Part Parameter

To check the minimum clearance between adjacent flanges when creating a fitting

library for flange fittings, assign FLANGE_OD as the dimension name or as a fitting

part parameter for the outer diameter of the flange. You must assign this dimension

name or part parameter even when you use the fitting of type coupling as a joint

fitting, even though it is not a flange. If the FLANGE_OD dimension is not found in a

joint fitting, the FLANGE_OD fitting part parameter is checked. In case you have not

assigned both the FLANGE_OD dimension as well as the FLANGE_OD fitting part

parameter, the outer diameter of the pipe is used for minimum clearance checking.

To Cut Pipes Associated With a Block

Use the following procedure to cut all pipe segments associated with a block. The

cuts are created on pipe segments at locations where the pipe segments intersect

the block boundary. Pro/PIPING automatically determines the pipe piece adjustment

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

233

length at a block boundary based on the type of the joint fitting and associates it

with the pipe segment upstream to the cut location.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Click to cut the pipe segments intersecting with the associated block

boundary.

3. Under Select Block, select the name of a block or zone from the list.

The labels of all the pipelines that intersect with the selected block are displayed

under Pipelines To Be Cut.

All the listed pipelines under Pipelines To Be Cut are verified for intersection

with the selected block and intersecting locations are highlighted. Information

about the intersections is also displayed in the message window.

When a pipeline is selected from the list, it is highlighted in the model.

4. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint

Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.

You can change this code by selecting another code from the list.

5. To assign a field weld attribute to this cut, under Weld Type, select the Field or

Shop option. The default is Field.

6. To insert cuts on the selected pipe segments at locations intersecting with the

block boundary, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts at the highlighted locations, generate the specified weld

attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert cuts at the highlighted locations, generate the specified weld

attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

Example: Block Boundary Based Pipe Piece Cutting

The following figure shows a set of pipelines (magenta) within the block BLOCK1002A.

The boundaries of the block are highlighted. The model tree also shows some other

blocks such as BLOCK1001, BLOCK1002B, and BLOCK1003.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

234

Use the following procedure to create pipe piece cuttings based on the block

boundary:

• Select PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe.

• Click to cut pipe pieces based on the block boundary.

• Select BlOCK1002A from the Select Block selection list.

Pro/PIPING selects all pipelines in the specified block for creation of the pipe piece

cuts. The labels of all the pipelines that intersect with the selected block are

displayed under Pipelines To Be Cut.

All locations where the pipelines intersect with the block boundary are highlighted as

shown in the following figure.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

235

Information such as the total number of intersections and details of the

intersections is displayed in the message window as shown:

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 100A-MS-STEAM-0001.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 80A-MS-STEAM-0002.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 10A-MS-STEAM-0003.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 80A-MS-STEAM-2001.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 100A-MS-STEAM-2002.

o No intersections found for the pipeline 50A-MS-STEAM-2003.

o Total intersections found : 10

• Select to create a pipe piece cuttings as shown in the following figure. The

pipe pieces are created at locations where pipeline intersect block boundary

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

236

These cut point locations depend on the block boundaries. The dimension for the

cut points is not displayed in the figure because the driving dimensions of the

block boundary geometry control the locations of these cut points.

For example, the preceding figure shows the dimension of the block boundaries

ADTM1 and ADTM2, The dimension of both the boundaries is 75.00.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

237

If you modify the dimension of ADTM1 and ADTM2 as 40.00 and 100.00

respectively, the cut points on those boundaries also move along with the

bounding geometry as shown in the following figure.

Using Joint Fittings

By default, a joint fitting is not inserted at pipe cut piece location unless you specify

it.

Use the Joint Fitting option in the Cut Pipe dialog box to automatically insert a

joint fitting at the piece cut location. If more than one joint fitting is appropriate for a

particular cut location, you can select a joint fitting from the list of Joint Fittings.

If you choose flange as a joint fitting, the Weld Type options are not enabled.

For Parallel Pipe Cuts

When cutting a set of parallel pipe runs, if the cut on the reference pipe run has a

joint fitting, Pro/PIPING creates identical cuts on the target pipe runs with a similar

joint fitting. To select an appropriate joint fitting for the target pipe run, the

reference joint fitting suitable for the size and specification of the target pipe run is

used. If a joint fitting with the specified selection name does not exist in the target

pipeline's specification, the cut is created without the joint fitting.

For Pipe Cuts at Block Boundary Intersection

When cutting pipelines intersecting with the block boundary a list of all valid fitting

selection names for all the selected pipe segments is displayed in the Joint Fitting

selection list. You can select any fitting from the list for all the cuts.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

238

However, if the specified fitting selection name is not valid for the pipe specification

and size at any of the pipe cut locations, Pro/PIPING does not create the cut and

displays a warning message. To process such pipe segments, you can again specify

a valid fitting selection name.

Assigning a Weld Type

You can assign a shop weld attribute or field weld attribute at pipe piece cut

locations. If a welded sleeve or coupling is automatically inserted during the pipe

piece cutting process, then a shop-field weld is automatically assigned to the cut

location based on the weld option currently specified.

When a flange is specified for automatic joint fitting insertion, the weld assignment

option is disabled.

The field weld information is used by the Pipe Spool Generation functionality to

generate pipe spools and number them. The Piping Isometric Drawing functionality

uses both the shop weld and field weld information to mark the shop or field welds

on isometric drawings.

The shop or field welds are graphically represented and have a unique identification

number, which is automatically generated. For example, shop weld numbers are

SW1, SW2, and so on.

At any time during modeling, click on the Pro/ENGINEER toolbar to display or

hide the shop or field welds.

When cutting a set of parallel pipes at a location identical to the location on the

reference pipe, the cut on the target segment is created with the same weld type as

that of the corresponding cut on the reference segment.

To Delete a Pipe Piece Cut

Use this procedure to delete a single pipe cut piece or to delete all cuts on a single

segment, overall pipe run, entire pipeline, or in a block.

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Delete Cut. The Delete Cut dialog box opens.

2. Based on the location of the cuts to be deleted, do one of the following:

o Select Selected Cut to delete only the selected cut. The name of the

selected cut location is displayed under Select Pipe Cut.

o Select All Cuts in Pipe Segment to delete the cuts on a pipe segment.

Select a pipe segment on the model. The pipeline label of the selected pipe

segment and the ID of the pipe segment are displayed under Select Pipe

Segment.

o Select All Cuts in Pipe Run to delete all the cuts existing on a pipe run.

Select a pipe run on the model. The pipeline label of the selected pipe

segment and the ID of the pipe segment are displayed under Select Pipe

Segment.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

239

o The pipe run includes all pipe segments between two consecutive free ends

along a straight line, or a free end and a corner, or a corner and a free end,

or a corner and another corner of a pipeline.

o Select All Cuts at Block Boundary to delete all cuts associated with a

block. Under Select Block Name, select a block name from the list.

o Select All Cuts on Pipeline to delete the cuts in an entire pipeline. Select

any pipe segment on the pipeline whose cuts are to be deleted. The pipeline

label of the selected pipe segment is displayed under Select Pipeline.

3. To delete the selected cuts, do one of the following:

o Click to delete all the selected cuts and close the Delete Cut dialog

box.

o Click to delete the selected cuts. The pipeline automatically repaints

with the cut deleted and the Delete Cut dialog box remains open to enable

you to delete any more cuts.

Generating Pipe Spools

About Spool Generation

You can use the spool functionality to:

• Create spool labels for one or more selected pipelines or spools.

• Modify spool labels for a selected pipeline or spool.

• Delete spool labels for one or more selected pipelines or spools.

Each pipe spool label that is created has a unique spool number. The spool label and

its number are stored in the model and are used during the pipe spool piece drawing

generation, the installation drawing generation, and reporting.

To Create a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Spool. Select Create from the Spool menu that

appears. The Create Spool dialog box opens.

2. To create spool labels for a pipeline, under Select pipeline(s), select one or

more pipelines for which you want to create spool labels. To create spool labels

for spool segments, select one or more spool segments under Select spool(s).

You can select the required pipelines or spool segments from the graphics

window or from the Piping System Tree.

Under Options, Pipeline is selected by default that enables you to select

pipelines. Click Spool to select individual spool segments instead of pipelines.

3. Under Parameters, specify the following:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

240

o If required, specify a prefix for the spool label in the Prefix box to

substitute the value specified for the pipeline_spool_label_format

configuration option. The default value is 0.

o If required, specify a suffix for the spool label in the Suffix box to

substitute the value specified for the pipeline_spool_label_format

configuration option.

o Specify a start number in the Number box for the spool labels that you

want to create. The default value is 01.

Note: The value 01 means that a two-digit spool label number is created

with a leading zero. If you want to assign a three-digit spool label number,

specify 001.

o Specify an increment value for the generated spool label number in the

Increment box. The default value is 1.

If you have selected a spool segment instead of a pipeline to create spool

labels, you can click which is available adjacent to the Prefix, Suffix,

and the Number boxes, to lock the boxes. If you lock these boxes, you

cannot edit the corresponding values unless you use the Modify Spool

dialog box to unlock the boxes.

4. Click to create spool labels for the selected pipelines or spool segments and

close the Create Spool dialog box.

or

Click to create the spools and continue using the Create Spool dialog box.

To Modify a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Spool. Select Modify from the Spool menu that

appears. The Modify Spool dialog box opens.

2. To modify spool labels for a pipeline, under Select pipeline, select the required

pipeline. To modify spool labels for a spool segment, select the required spool

segment under Select spool. You can select the pipeline or spool segment from

the graphics window or from the Piping System Tree.

By default, Pipeline is selected under Options. Click Spool to select a spool

segment instead of a pipeline under Options.

3. Under Parameters specify the following:

o Specify a new prefix in the Prefix box to substitute the existing value.

o Specify a new suffix in the Suffix box to substitute the existing value.

o Specify a new start number in the Number box for the spool label that you

want to modify.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

241

o Specify a new increment value for the spool label number in the

Increment box.

o If you have selected a spool segment instead of a pipeline to modify spool

labels, you can click adjacent to the Prefix, Suffix, and the Number

boxes to unlock the boxes, if they are locked.

4. Click to modify spool labels for the selected pipelines or spool segments and

close the Modify Spool dialog box.

or

Click to create the spools and continue using the Modify Spool dialog box.

To Delete a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Spool. Select Delete from the Spool menu that

appears. The Delete Spool dialog box opens.

2. To delete spool labels for a pipeline, under Select pipeline(s), select one or

more pipelines for which you want to delete spool labels. To delete spool labels

for a spool segment, select one or more spool segments under Select spool(s).

Select the pipelines or spool segments from the graphics window or from the

Piping System Tree.

Under Options, Pipeline is selected by default. Click Spool to delete spool

labels for individual spool segments instead of pipelines.

3. Under Parameters, click the Delete the locked spools check box to delete

spools that are locked previously using the Create Spool or Modify Spool dialog

box.

4. Click to delete the selected pipeline or spool segment.

or

Click to delete the spool and continue using the Delete Spool dialog box.

About Simplified Spool Representation

The simplified representation of a spool is generated automatically when you create

spool labels. This simplified spool version is updated when you modify spool labels

and is deleted when you delete spool labels. The name of the simplified spool

corresponds to the name of the generated spool label.

To Display a Simplified Spool

1. Click , or click View > View Manager. The View Manager dialog box

opens.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

242

Under Names, all the pipeline spool components are displayed and Master Rep

is selected by default.

2. Double-click a spool component to display the simplified representation of the

selected spool component in the graphics window.

Pipe Insulation

About Pipeline Insulation (Spec-Driven)

With Pro/PIPING you can assign insulation to a pipeline, part of a pipeline, and

fittings. After you assign the insulation, Pro/PIPING creates insulation features that

can be accessed in the Pro/ENGINEER Model Tree.

You can perform the following insulation tasks at any time in the piping design

process:

• Assign insulation to an entire pipeline during pipeline creation or during piping

design.

• Assign insulation to any part of a selected pipeline. Target and insulate specific

pipeline areas.

• Modify any insulation assignment in your piping system.

• Delete any insulation assignment in your piping system.

• Create quilt representations of insulation for immediate graphical identification

and confirmation.

• Generate detailed insulation reports for further insulation analysis.

To Assign Insulation during Pipeline Creation (Spec-Driven)

Note: You can only assign insulation to an entire pipeline using this method.

1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Create/Route. The Create Pipeline dialog box

opens.

2. Under Pipeline Label, select the applicable pipeline label information.

3. If an insulation code was assigned to the selected specification in the

Specification Directory (database) file, the Insulation box displays the code. You

can select another insulation code but you must select an insulation code.

If an insulation code was not assigned to the selected specification in the

Specification Directory (database) file, click the Insulation check box and select

an insulation code from the list.

4. Click to save the selections. Pro/PIPING saves the insulation data in an

insulation feature in the active assembly.

5. Retrieve insulation information (PIPING > Info) to view the assigned insulation

data.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

243

Note:

• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data

in order to assign insulation to specification-driven pipelines:

o Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the

insulation codes.

o Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an insulation

code must contain insulation data.

• Optionally, Pro/PIPING can create insulation quilts after you create pipe solids.

To Modify Insulation Assigned to a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING allows you to modify the insulation assigned to an entire specification-

driven pipeline or assign insulation to an entire uninsulated pipeline. You can add or

modify insulation at any time. However, you cannot use this procedure to delete

insulation or modify insulation assigned to part of a pipeline.

1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly, Pro/PIPING displays the current active assembly. If the

pipeline to insulate is in a different assembly, click and select the assembly

that contains the pipeline. You can select the assembly from either the Model

Tree or the Piping System Tree, or by selecting the pipeline in the graphics

window.

3. Under Modify Options, click Edit Pipeline. The Edit Pipeline dialog box opens.

4. If active assembly contains multiple pipelines, select the pipeline to insulate from

the Select Pipeline box.

5. Click the Label tab.

6. Under Pipeline Label, modify the insulation code for the selected pipeline. Two

conditions apply for insulation modification:

o If an insulation code was assigned to the pipeline, the Insulation box

displays the code. You can select another insulation code from the list to

change the insulation.

o If an insulation code was not assigned to the pipeline, select the

Insulation check box and select an insulation code from the list to insulate

the pipeline.

7. Click to save the selections. Pro/PIPING modifies the insulation data in the

insulation feature in the active assembly.

8. Retrieve insulation information (PIPING > Info) to view the assigned insulation

data.

9. Click PIPING > Regenerate to regenerate the assembly and update the model

display.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

244

Note:

• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data

in order to assign insulation to specification-driven pipelines:

o Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the

insulation codes.

o Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an insulation

code must contain insulation data.

• Optionally, Pro/PIPING can create insulation quilts after you create pipe solids.

To Delete Insulation (Spec-Driven)

Use the following methods to delete insulation assigned to pipelines:

• To delete the insulation assigned to a part of a pipeline, click PIPING >

Fabrication > Delete Insul and select the insulation to be deleted from the

graphics window.

• To delete the insulation assigned to the entire pipeline:

a. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

b. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

c. Under Modify Options, select Edit Pipeline. The Edit Pipeline dialog box

opens.

d. Clear the Insulation option to delete the insulation.

Using the Model Tree to Delete Insulation

1. Open the assembly containing the pipeline and the insulation to be deleted.

2. Click . The Model Tree opens.

3. In the Model Tree, locate the assembly containing the insulated pipeline and

corresponding the insulation feature. You can delete the following types of

insulation features:

o Insulation Features—Stores the insulation data (codes, names, thickness,

sizes, and so on) for a pipeline. Pro/PIPING identifies the insulation features

by insulation code.

o Insulation Segment Features—Stores the start and end points for

insulation on part of a pipe segment. Note that the insulation segment

feature is a child of the related insulation feature. If you delete an

insulation feature, Pro/PIPING deletes all related children, including the

insulation segment feature, if applicable. If you delete the insulation feature

from an insulated pipeline that also contains a partially insulated segment,

all insulation data will be deleted.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

245

Note: If you have assigned insulation to a pipeline, the entire pipeline is

the child of the corresponding insulation feature. In such a case, if you

delete an insulation feature, the entire pipeline is deleted.

To Report Insulation Information (Spec-Driven)

1. Assign insulation to a pipeline or part of a pipeline.

2. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

3. Click , or click Type and select Insulation.

4. Under Select pipeline(s), select an insulated pipeline or insulated pipe segment

from which to retrieve information. You can select from either the Model Tree,

the Piping System Tree, or the graphics window.

Pro/PIPING displays the insulation information under Preview Info. You can

either scroll to view the entire report or click and view the report in the

separate INFORMATION WINDOW.

About Assigning Insulation to Part of a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING allows you to assign insulation to part of a pipeline (insulation segment)

using the Create Insulation dialog box (PIPING > Fabrication > Insulation).

During piping design, the following special cases can arise and necessitate an

insulation segment:

• Pipelines and fittings not normally insulated require insulation inside special areas

such as purifier rooms.

• Pipelines near equipments can condense when exposed to extreme temperatures.

Hence they must be insulated to prevent damage.

To Assign Insulation to Part of a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

1. Click PIPING > Active Asm and select the active assembly that contains the

pipeline that you want to partially insulate.

2. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Insulation. The Create Insulation dialog box

opens. The Start option under Insulation Segment Points is selected by

default.

3. Follow these steps to select insulation start and end points. Start and end points

must be on the same pipeline:

a. Under Select Start Point, click and select a pipe segment to specify

the insulation start point. Crosshairs indicate the start point on the pipe

segment, and the pipe segment ID is displayed in the Select Start Point

box.

b. Click End under Insulation Segment Points.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

246

c. Under Select End Point, click and select the insulation end point.

Crosshairs indicate the end point on the pipe segment, and the pipe

segment ID is displayed in the Select End Point box.

4. Under Location Type, select one of the following to specify both start and end

point placement.

Note: You must select Start and End under Insulation Segment Points to

place the appropriate points.

—Specifies the distance of the start or end point from the pipe segment's

upstream end.

—Specifies the distance ratio of the start or end point from the pipe segment's

upstream end.

Note: In the above two cases, by default, Pro/PIPING considers the reference

location from the start end of the pipe segment. Click available under Location

Parameter to flip the location with reference to the end of the pipe segment.

Pro/PIPING changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Places a start or end point on the pipe segment perpendicular to that pipe

segment.

Note: The pipe segment's start point must be perpendicular to the pipe segment's

end point to make this option available.

—Places a start or end point from a specified datum plane. The datum plane

must be perpendicular to the start or end point pipe segment. Pro/PIPING creates a

reference to the datum plane.

—Places a start or end point from a specified fitting. The selected fitting must

exist in the same pipeline and in the same straight pipe piece. Click under

Location Parameter to flip the reference port.

5. Under Location Parameter, specify the point location parameters based on the

selected placement option. Use the thumb wheel to move the point placement or

enter a value in the thumb wheel box for exact placement.

If you clicked, , select a datum plane from the graphics window.

Pro/PIPING displays the datum plane name in the Location Parameter box.

6. Under Insulation Parameters, select an insulation code to assign insulation

between the specified placement points.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

247

7. Click to assign the insulation to the pipe segment.

Note:

• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data

in order to assign insulation to specification-driven pipelines:

o The Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the

insulation codes.

o The Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an

insulation code must contain insulation data.

• Optionally, Pro/PIPING can create insulation quilts after you create pipe solids.

To Redefine Insulation Assigned to a Part of a Pipeline (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING creates insulation segment features after you assign insulation to a part

of a pipeline. You can redefine insulation segment features at any time during the

piping design process.

1. Open the assembly associated with the pipeline containing the insulation segment

feature to be redefined.

2. Click . The Model Tree opens.

3. In the Model Tree, locate the insulation segment feature to redefine. The Model

Tree lists the following insulation features:

o Insulation Features—Stores the insulation data such as codes, names,

thickness, sizes, and so on for a pipeline. Pro/PIPING identifies the

insulation features by the insulation code. You cannot redefine insulation

features from the Model Tree. You must modify the specification database

insulation files.

o Insulation Segment Features—Stores the start and end points for

insulation on a part of a pipe segment.

Using the Model Tree to Redefine Insulation

1. Select the Insulation Segment feature to redefine from the Model Tree. The

feature is highlighted on the pipeline in the graphics window. Right-click and a

shortcut menu appears.

2. Click Edit Definition. The Redefine Insulation dialog box opens with the

insulation segment selected.

3. Select Start under Insulation Segment Points and perform any of the

following tasks:

o Change the insulation start point. Under Select Start Point, click and

select a pipe segment to specify the insulation start point. Crosshairs

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

248

indicate the start point on the pipe segment and the pipe segment ID is

displayed in the Select Start Point box.

o Change the insulation end point. Select End under Insulation Segment

Points. Under Select End Point, click and select the insulation end

point. Crosshairs indicate the end point on the pipe segment and the pipe

segment ID is displayed in the Select End Point box.

o Change the start and end point placement. Under Location Type, select

one of the following to specify both start and end point placement. You

must select Start and End under Insulation Segment Points to place the

appropriate points:

—Specifies the distance of the start or end point distance from the

pipe segment's upstream end.

—Specifies the distance ratio of the start or end point from the pipe

segment's upstream end.

—Places a start or end point on the pipe segment perpendicular to

that pipe segment. The pipe segment's start point must be perpendicular to

the pipe segment's end point to make this option available.

—Places a start or end point from a specified datum plane. The datum

plane must be perpendicular to the pipe segment's start or end point.

Pro/PIPING creates a reference to the datum plane.

—Places a start or end point from a specified fitting. The selected

fitting must exist in the same pipeline and in the same straight pipe piece.

Under Location Parameter, specify the point location parameters based

on the selected placement option. Use the thumb wheel to move the point

placement or enter a value in the thumb wheel box for exact placement.

If you clicked , select a datum plane from the graphics window.

Pro/PIPING displays the datum plane name in the Location Parameter

box.

o Change the insulation. Under Insulation Parameters, select a new

insulation code to assign new insulation between the specified placement

points.

4. Click to assign new insulation to the pipe segment. Pro/PIPING creates a new

insulation feature and reassigns the insulation segment feature to it.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

249

Note:

• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data

in order to assign insulation to specification-driven pipelines:

o The Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the

insulation codes.

o The Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an

insulation code must contain insulation data.

• The Model Tree must display features to redefine insulation segment features

from the Model Tree. Click Settings > Tree Filters. The Model Tree Items

dialog box opens. Under Display, click the Features check box and click OK.

• Optionally, Pro/PIPING can create insulation quilts after you create pipe solids.

Creating Pipe Solids

About Pipe Solids

A pipe solid is the solid geometry that you create inside a solid part using the Pipe

Solid generation functionality.

Pro/PIPING automatically creates a new solid part if you use any of the following

modeling functions to update a pipeline that has associated pipe solid geometry:

• Pipeline routing

• Fitting insertion, deletion, redefinition, replacement

• Group fitting insertion

• Pipeline modification

• Pipeline corner modification

• Pipe cutting and cut deletion

To Create or Erase a Pipe Solid

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Pipe Solid. The Pipe Solid dialog box opens.

2. Under Select Pipelines/Segments, select one of the following:

o Pipelines—Selects one or more pipelines in an assembly that is active or

not active.

o Segments—Selects one or more segments in an assembly that is active or

not active.

Note: If you select segments to create pipe solids, you cannot select fitting

components.

If you select a piping system node, all pipelines in this piping system are

selected.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

250

3. Under Select Insulation Option below the Selected Pipelines/Segments

table, select one or both of the following:

o Pipe Solid—Only pipe solids are generated or erased for the selected

pipelines or pipe segments.

o Insulation Quilt—Only insulation quilts are generated or erased for the

selected pipelines or pipe segments. You can generate insulation quilts only

if you have assigned appropriate insulation parameters to the selected

pipelines or pipe segments.

Note: If you select Pipe Solid and Insulation Quilt, Pro/PIPING generates or

erases both pipe solids and insulation quilts.

The Selected Pipelines/Segments table displays the following information:

o Status—Displays the status of the pipe solid generation.

—All pipe segments associated with the selected pipeline or pipe

segment have no associated pipe solids.

—All pipe segments associated with the selected pipeline or pipe

segment have associated pipe solids.

—Only a few pipe segments associated with the selected pipeline or pipe

segment have associated pipe solids.

o Pipelines/Segments—Displays the pipeline label for the selected pipelines

or pipe segments.

o Solid Name—Displays the actual part name if the pipe solid has been

generated for the selected pipeline or pipe segment. Otherwise, displays a

system-generated name based on the pipeline label and the increment

number.

Note: You can edit the part name of the pipe solid.

o Solid Start Part Name—Displays the name of the solid start part specified

by the configuration option, pipeline_solid_start_part_name. You can

edit this name.

4. Click to generate the pipe solid or the insulation quilt.

or

Click to generate the pipe solid and the insulation quilt and repeat the Pipe

Solid generation operation for a different set of pipelines or pipe segments.

or

Click to erase the selected pipe solid or the insulation quilt.

Note: If the selected pipe segments have insulation assigned to them, Pro/PIPING

automatically creates insulation quilts during the Pipe Solid generation operation.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

251

Example: Creating Pipe Solids and Insulation Quilts

A piping model with three pipelines that have been modeled with appropriate

insulation parameters is shown in the next figure.

To generate the required pipe solids and insulation quilts, perform the following

steps:

1. Open the Pipe Solid dialog box and select the pipeline 100A-RW-WATER-111-EK

using the Pipelines option.

2. Use the Pipelines option again to select Pipe Extend id 46 from the Model Tree.

Pro/PIPING selects the entire pipeline 50A-HA-STEAM-1111-ES.

3. Under Select Insulation Option, select both Pipe Solid as well as Insulation

Quilt.

4. Click to generate the required pipe solids and insulation quilts as shown in

the following figure:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

252

Using the Piping System Tree to Create and Erase Pipe Solids

The following figure shows three pipelines that are located under different

assemblies. The Piping System Tree is also shown in the figure.

Use the previous piping model to perform the following steps:

1. Select the assemblies AIR and STEAM from the piping system tree.

2. Right-click and select Solid > Create from the shortcut menu. The pipe solids

and the insulation quilts are generated for all the pipelines located under the AIR

and STEAM assemblies as shown in the following figure:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

253

3. Use the same selection as discussed in step 1. Right-click and select Solid >

Delete from the shortcut menu. The pipe solids and the insulation quilts are

deleted as shown in the following figure:

Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling

About Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling

Schematic-driven pipeline modeling is 3D pipeline modeling based on 2D Piping and

Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID) data created in the Routed Systems Designer. This

P&ID data or schematic information is stored in an XML file.

During pipeline creation, pipeline routing, and fitting insertion, schematic-driven

pipeline modeling uses the information of a pipeline from the XML file to avoid

inconsistencies between the 2D and the 3D model.

You can use the schematic information in the XML file only if:

• The piping_schematic_driven configuration option is set to yes.

• The piping design mode is specification-driven.

To specify an absolute path to be used as the start location for XML file selection and

look-up, set the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option to the required

path. The default path for the XML file is the Pro/ENGINEER working directory.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

254

About Associating an XML File with a Pipeline

You can associate a pipeline with an XML file using the Edit Pipeline dialog box if

the piping_schematic_driven configuration option is set to yes. You can associate

a pipeline with a schematic pipeline in XML if:

• The pipeline is created in the nonschematic mode.

• The XML file is changed.

About Routed Systems Designer Component Properties in Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling

The Routed Systems Designer component properties that are used during schematic-

driven modeling are listed below.

Pipelines

The SPEC, SIZE, SCHEDULE, MNEMONIC and NUMBER properties associated with a

pipeline label are displayed when you click Label in the Create Pipeline dialog box.

The OPER_PRESSURE, OPER_TEMPERATURE, DESIGN_PRESSURE, and

DESIGN_TEMPERATURE properties are available when you click the Parameters tab

in the Create Pipeline dialog box. Any other property defined in XML is read in the

Defined tab.

NAME_FORMAT—Format used for naming a pipeline. Functions similarly as the

pipeline_label_format configuration option. A typical value can be <MNEMONIC>-

<NUMBER>-<SIZE>.

Equipment and Nozzles

• CATEGORY—To classify an Routed Systems Designer component as equipment,

specify CATEGORY = EQUIPMENT. To classify a Routed Systems Designer

component as a nozzle, specify CATEGORY = NOZZLE.

• MODEL_NAME—Must be same as the Pro/ENGINEER part name. The part name

is displayed in the Component box in the Pipeline Designation dialog box.

• REF_DES—If a value is assigned to this parameter in Routed Systems Designer,

the same value is exported in XML. If the value is not defined in Routed Systems

Designer, the value of the FULL_NAME property is assigned to REF_DES. This value

is displayed in the Designator box in the Pipeline Designation dialog box.

Note: If a pipeline connects two equipment that have the same REF_DES value,

only one of the equipment is listed during designation. Hence, you must always

assign a unique value to the REF_DES parameter.

• ENTRY_PORT—This Routed Systems Designer property is applied to a

coordinate csys of a nozzle or an equipment. If the value of this parameter

matches the Pro/ENGINEER csys name, then that csys in Pro/ENGINEER is

highlighted during the routing of that pipeline.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

255

Fittings

• CATEGORY—Must be same as the CATEGORY value stored in the

piping_mcat_dir.ptd file. The CATEGORY value controls the activation of the

fitting category icons under Select Fitting Category in the Insert Fitting dialog

box.

• SNAME—Must be same as the SNAME value stored in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd

file for that fitting. The SNAME value is displayed in the Selection Name list for a

category in the Insert Fitting dialog box.

• SIZE—Fittings are filtered according to the size of the selected segment if you

have specified the Routed Systems Designer component property, SIZE, for that

fitting in the XML file. If a fitting does not have the Routed Systems Designer

component property, SIZE, then that fitting is always available for insertion

irrespective of the selected segment size.

• NSIZE—Required while inserting reducers. The NSIZE value in the XML file is the

default value while inserting the reducer. You can change the value of the NSIZE

parameter during insertion.

Note: You can also use the NEW_SIZE parameter instead of the NSIZE parameter.

• BSIZE—The BSIZE value is useful during branch fitting or drain valve insertion.

This is the default branch size value when you insert a particular branch fitting or

drain valve.

Note: You can also use the BRANCH_SIZE parameter instead of the BSIZE

parameter.

• SPEC—If you have specified SPEC in the XML file and if it is different from the

selected pipe segment, the Specification check box is selected by default and

the list becomes available.

• VALVE_NUMBER—If you have specified the VALVENUMBER parameter in the XML

file, a value is displayed as editable text in the Valve Number box in the Insert

Fitting dialog box.

• ENTRY_PORT—Same as for equipment and nozzles.

• REF_DES—Same as for equipment and nozzles.

• MODEL_NAME—Same as for equipment and nozzles.

Branches

CATEGORY—Specify CATEGORY = BRANCH to classify a Routed Systems Designer

component as a branch. Select a branch point or fitting to designate the branch

component.

To Designate Schematic Information

1. Click PIPING > Designation. The Pipeline Designation dialog box opens.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

256

2. Under Select Pipeline, click and select an existing pipeline.

3. Under Select Schematic Pipeline, click to select the appropriate XML file

from the directory specified by the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration

option. You can also select an XML file from any other directory.

4. Under Select Constrict Assembly, the top level assembly is selected by default

to search for the components. Click to select another assembly to restrict the

search of the components.

5. Select the appropriate schematic label to associate the Pro/ENGINEER pipeline

with the schematic pipeline.

The XML File and Schematic Label boxes are automatically updated. If you

change the XML file and the schematic label assigned to the pipeline, the pipeline

parameters are not updated. To update these parameters use the Edit Pipeline

dialog box.

6. Click the Equipment tab and select the equipment component. The Designate

Equipment table has a list of reference designators under Designator.

7. Click to select the equipment component or click to undesignate the

component with designated status.

Note: is enabled only if

o The Status column shows the status as Missing. In this case, click

Options > Allow Mismatch and select the components. The Status

column then changes to Manual Match.

o The Status column shows the status as Multiple. Multiple components are

highlighted.

8. If the equipment has nozzles, click and select an equipment list entry. The

nozzles specified in the XML file are listed under Designate Nozzles.

9. If the pipeline has fittings, the Fittings tab is enabled. Click under

Designate Fittings to designate an inserted fitting from the selected pipeline. A

schematically inserted fitting is directly given the designated status.

10. Under Designate Branches, click to designate a branch point or an

available TEE fitting.

11. Click to store the designations for the pipeline or click to store the

designated information for the pipeline and start with another pipeline.

Designating Equipment, Nozzles, Fittings, and Branches

Designate Equipment, Designate Nozzles, Designate Fittings, and Designate

Branches in the Pipeline Designation dialog box have a list of reference

designators and equipment components.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

257

• Designator is the value of the refdes property specified in the XML file.

• Model is the value of the modelname property specified in the XML file. The

Model column is not displayed by default. Click Columns > Model to display the

Model column.

• Component is the Pro/PIPING component name. The component name is

automatically displayed if the Status column displays the value Auto Match. If

the value of the modelname property displayed under the Model column does not

match any of the Pro/PIPING component names in a selected assembly, the

Status column displays the value Missing. To designate the component

manually, click Options > Allow Mismatch and select the required component.

The Status column now displays the value Manual Match.

• The Pro/PIPING assembly is searched for a component having a name as that of

the value displayed under the Model column for a row. Based on the search

results, one of the following values will be displayed under the Status column:

o Designated—The component is designated and this information is stored

in the pipeline.

o Auto Match—A single instance of the component is found in the

Pro/PIPING assembly and is automatically matched.

o Manual Match—The component has been selected manually.

o Multiple—Several components with the same name have been found.

o Missing—A component with the name as that displayed under the Model

column is not found.

o Undesignated—A component that has been undesignated manually.

About Routing a Pipeline Using Schematic Information

You can route a pipeline based on the schematic information if the

piping_schematic_driven configuration option is set to yes.

The schematic information assists the routing operation in the following ways:

• All available start and end terminal locations (Pro/ENGINEER coordinate systems)

along with the corresponding equipment or nozzle, are highlighted during routing.

The Pro/ENGINEER coordinate systems are highlighted only if the ENTRY_PORT

parameter in XML has the same value as the Pro/ENGINEER coordinate system

name of the corresponding equipment or nozzle.

• Terminal locations and models that are already connected are not highlighted.

• If you select a coordinate system of an equipment other than the designated

equipment for a pipeline, a message appears that prompts you to continue or

abort the selection. You can ignore the warning message and continue the

routing operation from the selected port.

Note: If you ignore this warning message for a particular pipeline, perform a

schematic check later against the updated schematic information.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

258

About Inserting a Fitting Using Schematic Information

You can insert a fitting using schematic information if a pipeline in Pro/PIPING is

associated with an appropriate schematic pipeline in XML.

The prerequisites to insert a schematic fitting are:

• The XML information for a fitting must contain a CATEGORY parameter that has a

value specified in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file. This value controls the

activation of the fitting category icons in the Insert Fitting dialog box after you

select a pipe segment.

• The SNAME parameter must have a value in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file

corresponding to a category. For example, if you specify CATEGORY = VALVE and

SNAME = GATE, the fitting category icon for the valve is activated and the

Selection Name list displays GATE in the Insert Fitting dialog box.

• If the XML information for a fitting contains the SIZE parameter, the fitting is

available only if the selected pipe segment in Pro/PIPING has a matching size.

You can insert an XML fitting that does not have a SIZE parameter irrespective of

the selected pipe segment in Pro/PIPING.

These prerequisites are also valid when you insert a group fitting.

During the schematic fitting insertion,

• The fitting category icons and the Selection Name list in the Insert Fitting

dialog box are updated each time you insert a schematic fitting.

• Context-sensitive information such as the valve number, new size, and branch

size for the selected fitting are displayed based on the information in the

schematic information file.

Note:

o If the context-sensitive information is not available in the schematic

information file, specify appropriate values.

o You can insert a group fitting using schematic information, using the same

method as for inserting a fitting.

• When you insert all the available schematic fittings, further fitting insertion is

possible only in the nonschematic mode.

About Replacing a Fitting Using Schematic Information

• You can replace a schematic fitting with another schematic fitting only if

schematic fittings are available for the selected pipe segment.

• You can replace a schematic fitting with a nonschematic fitting by clearing the

XML File check box in the Replace Fitting dialog box. This is possible even if

schematic fittings are available for insertion.

• If no schematic fittings are available when replacing schematic fittings, you can

replace fittings in the default nonschematic replacement mode.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

259

Specification-Driven Pipe Drawing

About Pipe Drawings (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING allows you to create drawings of your piping systems. Drawings enable

you to effectively communicate piping system layout and details to piping

professionals who fabricate piping materials and assemble piping systems.

Pro/PIPING provides an interface to Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN). Using

the Generate Isometric dialog box (PIPING > Drawing), you can export material

and geometrical information from a Pro/PIPING model to .pcf ISOGEN files. These

files enable you to generate Isometric pipe drawings using an Isometric Drawing

Generation (ISOGEN) application.

Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN)

About Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) (Spec-Driven)

Pro/PIPING provides an ISOGEN interface that allows you to create isometric

drawings of pipelines. The Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) interface exports

material and geometrical data from a Pro/PIPING model to a readable ISOGEN .pcf

(Piping Component File) format. This format serves as an input to ISOGEN for

creating pipeline, spool, and system isometric drawings.

Using the Generate Isometric dialog box (PIPING > Drawing) you can create

isometric drawings from Pro/PIPING models. You can select pipelines, set up

filenames and directories, and export the data to an intermediate .pcf file(s).

ISOGEN reads this .pcf file data and generates the isometric drawings in various

standard data formats.

Note: You must first set the ISOGEN configuration options to use the ISOGEN

interface generation tool.

To Generate an Isometric Drawing (Spec-Driven)

Note: You must first set the ISOGEN configuration options to use the ISOGEN

interface generation tool.

1. Click PIPING > Drawing. The Generate Isometric dialog box opens and

prompts you to select a pipeline. The Selection tab is selected by default.

2. Under Select Isometric Drawing Type, specify the isometric drawing type. The

options are:

o Pipeline—Generates a pipeline isometric for each selected pipeline.

Pro/PIPING writes data related to each selected pipeline in a separate PCF

file and generates as many PCF files as the number of selected pipelines.

o Spool—Generates a spool isometric for each selected pipeline. Pro/PIPING

writes data of spools belonging to one pipeline into a separate PCF file and

generates as many PCF files as the number of selected pipelines.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

260

o System—Generates a system isometric for each selected pipeline system.

For each selected pipeline, the data for connected pipelines is exported to a

PCF. If two or more of the selected pipelines belong to one network,

Pro/PIPING ignores any pipeline data that has already been exported.

3. Under Select pipeline(s), click and select a pipeline to generate the

isometric. You can select pipeline features or segment features from either the

Model Tree, the Piping System Tree, or the graphics window. Pro/PIPING displays

all selected pipelines under Select pipeline(s).

4. Under Options, use the following boxes to override any of the ISOGEN

configuration options. Note that any changes to these four options will remain in

effect throughout the Pro/ENGINEER session unless you change them during the

session.

o Output Directory—The value of the config.pro option

isogen_output_files_dir appears in the input panel. If you want to store

the PCF file in another directory, click . The Select Directory to

place output PCFs dialog box opens. Browse for the directory and click

Ok. If there is no value for isogen_output_files_dir, this input panel will

be blank and all files generated by the interface will be written to the

current working directory.

o ISOGEN File—The value of the config.pro option

isogen_mandatory_attr_file appears in the input panel. Click to

select a different ISOGEN file. The Select ISOGEN File dialog box opens.

Browse for the file and double-click.

o Symbol Map File—The value of the config.pro option

isogen_symbol_map_file appears in the input panel. Click to change

to a different symbol map file. The Select Symbol Map File dialog box

opens. Browse for the file and double-click.

o Endtype Map File—The value of the config.pro option

isogen_endtype_map_file appears in the input panel. Click to

change the endtype map file. The Select Endtype Map File dialog box

opens. Browse for the file and double-click.

o Click Generate One PCF File Per Spool to generate one PCF file for each

spool. The default is OFF, that is, Pro/PIPING writes the PCF data of all

spools of a pipeline in one PCF file and generates separate PCF files for each

selected pipeline.

5. Click the General Attr tab. These attributes are supported by ISOGEN and can

be used to determine various isometric drawing options.

6. Under Specify General Attributes, click the System Attr tab. The following

fields are optional ISOGEN system attributes:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

261

o Date—Specify the date. Pro/PIPING displays the current system date by

default. You can change the value using the format --/--/--. The value

entered here is written to the PCF file for the DATE-DMY ISOGEN attribute.

o Project Identifier—Specify the project number or name.

o Revision Number—Specify the revision number.

o Area or Batch—Specify the sections of a project.

o Replot—Specify the number of isometric drawings to be replotted.

o Spool Prefix—Specify the spool identifier prefix.

o Weld Prefix Erection—Specify the erection weld prefix.

o Weld Prefix Fabrication—Specify the fabrication weld prefix.

o Weld Prefix General—Specify the weld prefix.

o Weld Prefix Offshore—Specify the offshore weld prefix.

7. Click the User Attr tab. These are user attributes provided by ISOGEN. Select

from the option list to specify the user attributes. The list contains all the

available user attributes supported by ISOGEN. They are MISC-SPEC1 to MISC-

SPEC5 and ATTRIBUTE1 to ATTRIBUTE99. Select an attribute, specify a

corresponding value, and ENTER. Pro/PIPING displays the attributes.

8. Click the Pipeline Attr tab. The attributes under Specify Pipeline Attributes are

usually applicable to one pipeline but you can also use them for multiple

pipelines. ISOGEN supports all of the following attributes, however, not every

attribute is available from the Pro/PIPING model.

o Pipeline Type—Select the pipeline construction type. All the valid types

are listed. Note that you should be informed about the other ISOGEN

pipeline construction types before changing this value to anything other

than General.

o Bend Radius—Specify the standard pulled bend radius.

o Painting Spec—Specify the painting specification.

o Tracing Spec—Specify the tracing specification.

o Start Coords—Specify the pipeline replot start coordinates.

o Specific Gravity—Specify the gravity of the pipeline contents.

o Output File Name—Specify the name of the drawing output file. The value

entered is used only when a single pipeline is selected. If pipeline isometric

or multiple pipelines are selected, the value is ignored.

o Highest Part Number—Specify the highest material list part number

generated on the previous run of the pipeline.

o Highest Weld Number—Specify the highest weld number generated on

the previous run of the pipeline.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

262

Note: If you select multiple pipelines and data exists on this tabbed page (other

than the default General in the Pipeline Type option), a message dialog box

opens with following message:

Multiple Pipelines Selected. Use data in Pipeline Attr tab for all pipelines?

9. Click Yes to export the data or No (the default) to ignore the data. If you click

Yes, the Output File Name attribute is not exported.

Click to apply the specified options on the selected pipelines, create the

necessary PCF files, and close the dialog box.

or

Click to apply the specified options on the selected pipelines, create the

necessary PCF files, and keep the dialog box open for further selections.

or

Click to cancel the action and close the dialog box.

Component Material Description (Spec-Driven)

The material description of each extracted Pro/PIPING component appears in the bill

of materials section of the isometric drawing. The material description in the PCF file

format requires an ITEM CODE and DESCRIPTION as shown below:

• MATERIALS

• ITEM-CODE data

• DESCRIPTION data (Single line Description)

• ITEM-CODE data

• DESCRIPTION data (Multiple line Description)

• DESCRIPTION data

Note:

• Pro/PIPING uses the STOCKNO (stock number) as the ITEM-CODE. The STOCKNO

uniquely identifies each Pro/PIPING component.

• The material description is retrieved from the Pipe Material Master Catalog

(MCAT) file.

Creating Pipe Component Information (Spec-Driven)

The coordinate information of pipe segments and other components is converted to

millimeters if the corresponding assembly uses metric units. If the corresponding

assembly uses imperial units, the coordinate information of pipe segments and other

components is converted to inches. Use the ISOGEN switches to display the units on

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

263

the isometric drawing during the isometric drawing generation. The nominal size

information is extracted from the Pro/PIPING component.

The ISOGEN component identifier and the information extracted is shown in the next

table.

PCF Identifier Description

BRANCH1-POINT

BRANCH2-POINT

Identifies branch points on various components. For

example, a typical record using millimeter (mm)

coordinates and an inch bore is as follows:

BRANCH1-POINT 125.0 25.0 0.0 6 BW

Note: The data string after the identifier BRANCH1-

POINT includes coordinates, a nominal size, and an

end type as expected by the PCF file format.

CENTRE-POINT Identifies the center point on various components.

For example, a typical record using millimeter (mm)

coordinates and an inch bore is as follows:

CENTRE-POINT 125.0 0.0 0.0

Note: The data string after the identifier CENTRE-

POINT includes coordinates.

END-POINT Identifies end points on various components. For

example, a record using millimeter (mm)

coordinates and an inch bore is as follows:

END-POINT 150.0 25.0 0.0 6BW

Note: The data string after the identifier END-

POINT includes coordinates, a nominal size, and an

endtype as expected by PCF file format.

SKEY Valid ISOGEN SKEY (Symbol Key). For example, a

record identifying SKEY is as follows:

SKEY VGBW

ITEM-CODE Unique identifier for each component. Pro/PIPING

component STOCKNO (stock number) is used as

ITEM-CODE. The ITEM-CODE and the description

are used to populate the bill of materials. For

example, a record identifying ITEM-CODE is as

follows:

ITEM-CODE GATVAA050

ANGLE Angle value if the angle is other than 90 or 180

degrees for ELBOW, BEND, OLET, TEE, CROSS, and

ELBOW-TEED type components. Angle values are in

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

264

hundredths of degrees. For example, a record

identifying an ANGLE of 60 degrees is as follows:

ANGLE 6000

SPINDLE-

DIRECTION

Direction of Spindle (Operator) on VALVE. Defines

primary direction only. Valid directions values are

NORTH, SOUTH, EAST, WEST, UP and DOWN. For

example, a record identifying SPINDLE-DIRECTION

is as follows:

SPINDLE-DIRECTION NORTH

FLAT-DIRECTION Direction of Flat side of Eccentric Reducers (ERED).

Defines primary direction only. Valid directions

values are NORTH, SOUTH, EAST, WEST, UP and

DOWN. For example, a record identifying FLAT-

DIRECTION is as follows:

FLAT-DIRECTION NORTH

DIRECTION Used to indicate VALVE Spindle direction and

Eccentric Reducer Flat direction that is in primary

plane. Value in a form Up 45 deg. North will be

shown as a graphical output in primary direction.

For example, a record identifying DIRECTION is as

follows:

Up 45 deg. North

Note: PCF identifiers BRANCH1-POINT, BRANCH2-POINT, CENTRE-POINT are specific

to components and are not applicable for pipe segments.

Example: ISOGEN Identifiers on a Component (Spec-Driven)

ISOGEN identifiers on a cross component are displayed in the next figure.

1 CENTRE-POINT

2 BRANCH1-POINT

3 END-POINT

4 BRANCH2-POINT

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

265

5 END-POINT

ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Spec-Driven)

The ISOGEN Attribute Map file maps a Pro/PIPING attribute or parameter to the

ISOGEN user-definable attributes. The configuration option

isogen_attribute_map_file sets the ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute file name.

The ISOGEN Attribute Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Description

PROE_ATTRIBUTE Name of the attribute or parameter

in Pro/PIPING

ISOGEN_ATTRIBUTE The name of the ISOGEN user

definable attribute. It should be

one from ATTRIBUTEO ~

ATTRIBUTE99

Note: In ISOGEN, the position of the attribute ATTRIBUTE0~ATTRIBUTE99 is

specified in a TextPos file. You can use the TextPos file to turn a particular attribute

on or off on a pipe piece drawing, even if that attribute is available in a PCF file.

During pipe piece drawing generation, the bending data attributes are added into the

Pro/ENGINEER drawing as parameters with the same names automatically. The

attributes used in Pro/PIPING for bending data are displayed in the next table.

Attribute Name Description

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE Start flange twist angle

START_NODE_NUMBER Start node number of the pipe

START_FLANGE_ANGLE Flange angle, when bending starts

from the start node

START_BENDING_POINT_1 The first bending point, when

bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 The first bending angle, when

bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 The first bending rotation angle,

when bending starts from the start

node

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 The first bending radius, when

bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_POINT_2 The second bending point, when

bending starts from the start node

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

266

START_BENDING_ANGLE_2 The second bending angle, when

bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_RADIUS_2 The second bending radius, when

bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_POINT_3 The third bending point, when

bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ANGLE_3 The third bending angle, when

bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_3 The third bending rotation angle,

when bending starts from the start

node

START_BENDING_RADIUS_3 The third bending radius, when

bending starts from the start node

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE End flange twist angle

END_NODE_NUMBER The end node number of the pipe

END_FLANGE_ANGLE Flange angle, when bending starts

from the end node

END_BENDING_POINT_1 The first bending point, when

bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 The first bending angle, when

bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 The first bending rotation angle,

when bending starts from the end

node

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 The first bending radius, when

bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_POINT_2 The second bending point, when

bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ANGLE_2 The second bending angle, when

bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 The second bending rotation angle,

when bending starts from the end

node

END_BENDING_RADIUS_2 The second bending radius, when

bending starts from the end node

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

267

END_BENDING_POINT_3 The third bending point, when

bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ANGLE_3 The third bending angle, when

bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_3 The third bending rotation angle,

when bending starts from the end

node

END_BENDING_RADIUS_3 The third bending radius, when

bending starts from the end node

PIPE_CUT_LENGTH The pipe cutting length

Example: ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Spec-Driven)

Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_attribute_map.ptd

If you want more than one set of bending data to be shown on a piece drawing, you

can add multiple entries for the same bending data attributes, which point to

different ISOGEN attributes.

Note: The number of bending data sets that can be shown on a piece drawing

depends on the number of ISOGEN user definable attributes supported by ISOGEN.

ISOGEN allows a maximum of 100 such attributes.

The modified ISOGEN Attribute Map file is as shown in the next table.

PROE_ATTRIBUTE ISOGEN_ATTRIBUTE Values for

spool

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE10 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE11 1

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE12 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE13 1325

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE14 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE15 180

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE16 560

START_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE17 1943.646

START_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE18 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE19 0

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

268

START_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE20 560

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE21 4697.292

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE22 0

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE23 2

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE24 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE25 535

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE26 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE27 180

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE28 560

END_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE29 1943.646

END_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE30 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE31 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE32 560

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE33 4697.292

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE34 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE35 3

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE36 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE37 577.3

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE38 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE39 0

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE40 265

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE41 2227.161

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE42 0

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE43 4

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE44 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE45 1226.6

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE46 90

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

269

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE47 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE48 265

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE49 2227.161

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE50 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE51 5

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE52 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE53 1339.2

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE54 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE55 0

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE56 345

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE57 3335.125

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE58 0

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE59 6

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE60 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE61 1446

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE62 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE63 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE64 345

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE65 3335.125

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE66 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE67 7

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE68 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE69 1139.2

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE70 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE71 -90

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE72 345

START_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE73 1441.925

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

270

START_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE74 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE75 0

START_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE76 345

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE77 4577.049

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE78 0

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE79 8

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE80 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE81 1446

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE82 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE83 90

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE84 345

END_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE85 1441.925

END_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE86 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE87 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE88 345

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE89 4577.049

The first two columns in this table are a part of the isogen_attribute map.ptd file.

The last column shows typical values for a spool and is not a part of the

isogen_attribute map.ptd file, but is included for better clarity.

In the previous table isogen_attribute_map.ptd file, bending data of the spool can

be viewed in the following four parts:

• Attributes between 10 and 33 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear

between node number 1 ( a pipe start represented by Attribute 11) and node

number 2 (an entry point of reducer represented by Attribute 23)

• Attributes between 34 and 49 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear

between node number 3 (exit point of reducer represented by Attribute 35) and

node number 4 (an entry point of TEE fitting represented by Attribute 43)

• Attributes between 50 and 65 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear

between node number 5 (right exit of reducer represented by Attribute 51) and

node number 6 (right end of the pipe represented by Attribute 59)

• Attributes between 66 and 89 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear

between node number 7 (left exit of reducer represented by Attribute 67) and

node number 8 (left end of the pipe represented by Attribute 79)

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

271

Note: Use the isogen_attribute_map_file configuration option to access the

modified isogen_attribute map.ptd file present in your local directory.

ISOGEN Symbol Map File (Spec-Driven)

The ISOGEN Symbol Map file is a Pro/TABLE file that maps a Pro/PIPING fitting

generic name against a corresponding symbol key (SKEY) and the ISOGEN

component name. Pro/PIPING uses symbol keys for all fitting generic part sizes. You

can modify the ISOGEN Symbol Map file by using a text editor.

The ISOGEN Symbol Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Field Type Description

FITTING_GENERIC_NAME Character Pro/PIPING fitting generic

name

ISOGEN_COMPONENT_NAME Character ISOGEN component name

ISOGEN_SKEY Character ISOGEN component

symbol key (SKEY)

ISOGEN_ITEM Character ISOGEN component

material item type.

It must be one of the

following or empty:

• ERECTION-ITEM

• FABRICATION-ITEM

• OFFSHORE-ITEM

Note: If no material item type is found for a fitting, Pro/PIPING checks all the end

types of the fitting ports. If any of the end type is welded (an end type that contains

'W' or 'w' character) or slip on (an end type that contains the 'SO' or 'so' string), the

FABRICATION-ITEM type is assigned to that fitting. Otherwise the ERECTION-ITEM

type is assigned.

Default Symbol Mapping

If you do not provide an ISOGEN Symbol Map file or if you do not list the entries for

the components used in the Pro/PIPING model in the Symbol Map file, Pro/PIPING

uses the following default mapping scheme. This scheme is internal to the interface

and based on the fitting code.

FITTING CODE ISOGEN COMPONENT

NAME

ISOGEN SKEY

INLINE MISC-COMPONENT NC**

INLINE_REDUCING REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RC**

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

272

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC (if

eccentric flag is set)

RE**

INLINE_JOINT COUPLING CO**

FLANGE FLANGE FL**

GASKET GASKET Not required

CORNER MISC-COMPONENT-ANGLE BA**

CORNER_REDUCING ELBOW-REDUCING ER**

CORNER_LET ELBOLET CE**

ELBOW ELBOW EL**

BRANCH TEE TE**

BRANCH_REDUCING TEE TE**

BRANCH_LET OLET NIPL

Note: The double asterisks (**) indicate ISOGEN endtypes. You can use these

characters or replace them with suitable endtypes allowed by ISOGEN. If you use the

asterisks, Pro/PIPING matches the fitting endtype in the model against the

corresponding ISOGEN endtypes and the ISOGEN endtypes replace the asterisks for

each fitting.

The disadvantage of using the double asterisks is that if the ISOGEN Endtype Map

file does not contain a mapped ISOGEN endtype, Pro/PIPING ignores the setting in

the ISOGEN Symbol Map and selects the default symbol key (SKEY).

Symbol Key Selection

Pro/PIPING extracts the symbol key (SKEY) from the ISOGEN Symbol Map file by

matching the generic name of the fitting with the name in the

FITTING_GENERIC_NAME column. Pro/PIPING extracts the symbol key name in the

ISOGEN_SKEY column and then the endtype string from the ISOGEN Endtype Map

file.

Symbol key selection occurs according to the following conditions:

• If the symbol key is only two characters long, Pro/PIPING appends the endtype

string to the symbol key to form the final SKEY used in the PCF file.

• If the symbol key has the double asterisks (**) as a substring and an endtype

string is found, the endtype string replaces the double asterisks in the symbol

key to form the final SKEY.

• If either of these cases fail, the default symbol key is used.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

273

Example: ISOGEN Symbol Map File (Spec-Driven)

Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_symbol_map.ptd

FITTING_GENERIC_NAME ISOGEN_COMPONENT_NAME ISOGEN_SKEY ISOGEN_ITEM

vl_gate_flrf VALVE VGFL ERECTION-

ITEM

vl_swing_check_flrf VALVE VSFL ERECTION-

ITEM

vl_angle_flff VALVE-ANGLE AVFL ERECTION-

ITEM

flange_neck_rf FLANGE FLFL FABRICATION-

ITEM

elbow_90long_bw_steel ELBOW ELBW FABRICATION-

ITEM

elbow_45long_bw_steel ELBOW ELBW FABRICATION-

ITEM

tee_reducing_bw_steel TEE TEBW FABRICATION-

ITEM

tee_straight_bw_steel TEE TEBW FABRICATION-

ITEM

red_concentric_bw_steel REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCBW FABRICATION-

ITEM

red_eccentric_bw REDUCER-ECCENTRIC REBW FABRICATION-

ITEM

ISOGEN Endtype Map File (Spec-Driven)

The ISOGEN Endtype Map file is a Pro/TABLE file that maps Pro/PIPING end types to

corresponding ISOGEN end types. You can modify the ISOGEN Endtype Map file by

using a text editor.

The ISOGEN Endtype Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Field Type Description

ENDTYPE Character Pro/PIPING end type

ISOGEN_ENDTYPE Character ISOGEN end type

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

274

Default End Type Mapping

If you do not provide an ISOGEN Endtype Map file or if you do not list the entries for

the end types used by the Pro/PIPING fitting components in the Endtype Map file,

Pro/PIPING maps the end types by default.

The string matching rules for default end type mapping is listed in the next table.

ENDTYPE ISOGEN ENDTYPE

endtype string starting with B BW

endtype string starting with C CP

endtype string starting with F FL

endtype string starting with P PL

endtype string starting with SC SC

endtype string starting with SW SW

No match found BW

Note: The default mapping is internal to the interface.

Example: ISOGEN Endtype Map File (Spec-Driven)

Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_endtype_map.ptd

ENDTYPE ISOGEN_ENDTYPE

PE PL

FLFF FL

GKFF FL

FLRF FL

SWLD SW

BWLD BW

ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File (Spec-Driven)

The ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file is a Pro/TABLE file that maps the Pro/PIPING sizes

used for modeling to the industry standard nominal size or nominal bore (NB).

Nominal bore can be measured in millimeters (mm) or inches.

Pro/PIPING extracts the component size and its units from the model using the

following conditions:

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

275

• If the units are metric, UNITS-BORE is selected as MM.

• If the units are in inches, UNITS-BORE is selected as INCH.

Pro/PIPING matches the extracted size against the nominal size in either the NB_MM

or NB_INCH column. The nominal size must correspond to the model size in the SIZE

column.

You can modify the ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file by using a text editor. The

ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Field Type Description

SIZE Character Pro/PIPING Size String

NB_MM Character Nominal Bore (NB) Value

NB_INCH Character Nominal Bore (NB) Value

Note:

• Pro/PIPING allows you to specify any character as a nominal size. However, the

ISOGEN PCF file format expects a number as the pipe nominal size.

• For Nominal Bore (NB) values, use only the numbers 0-9, the period (.), or the

slash (/).

• For NB values in millimeters, only integers can be entered.

• For NB values in inches, you can use fractions (For example, 1-1/2 for a one and

one half inch bore).

• NB values cannot include white spaces.

• For NB values, the symbol (") used normally for inches cannot be used

Default Nominal Size Mapping

If you do not list a size in the SIZE column or if you do not define the nominal size in

the selected NB column, Pro/PIPING outputs the model size to the PCF file by default

where NB is needed. If a nominal size map file does not exist, the same result

occurs.

Note: An invalid nominal size may result from a wrong isometric size annotation or

from an ISOGEN PCF file export malfunction.

Example: ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File (Spec-Driven)

Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_nominal_size_map.ptd

SIZE NB_INCH NB_MM

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

276

10A ¼ 10

15A ½ 15

20A ¾ 20

25A 1 25

32A 1-1/4 32

40A 1-1/2 40

50A 2 50

65A 2-1/2 65

80A 3 80

100A 4 100

125A 5 125

150A 6 150

200A 8 200

250A 10 250

300A 12 300

350A 14 350

400A 16 400

450A 18 450

500A 20 500

550A 22 550

600A 24 600

650A 26 650

700A 28 700

750A 30 750

800A 32 800

850A 34 850

900A 36 900

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

277

1000A 40 1000

1050A 42 1050

1100A 44 1100

1150A 46 1150

1200A 48 1200

1250A 50 1250

1300A 52 1300

1350A 54 1350

1400A 56 1400

1450A 58 1450

1500A 60 1500

1600A 64 1600

1700A 68 1700

1800A 72 1800

1900A 76 1900

2000A 80 2000

2100A 84 2100

2200A 88 2200

2300A 92 2300

2400A 96 2400

2500A 100 2500

2600A 104 2600

¼" ¼ 10

½" ½ 15

¾" ¾ 20

1" 1 25

1-1/4" 1-1/4 32

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

278

1-1/2" 1-1/2 40

2" 2 50

2-1/2" 2-1/2 65

3" 3 80

4" 4 100

5" 5 125

6" 6 150

8" 8 200

10" 10 250

12" 12 300

14" 14 350

16" 16 400

18" 18 450

20" 20 500

22" 22 550

24" 24 600

26" 26 650

28" 28 700

30" 30 750

32" 32 800

34" 34 850

36" 36 900

40" 40 1000

42" 42 1050

44" 44 1100

46" 46 1150

48" 48 1200

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

279

50" 50 1250

52" 52 1300

54" 54 1350

56" 56 1400

58" 58 1450

60" 60 1500

64" 64 1600

68" 68 1700

72" 72 1800

76" 76 1900

80" 80 2000

84" 84 2100

88" 88 2200

92" 92 2300

96" 96 2400

100" 100 2500

104" 104 2600

ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File (Spec-Driven)

The ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute file contains attributes that correspond to the

ISOGEN mandatory attributes listed in ISOGEN-FILES. The configuration option

isogen_mandatory_attr_file sets the ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File name. The

default is isogen.fls. You can use the default file provided by the ISOGEN package

or create a file.

Example: ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File (Spec-Driven)

Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen.fls

Attributes Directory Path

PLOT FILE-

PREFIX

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\OUTPUT\PLOT

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

280

OPTION-

SWITCHES-

LONG

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.OPL

MESSAGE C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\OUTPUT\SPOOLS.MES

DRAWING-

FRAME

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.DXF

DRAWING-

DEFINITION

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.DDF

ALTERNATIVE-

TEXT

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.ALT

POSITIONED-

TEXT

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.POS

WELDING-

DEFINITION

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.WDF

MATERIAL-

LIST-

DEFINITION

C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.MLD

ISOGEN Error Log File (Spec-Driven)

If Pro/PIPING encounters errors while processing pipelines during isometric drawing

generation, Pro/PIPING creates a log file named isointf.err. The error log file

contains a collection of error logs from multiple sessions. The

isogen_output_files_dir configuration option sets the directory in which

Pro/PIPING stores this log file.

Pro/PIPING creates the following two types of error log entries:

• Errors—Identifies problem pipeline segments, components, and fittings that

caused the errors. Pro/PIPING highlights these items and displays them in the

Pro/ENGINEER graphics window. To restore these components to their original

color, use the Repaint command in Pro/ENGINEER (View > Repaint).

• Warnings—Identifies issues that occur due to processing errors.

Example: ISOGEN Error Log File (Spec-Driven)

Date : 25-4-2000

ERROR LOG file for **ISOMETRIC DRAWING GENERATION INTERFACE**

ERROR : Processing Fitting TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-65X50 in Pipeline 65A-SPEC-STEAM-1.

WARNING : Material Description not found for 3 item(s) in Pipeline 65A-SPEC-STEAM-1.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

281

ERRORS : ISOGEN may fail to process intermediate output PCF files.

REPAINT to restore Highlighted components in case of error.

WARNINGS : ISOGEN may not fail to process but some of the desirable

data may be missing.

This file may be appended with errors occurring in future sessions.

Installation Drawing Generation

About Installation Drawing Generation

A piping installation drawing shows different views of a piping model with dimensions

and various annotations. All the hidden lines are removed in the installation drawing.

Installation drawing is used to guide the piping installation work.

Pro/PIPING allows you to automatically display all pipe segments in the installation

drawing using a single line or double-line representation. You can insert a pipe slope

symbol on the pipe segments to display the slope of pipe segments in the installation

drawing.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

282

Example: Piping Installation Drawing

To Specify Display Style for Pipe Segments

1. Click File > Open and select the drawing to be activated.

2. Click Applications > Piping.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

283

3. Click View > Pipeline Display > Style from the top menu bar. The Display

Style dialog box opens.

4. Under Select View, click one of the following options to select views from the

drawing:

o View—Selects a view or multiple views from the drawing.

o Sheet—Selects all views from the current drawing sheet.

o All Sheets—Selects all views from all drawing sheets.

The names of the selected views are displayed in the selection list.

5. Under Select Style, click one of the following options to specify the style for

displaying pipe segments in the drawing:

o Single Line—Displays pipe segments in single-line representation.

o Double Line—Displays pipe segments in double-line representation.

Note: To display a pipe in double-line representation, its solid

representation must be present in the pipeline assembly.

o Double Line Above—Displays pipelines of different sizes in different

display styles. Type a value for the pipe size in the adjacent field.

Note: Pro/PIPING displays all pipelines with a size greater than the specified size

in double line representation and all pipelines with a size smaller than or equal to

the specified size in single line representation.

6. Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and

close the dialog box.

or

Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and

keep the dialog box open for further selections.

or

Click to cancel the action and close the dialog box.

Pipe Display Style

You can display pipelines in the selected views in single-line representation or

double-line representation. You can also display all pipelines with a size greater than

the specified size in double-line representation and all pipelines with a size smaller

than or equal to the specified size in single-line representation.

All the pipe segments of a pipeline, irrespective of their sizes, displayed in single-line

representation are shown in the next figure.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

284

All the pipe segments of a pipeline, irrespective of their sizes, displayed in double-

line representation are shown in the next figure.

Pipe segments of a size larger than the specified size in double-line representation

and all the other pipe segments in single-line representation are shown in the next

figure.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

285

To Select a Slope Symbol for Pipe Segments

1. Click File > Open and select a drawing.

2. Click Applications > Piping.

3. Click Insert > Piping Symbol > Slope from the top menu bar. The Slope Mark

dialog box opens.

4. Under Select View, click one of the following to select views from the drawing:

o View—Selects a view or multiple views from the drawing. Click and

select a view or multiple views from the drawing using the SELECT menu.

o Sheet—Selects all views from the current sheet.

o All Sheets—Selects all views from all sheets.

The names of the selected views are displayed in the selection list.

5. Under Select Symbol, use one of the following methods to select a symbol for

displaying the slope of pipe segments in the drawing:

o Select a symbol from the adjacent selection list. All symbols in the current

drawing are displayed in the list.

You can also type a symbol name in the adjacent field. Before loading the

specified symbol, Pro/PIPING searches the directories in the following order:

o The current working directory

o The path specified using the search_path configuration option

o The symbols directory under the project data directory specified using the

piping_project_data_dir configuration option

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

286

o Click to browse the directory specified by the pro_symbol_dir

configuration option, and select a symbol.

Note: The default symbol for pipe slope, slope.sym, is located in the

$PTCSRC/text/piping_data/sample_project/symbols directory.

6. Under Select Symbol Parameter, specify the parameters for the selected

symbol.

o Click Symbol Height to specify the height of the pipe slope symbol on the

drawing. Enter a value in the adjacent field. The unit for this value is the

active drawing unit.

Note: If you do not specify the height for the slope symbol, Pro/PIPING

considers the height to be equal to the outer diameter of the pipe.

o Click Interval between Symbols to specify the distance between two

consecutive pipe slope symbols. Enter a value in the adjacent field. The unit

for this value is the active drawing unit.

Note: The default value is 5 mm or its equivalent in the active drawing

units.

7. Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and

close the dialog box.

or

Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and

keep the dialog box open for further selections.

or

Click to cancel the action and close the dialog box.

Pipe Slope Symbol

Pro/PIPING allows you to display the slope of pipelines in each view of the piping

installation drawing using a slope symbol mark.

If a pipe segment is not parallel to the selected view, the slope of the pipeline cannot

be shown in the selected view of the drawing. To display the slope of a pipeline, a set

of slope symbols are placed along the pipe segment. The direction of the symbols

indicates the slope direction.

Front View of the Pipeline

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

287

Top View of the Pipeline

1 Slope direction

2 Slope symbol

3 Pipe slope symbol interval

The pipe slope symbol is created as a Pro/DETAIL drawing symbol. When the location

of the pipe segment on the drawing changes, the pipe slope symbol also changes its

location.

If you change the outer diameter of the pipe segment in the model, use Regenerate

> Draft to update the diameter of the pipe slope symbol.

To Annotate Installation Drawing

1. Click File > Open to open the drawing to be annotated.

2. Click Applications > Piping.

3. Click Insert > Annotations. The Annotate Attr/Params dialog box opens.

4. Click one of the following options:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

288

Select Spec File—Select an Attribute and Parameter Specification file to access

the list of valid object types that can be selected for annotation. The system

selects the ship_dwg_anno_attrparam_spec.ptd file by default.

Note: To use a customized Attribute and Parameters Specification file, the

following entry must exist in your config.pro file:

ship_dwg_anno_attrparam_spec_file spec.ptd

where spec.ptd is the customized Attribute and Parameters Specification file.

Or, use to browse the directory for selecting the Attribute and Parameter

Specification file. This new file is used instead of the file specified by the

configuration option. The new file is valid till you exit the Annotate

Attr/Params dialog box.

Select Object Type—Select the type of objects to be selected from the drawing

from the adjacent list. This list comprises objects specified in the

USER_OBJECT_TYPE column of the Attribute and Parameter Specification file.

The list also includes object types Part and Feature. Use these object types to

select any standard part or feature from the drawing.

Select Objects—Select an object, feature, feature geometry, or part from the

drawing. You can select only the type of object specified in the Select Object

Type. You can select single or multiple objects but only of the specified type. To

select objects:

o Click to select the objects to be annotated directly from the drawing.

o Click to select one or more views in the drawing. All objects of the

specified type are selected and annotated in the selected views.

o Click to automatically select all views in the current sheet. All objects

of the specified object type are selected and annotated in all views.

Select Attributes—All the attributes and parameters specific to the selected

object type are displayed in the list. This list comprises the ATTRPARAM_NAME

entries for the selected object type specified in the Attribute and Parameters

Specification file. All attributes specific to the selected object are displayed, as

listed in the specification file. All parameters are sorted in alphabetical order and

are displayed below the attributes in the Select Attributes list.

The following options are used to filter, select, or deselect items in the list:

o —Displays only those attributes and parameters that are listed in the

ATTRPARAM_NAME column for the selected object type in the Attribute and

Parameter Specification file.

o —Displays all attributes and parameters of the selected object. The list

displays all the attributes and parameters, even if they are not specified in

the Attribute and Parameter Specification file.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

289

o —Displays only attributes that are listed in the ATTRPARAM_NAME

column for the selected object type in the Attribute and Parameter

Specification file. The list does not display the parameters of the object,

even if they are specified in the Attribute and Parameter Specification file.

o —Selects all the items. All the items in the list are highlighted for the

insertion of a note in the drawing.

o —Deselects all the items. The items that were highlighted earlier are

no longer highlighted.

If multiple objects in a drawing are selected, Pro/PIPING lists only the attributes

and parameters that are specific to the object that you first selected.

Note: The values of these selected attributes and parameters are inserted at the

specified location in the drawing.

Select Note Option—Use the following options to control the format and

location of the note in the drawing:

o Derive note location—Allows the system to determine the location of the

note based on the position of the object in the drawing.

o Create multiple notes—Inserts separate notes for each of the attributes

and parameters selected in the list. Each attribute and parameter is

displayed as a separate note in a row. If required, you can relocate all these

notes separately. If you do not select this option, a single note with multiple

rows is created. You can move these rows together.

o Create leader line—Creates the notes with a leader line. For multiple

notes, separate leader lines are created for each note. The end of the

leader line is displayed with an arrow. Place this arrow on the selected

object that is to be annotated.

o Note angle—Specifies the text angle for the note to be inserted. All the

used angles are listed in the adjacent option list. This option overrides any

angle specified for style in the Attribute and Parameter Specification file. If

you do not select this option, notes are created aligned to the selected

object.

o Note style—Specifies the style for the notes to be inserted in the drawing.

All the styles available in the current drawing are listed in the adjacent list.

The style that you specify using this option overrides the style defined in

the Attribute and Parameters specification file. The first item in the list is

User Specified style and displays the style specified in the Attribute and

Parameters Specification file for inserting the note.

5. Click to insert the notes.

or

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

290

Click to insert notes with current selections without closing the Annotate

Attr/Params dialog box. You can select a different object or different items from

the Select Attributes list for the currently selected object. When you select a

different object of the same type, the items selected in the Select Attributes list

remain highlighted if the attributes and parameters are valid for the new object.

Note: If the value of any attribute or parameter changes after insertion into the

drawing, the drawing does not automatically update with the new value. Edit the

existing note or insert it again.

Attribute and Parameter Specification File

The Attribute and Parameter Specification file lists the attributes and parameters

valid for the user-definable objects. It also defines the format, style, and layer for

inserting the values of these attributes and parameters as notes in the drawing.

The default Attribute and Parameter Specification file name is

ship_dwg_anno_attrparam_spec.ptd. The default file is available at

<proe_load_point>/text/ship_data. Pro/ENGINEER applications read this file while

launching the Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.

Use the Pro/TABLE tool to view and edit this file outside Pro/ENGINEER. Set the

following option in your config.pro file to use a customized Attribute and Parameter

Specification file:

ship_dwg_anno_attrpar_spec_file spec.ptd

where spec.ptd is the customized Attribute and Parameter Specification file.

Any change in the Attribute and Parameter Specification file does not trigger an

automatic regeneration of the drawing.

This file has a tabular format and consists of the following columns:

• USER_OBJECT_TYPE

• ATTRPARAM_NAME

• FACTOR

• FORMAT

• STYLE

• LAYER

User Object Type

The first column specifies the types of user-definable objects to be annotated in the

drawing. All the types of objects specified in this column are displayed in the options

list for the Select Object Type option in the Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

291

Attribute and Parameter Names

The second column specifies the attribute and parameters valid for the corresponding

object type specified in the first column. You can specify a number of attributes and

parameters for a single object type. Specify each attribute and parameter in a

separate row in Pro/TABLE. You can repeat the parameters or attributes for a set of

valid object types. All the attributes and parameters valid for the selected type of

object are displayed in the options list for the Select Attributes option in the

Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.

The attributes and parameters valid for the corresponding object types are specified

in the next table.

Object Name Attribute Name Description

PIPELINE LABEL

SPOOL LABEL

Fillet_Weld, Butt_Weld WELD_CODE String—Weld code

Fillet_Weld, Butt_Weld WELD_CONNECT_TYPE String—Weld

connect type

Factor

The third column specifies the multiplication factor. This is valid only for the

attributes or parameters with double or integer types. The attribute and parameter

value is multiplied by the given factor before being displayed in the specified format

on the drawing. By default, the multiplication factor is 1. It is useful for the

conversion of units, that is, to display units in millimeters when the model unit is in

meters.

Format

The fourth column specifies the format for the notes for displaying the attribute and

the parameter values in the drawing. The format string consists of two parts,

ordinary characters and the conversion specification.

• Ordinary characters are displayed in the drawing notes as specified.

• The conversion specification is replaced with the actual value of the attribute and

the parameter before being displayed in the drawing notes.

Each conversion specification begins with a % and ends with a conversion

character. Include the following characters in the given sequence between the %

and the conversion character:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

292

Use the following flags to modify the formatting of the notes:

o A minus sign (-) to specify the left alignment of the value in its field.

o A plus sign (+) to specify that the value is displayed with a sign.

o A space ( ) to prefix the value with a space in the absence of any sign.

o Zero (0) for numeric conversion. It assigns leading zeroes as padding for

the field width.

o A hash mark (#) to specify an alternative output form. Alternative form

changes the behavior of conversion characters. For example, the following

table gives different meanings of %G and %#G for the same value.

Value Conversion Factor =

%G

Conversion Factor =

%#G

0.00000000123 1.23E-09 1.23000E-09

1.0 1 1.00000

• A number to specify the minimum field width. The converted value is displayed in

the field with the specified minimum width, or if required, in a field wider than

the specified minimum width. If the converted value has fewer characters than

the specified minimum field width, trailing or leading spaces are added to the

field. If you have specified the zero flag, trailing or leading zeros are used.

• A period to separate the field width from the precision number.

• A number to specify the precision. For example:

o The number of characters to be displayed from a string.

o The number of digits to be displayed after the decimal point of a double

value.

o The minimum number of digits to be displayed for an integer.

The conversion characters for strings, integers, and double values are shown in the

next table.

Character Value

Type

Display Format

d, i Integer Decimal number.

s String Displays characters from the string till the end or

the number of characters given by precision.

f Double [-]m.dddddd, where the number of ds depends on

the specified precision. By default, six digits are

specified after the decimal point.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

293

e Double [-]m.dddddde+xx or [-]m. dddddde-xx, where the

number of ds depends on the specified precision.

By default, six digits are specified after the decimal

point.

E Double [-]m.ddddddE+xx or [-]m.ddddddE-xx, where the

number of ds depends on the specified precision.

By default, six digits are specified after the decimal

point.

g, G Double Use %e or %E if the exponent is less than -4 or

greater than or equal to precision. Otherwise, the

system uses %f. Trailing decimal point and trailing

zeros are not displayed.

% No

value

Displays %.

Style

The fifth column specifies the default style of the note to be used for the

corresponding parameter or attribute. The specified style must be available in the

current drawing.

Layer

The sixth column specifies the default layer to be used for displaying the note

created for the corresponding parameter or attribute. If the specified layer is not

available, a new layer is created.

Example: Attribute and Parameter Specification File

USER_OBJECT_TYPE ATTRPARAM_NAME FACTOR FORMAT STYLE LAYER

Pipeline LABEL

Spool LABEL

Fitting VALVENUMBER

AEC Object Type File

The Architecture, Engineering and Construction (AEC) Object Type file lists the user-

definable object types and their correspondent AEC object types. These user-

definable object types are displayed in the options lists of Select Object Type in the

Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.

The default AEC Object Type file name is aec_object_type.ptd, and it is available

at <proe_load_point>/text/ship_data.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

294

Use the Pro/TABLE tool to view and edit this file outside Pro/ENGINEER. Set the

following option in your config.pro file to use a customized AEC Object Type file:

aec_object_type_file <customized_aec_object_type>.ptd

This file has a tabular format and consists of the following two columns:

• USER_OBJECT_TYPE

• AEC_OBJECT_TYPE

User Object Type

The first column specifies the type of object specified by the user.

AEC Object Type

The second column specifies the AEC object type for the corresponding object

specified in the first column.

The list also includes object types Part and Feature. Use these object types to select

any standard part or feature from the drawing.

Example: AEC Object Type File

USER_OBJECT_TYPE AEC_OBJECT_TYPE

Pipeline PIPELINE

Spool SPOOL

Fitting FITTING

Pipe PIPE

The attributes and parameters valid for the corresponding object types are specified

in the next table.

AEC Object Type Attribute Name Description

PIPELINE Label

SPOOL Label

FITTING Label

PIPE Label

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

295

Pipe Spool Drawing Generation

About Pipe Spool Drawing Generation

The pipe spool drawings are generated using the ISOGEN interface. The ISOGEN

interface uses an intermediate .pcf (Piping Component file) file and Data Control

files to generate the pipe spool drawings in various standard data formats.

Note:

• You must first set the ISOGEN configuration options to use the ISOGEN interface

generation tool.

• The isogen_pcf_filename_format configuration option when set to SPOOLNUM

controls the name format of the .pcf files that are generated after you create

spool drawings. If a filename has more than one spool and you select a pipeline

for generating the spool drawing, SPOOLNUM allots the spool numbers in the

ascending order.

A pipeline is split into several small pieces called pipe pieces or spools. The pipe

spool (or piece) drawing provides detailed information for fabrication.

The pipe spool drawings are divided into three major areas: graphics area, bill of

material area, and title block area. The pipe piece drawings generated are:

• Not to scale

• Automatically dimensioned (associative)

• With item numbering

• With material description

• With pipe bending data

• With a list of pipe pieces

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

296

Process Flow of Pipe Spool drawing Generation

You can use the following process for pipe spool drawing generation with

Pro/ENGINEER and ISOGEN.

Using Pro/ENGINEER

Use Pro/ENGINEER for generating the .pcf (Piping Component File) format using the

following process. The .pcf files are provided as an input for ISOGEN for generating

the spool drawing files in .dxf format.

Data Mapping Files

Prepare the necessary data mapping files. These are .ptd files that you can view or

edit using the Pro/TABLE tool. These files are used to map the definition used in

Pro/PIPING to their equivalent in ISOGEN, for example, ISOGEN Symbol Map file,

ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file.

Pro/PIPING Model

Activate the assembly that has a pipe piece. Generate spools for the pipelines that

have not been spooled.

Spool Information Extraction Program

Extract the spool information of the selected pipeline and write it into the .pcf file.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

297

PCF files contain material and geometrical data from a Pro/PIPING model in a

readable ISOGEN .pcf (Piping Component File) format. This format serves as an

input to ISOGEN for creating pipeline isometric drawings.

Using ISOGEN

Data Control Files

Prepare the necessary data control files. These are text files with an ISOGEN-

specified extension that are used to control generation of pipe spool drawing using

ISOGEN. You can control what is displayed in the pipe spool drawing and how that

should be displayed using these files. Refer to the ISOGEN documentation for their

details.

Spool Drawing Generation Program

Load the .pcf files generated by Pro/PIPING into ISOGEN and run ISOGEN to

generate pipe piece drawings in .dxf format. Multiple .pcf files can be processed by

ISOGEN in a single execution.

You can open the .dxf format in Pro/DETAIL or use any other CAD package that

supports .dxf files for further editing and plotting.

Pro/DETAIL Drawing

Activate a Pro/DETAIL drawing and import a .dxf file generated by ISOGEN into

Pro/DETAIL. If required, additional annotation or modification on the drawing can be

done using the functionality provided in Pro/DETAIL. Subsequently, you can send the

drawing to plot. Pro/BATCH provides functionality to plot these drawings in batch

mode.

ISOGEN Data Control Files

About ISOGEN Data Control Files

ISOGEN uses a set of data control files to control pipe spool drawing generation.

These files are text files with predefined extensions.

• Option Switches file

• Alternative Text file

• Position Text file

• Drawing Definition file

• Drawing Frame file

• ISOGEN file

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

298

Option Switches File

The Option Switches file contains all the option switches definitions required for pipe

spool drawing generation. Option Switches files have a .OPL extension. Some option

switches are listed in the following table.

Option Switch Note

O.S. 2 CUT PIECE NUMBERING/LIST

TYPE

Controls the cut piece list

generation and the corresponding

cut piece Identifiers.

O.S. 5 CO-ORDINATES –

CONNECTION/CONNECTIVITY

Selectively suppresses the spool

end coordinate information.

O.S. 12 DRAWING MARGIN - TOP Controls the top margin of the

graphics area.

O.S. 13 DRAWING MARGIN -

BOTTOM

Controls the bottom margin of the

graphics area.

O.S. 15 DRAWING SIZE – HEIGHT Controls the drawing height.

O.S. 16 DRAWING SIZE - WIDTH Controls the drawing width.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

299

O.S. 24 MATERIAL LIST –

PIPELINE/DRAWING/PIPE LENGTH

UNITS

Controls the length units used in

the BOM.

O.S. 38 PIPELINE SPLITTING –

AUTOMATIC

Controls the automatic pipeline

splitting.

O.S. 41 BORE/DIMENSION/WEIGHT

CONTROL

Controls the dimension format.

O.S. 66 CO-ORDINATES -

SUPPLEMENTARY

Controls the elevation annotation.

O.S. 71 PLOTFILE FORMAT Controls the output drawing

format.

Alternative Text File

The Alternative Text file is used to control the replacement of the selected ISOGEN

standard text string. You can also turn on or off, the selected ISOGEN standard text

string from the drawing. Alternative Text files have a .ALT extension. Some standard

text strings related to pipe spool drawing are listed in the following table.

Identification Number Note

-207 Turns nominal diameter on or off

-208 Turns CONN. TO on or off

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

300

Position Text File

This Position Text file is used to control the ISOGEN parameters. Position Text files

have a .POS extension. Some parameters related to pipe spool drawing are listed in

the following table.

Parameter ID Number Note

-700 Sets location to x0y0 to turn off the

north arrow

Drawing Definition File

This Drawing Definition file is used to control the appearance of isometric drawings.

Drawing Definition files have a .DDF extension. Some features related to pipe spool

drawing are listed in the following table.

Feature Note

BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION

BEND ROUND/SQUARE

ELBOW SQUARE/ROUND

Sets the representation of bend and

elbow to sharp corner or round corner.

Drawing Frame File

A Drawing Frame file has a .DXF extension. You can define your own Drawing Frame

file. To create a Drawing Frame file, export a Pro/ENGINEER drawing or template

drawing into DXF format.

ISOGEN File

An ISOGEN file specifies the part name of each ISOGEN Data Control file used. All

ISOGEN files have the .FLS extension. You can customize the layout of a pipe piece

drawing and the contents displayed on it using the ISOGEN Data Control files.

Displaying Bending Data

About Bending Data

In Pro/PIPING, you can use bending data to indicate how a pipe must bend. Bending

data is exported to a .pcf file when a spool drawing is generated. The number of

digits in the bend information can be controlled using the default_dec_places

configuration option. The default value is 2.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

301

The types of bending data used are:

• Node number

• Bending angle

• Bending radius

• Bending rotation angle

• Flange angle

• Flange twist angle

• Pipe cutting length

About the Node Number

Node numbers are displayed temporarily in the graphics window after you generate a

spool drawing.

The node numbers as displayed in the graphics window are shown in the next figure.

In the above figure the numbers 1 to 8 represent node numbers. Node numbers 2

and 3 are assigned to the either sides of a reducer. Node numbers 4, 7, and 5 are

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

302

assigned to each end of a TEE fitting. Node numbers 1, 6, and 8 are assigned to pipe

ends.

Refer to the example on the ISOGEN Attribute Map file for details on how you can

modify the isogen_attribute map_file.ptd file to generate the bending data for

the figure above.

About the Bending Point

Bending point is the point where the bending starts. The distance between two

bending points or the distance between a bending point and a pipe end represents

the bending point.

Theoretical bending point—The bending point that is derived directly from a pipe

3D model as shown in the following figure.

1 First bending point

2 Second bending point

a(n) Bending angle

b(n) Bending length

l(n) Bending point location

r(n) Bending radius

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

303

When flanges are welded to the pipe before bending, the flange faces are the

bending start and end points as shown in the following figure:

1 Bending end

2 Second bending point

3 First bending point

4 Bending start

Real bending point—If the bending point moves away from the theoretical location,

you must mark the real bending point on the pipe before the actual bending.

The bending points move away from their theoretical locations during the bending

process due to the following:

• Bending spring back

• Bending elongation

About Bending Spring Back

After the bending operation, the elasticity of the pipe material causes the bending to

spring back. To compensate for the spring back, you must increase the bending

angle and move the bending point forward. When the pipe is released from the

bending machine, the bending angle and the bending point spring back to the

theoretical value as shown in the following figure:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

304

1 Bending direction

2 Bending point

3 Real bending point

a(n) Bending Angle

l(n) Bending point location

A(n) Real bending angle

L(n) Real bending point location

S(n) Spring back

Note: Only the theoretical bending angle is shown on a pipe piece drawing.

About Bending Elongation

The real straight pipe length is generally shorter than its theoretical length. The

theoretical length of the pipe is the same as the bend arc length in the 3D model.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

305

The difference between the real straight pipe length and the theoretical straight pipe

length is the bending elongation as shown in the following figure.

1 Bending direction

2 Elongation

b(n) Bending length

l(n) Bending point location

B(n) Real bending length

E(n) Bending elongation

You can calculate the real bending point for the bend of a pipe using the following

formula:

L(n) = S(n-1) + l(n) - E(n-1) - S(n)

Where,

o L(n)—The real bending point for the (n) bend

o S(n-1)—The bending spring back for the (n-1) bend

o l(n)—The theoretical bending point for the (n) bend

o E(n-1)—The bending elongation for the (n-1) bend

o S(n)—The bending spring back for the (n) bend

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

306

About Pipe Cutting Length

The real bending points for the example shown in the following figure are:

L1 = 0.0 + l1 - 0.0 - S1

L2 = S1 + l2 - E1 - S2

L3 = S2 + l3 - E2 -0.0

b(n) Bending length

l(n) Bending point location

B(n) Real bending length

L(n) Real Bending Point Location

S(n) Spring back

E(n) Bending elongation

l Pipe length

L Pipe cutting length

Where, l is the theoretical pipe length derived directly from the 3D model and L is

the real pipe length after considering the elongation caused by the bending process.

Pipe cutting length or real pipe length is the straight pipe length before the actual

bending. You can calculate the pipe cutting length using the following formula:

L = L1 + L2 + L3 + ... + L(n-1) + L(n)

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

307

Where,

L—The pipe cutting length

L1 ~ L(n)—The real bending points

About the Bending Angle

Bending angle is the rotation angle required to obtain the correct bend shape. A

bending angle is as shown in the following figure:

1 Bending angle

2 Bending direction

l(n) Bending point location

About the Bend Radius

Bend radius is the radius of the bend centerline. An example of a bend radius is

shown in the following figure.

1 Bend radius

2 Bend direction

l(n) Bending point location

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

308

About Bending Rotation Angle

If the bending direction of a bend is different from the previous bend, the pipe piece

must be rotated at a certain angle before bending to obtain the right bending

direction. This angle at which you rotate the pipe piece is called the bending rotation

angle. The bending rotation angle is shown in the following figure.

1 Pipe piece rotation by 180 degrees before the second bending

2 Bending direction

l(n) Bending point location

About the Flange Angle

Flanges are welded onto a pipe before bending. The pipe must be rotated through an

angle before bending so that after bending, the flange bolt holes are at the correct

position.

The installation position of a pipe with a flange welded at one of its ends is shown in

the following figure. The z-axis and the black segment form the flange base plane.

The black and blue segments of the pipe form the bending plane. The remainder of

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

309

the angle between the flange base plane and the bending plane divided by the angle

between the flange holes is the flange angle.

1 Flange angle

2 Flange base plane

3 Bending plane

If the black segment is along the z-axis, then the flange base plane is formed by the

y-axis and the black segment.

The next figure shows a flange welded onto the straight pipe.

1 Flange baseline

After welding the flange onto the pipe, you must load the pipe on the bending

machine. When you load the pipe on the bending machine, first align the flange base

plane with the bending plane, then rotate the flange with the given flange angle.

Standing in front of the bending machine, looking into the pipe when the rotation is

in the clockwise direction, the value of the flange angle is negative. When the

rotation is in the counterclockwise direction, the value of the flange angle is positive.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

310

1 Bending plane

2 Looking into the bending machine

3 Flange base plane

4 Flange angle

5 Before flange angle rotation

6 After flange angle rotation

7 Bending plane

8 Flange angle

Note: The flange base plane aligns with the z-axis when you put the pipe at its

installation position.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

311

The pipe is ready for the first bending after the flange angle rotation. The first

bending is shown in the next figure.

1 Bending plane

2 Flange angle

3 Flange angle

About the Flange Twist Angle

If a pipe has flanges at both ends, weld the end flange to the straight pipe while

rotating at an angle relative to the start flange before bending. This angle is the

flange twist angle. Rotate the pipe at the flange twist angle so that after bending,

the end flange bolt holes are at the correct position.

The following figure shows a pipe with two flanges welded at both ends. The start

flange is yellow and the end flange is blue. The start flange baseline is along the z-

axis. The end flange baseline has an angle with the z-axis.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

312

1 Start flange baseline

2 End flange baseline

When you unbend a pipe, the remainder of the angle between the start flange

baseline and the end flange baseline divided by the angle between the flange holes is

the flange twist angle. Looking from the end flange to the start flange, when the

rotation is in the clockwise direction, the value of flange twist angle is negative.

When the rotation is in the counterclockwise direction, the value of flange twist angle

is positive. The details are shown in the following figure.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

313

1 Looking from the end flange to the start flange

2 End flange baseline

3 Flange twist angle

4 Start flange baseline

The end flange is welded on to the pipe with the specified flange twist angle against

the start flange.

Specification-Driven Pipe Reporting

About Specification-Driven Pipe Reporting

Pro/PIPING allows you to create reports about the entire pipeline network and fitting

information. You can select a pipeline, fitting, or pipe segment from an active

assembly or subassembly for creating reports.

You can create the following types of report using the Report Pipeline dialog box:

• Segment

• Pipeline Network

• Fitting

• Insulation

• Bills of Materials

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

314

• Bend Machine

• Bend Location

• File Interchange Format (FIF)

• Schematic Consistency Check

The report is displayed in the Report Pipeline dialog box or in a separate

INFORMATION WINDOW. It is also saved in your working directory as a .dat text file

by default.

Note: If a fitting specification is the same as that of the pipeline specification, the

spec info for the fitting is not reported.

To Create Pipeline Reports

Use the following procedure to create a report about a pipe segment, fitting, or

insulation, or to generate a Bill of materials.

1. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Click Type and select the type of report that you want to create.

o —Segment report

o —Pipeline Network report

o —Fitting report

o —Insulation report

o —Bill of Materials report

o —Bend Machine report

o —Bend Location report

o —Output FIF report

o —Schematic Consistency Check report

Each report type is provided in a standard format. Pro/PIPING allows you to

change only the format of the Pipeline Network report.

Note: You can indicate the number of decimal places in the Bend Machine report

and the Output FIF report by specifying a value for the default_dec_places

configuration option. The default value of this configuration option is 2.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

315

3. Under Select Report Format, select a different report format, if required. Click

to create or edit a report format.

Note: Select Report Format is available only if you select the report type as

Pipeline.

4. Click to select the segment, pipeline, or fitting from which you want to

retrieve information. You can select the segment, pipeline, or fitting from the

Model Tree, the Piping System Tree, or the graphics window.

5. Click Preview Info to display the results in a box in the same dialog box. Click

to view the results in a separate INFORMATION WINDOW. You can save,

edit, or close the report displayed in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

6. Click to close the dialog box.

Reporting the Weight and COG Information for Pipe Segments

Pro/PIPING calculates the weight of a pipe segment based on the following:

• Density information specified in the piping specification database

• Outer diameter of the pipe segment

• Thickness of the pipe segment

• Length of the pipe segment

Pro/PIPING uses the value of the density that you specify in the MATL_DENSITY

column of the Piping Material file to calculate the weight of the pipe segment.

Pro/PIPING determines the center of gravity (COG) of the pipe segment based on the

geometric details of the segment. The x-, y-, and the z-coordinates for the center of

gravity are reported based on the start location of the pipeline.

The pipeline report, which is stored in your working directory as a text file named

pline_info.dat, reports the weight and COG information for the selected pipe

segment.

Example: Pipe Segment Report

The pipe segment report is stored in your working directory as a text file named

pline_info.dat.

Pipeline Information

======================

Assembly Name : PIPING_P1_CT1

Pipeline Label : 150A-MS-WATER-

Main Size : 150A

Main Size : ms

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

316

Pipe Segment Information

===========================

Pipe Size : 150A

Pipe Spec : ms

Stock Number : PIPEAB40PE-150

Material Code : AB

Model Unit : MM

Schedule : 40

Outer Diameter : 165.2000

Wall Thickness : 7.1000

Pipe Length : 317.4000

Weight : 0.0087 TONNE

COG : X = -2450.0000 Y = 1925.5401 Z = 326.4595

Pipe Layer : ha_layer

Pipe Color : yellow

Example: Fitting Report

The pipe fitting report is stored in your working directory as a text file named

pfitt_info.dat.

====================

Pipeline Information

====================

Pipeline Label : 500A-HA-AIR-CT-TNK

Pipe Size : 500A

Pipe Spec : ha

Model Unit : MM

====================

Fitting Information

====================

Assembly Name : AIR-CT-TNK-250A

Component Name : VL_GATE_FLFF-IRON-5K-250

Stock Number : GATEAA20FLRF-250

Material Desc : GATE VALVE, FLANGED RAISED FACE STEEL ASTM A105

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

317

MCCS : 322AA20250

Size : 250A

Weight : UNDEFINED

COG : UNDEFINED

Layer : ha_layer

Color : yellow

Example: Insulation Report

The Insulation report is stored in your working directory as a text file named

insulation_info.dat.

PIPELINE SPEC : ha

INSULATION CODE : EK

Pipe Insulation Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MATL. SIZE PIPE OD LENGTH THICKNESS STOCKNO DESCRIPTION

CODE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MWCOVER 250A 267.40 20083.73 30.00 Mineral wool pipe cover: Bare 110KG/M3 * 30.00 T * 250A

SWIRE Steel Wire A6

BOND Bond: D-9800HD (Non-Flammable Type)

GCLOTH Glass Cloth With AL-FOIL 0.12T Flange Insulation

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MATL. SIZE QUANTITY THICKNESS STOCKNO DESCRIPTION

CODE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MWCOVER 250A 10 30.00 FLANGE_SLIP_FF-STEEL-5K-250 Mineral wool pipe cover Bare 110KG/M3 * MATL_THKT * SIZE

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

318

GCLOTH Glass Cloth With AL-FOIL 0.12T

GYARN Glass Yarn D8

SHOOK SS400 Steel Hook 1.0T

Example: Bill of Materials

The bill of materials is stored in your working directory as a text file named

pline_bom_info.dat.

ASM NAME QTY LINE NAME /SEGMENT LINE STOCK LENGTH PART NAME

---------- --- ------------ --------------- ---------- ----------- ---------

ASSY_PLANT 1 STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A001 MS_150A_40 3524.746 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A002 MS_150A_40 6823.458 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A003 MS_150A_40 4516.233 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A004 MS_150A_40 3304.746 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A005 MS_150A_40 2600.000 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A001 MS_100A_40 7765.344 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A002 MS_65A_40 3128.313 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A003 MS_65A_40 2356.491 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A004 MS_50A_40 3437.021 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A005 MS_50A_40 7454.663 ---

STEAM-3 1 STEAM-3-100A/STEAM-3-100A001 MS_100A_40 6563.020 ---

STEAM-3-100A/STEAM-3-100A002 MS_100A_40 44722.919 ---

STEAM-4 1 STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A001 MS_100A_40 8577.138 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A002 MS_100A_40 22154.132 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A003 MS_100A_40 1985.125 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A004 MS_80A_40 1139.600 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A005 MS_100A_40 18643.767 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A006 MS_100A_40 1868.614 ---

STEAM-5 1 STEAM-5-100A/STEAM-5-100A001 MS_100A_40 9580.089 100A-MS- STEAM-5001

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

319

Assembly ASSY_PLANT contains:

1 Part CARGO_TABLE

1 Part PURGE_TABLE

1 Part EVAPORATOR_TABLE

1 Part CARGO_CONDENSER

1 Part PURGE_CONDENSER

1 Sub-Assembly ASSY_EVAPORATOR

1 Sub-Assembly STEAM-3

1 Sub-Assembly STEAM-4

1 Sub-Assembly STEAM-5

3 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-150X100

1 Part NIPPLE_BW-100A

1 Part RED_CON_BW-STEEL-100X65

1 Part VL_GATE_FLRF-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-65

1 Part RED_ECC_BW-STEEL-65X50

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-50

4 Bulk item 33AA30065

0 Bulk item 357AA40065

24 Bulk item 33AA20050

0 Bulk item 357AA40050

Sub-Assembly ASSY_EVAPORATOR contains:

1 Part EVAPORATOR

2 Part NOZZLE

Sub-Assembly STEAM-3 contains:

1 Part TEE_STR_BW-STEEL-100X100

Sub-Assembly STEAM-4 contains:

1 Part TEE_STR_BW-STEEL-100X100

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

320

1 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-100X80

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-100

4 Bulk item 33AA20100

0 Bulk item 357AA40100

Sub-Assembly STEAM-5 contains:

1 Part 100A-MS-STEAM-5001

Summary of parts for assembly ASSY_PLANT:

1 Part CARGO_TABLE

1 Part PURGE_TABLE

1 Part EVAPORATOR_TABLE

1 Part CARGO_CONDENSER

1 Part PURGE_CONDENSER

1 Part EVAPORATOR

2 Part NOZZLE

2 Part TEE_STR_BW-STEEL-100X100

1 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-100X80

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-100

4 Bulk item 33AA20100

0 Bulk item 357AA40100

1 Part 100A-MS-STEAM-5001

3 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-150X100

1 Part NIPPLE_BW-100A

1 Part RED_CON_BW-STEEL-100X65

1 Part VL_GATE_FLRF-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-65

1 Part RED_ECC_BW-STEEL-65X50

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

321

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-50

4 Bulk item 33AA30065

0 Bulk item 357AA40065

24 Bulk item 33AA20050

0 Bulk item 357AA40050

Pipeline Network Report

About the Pipeline Network Report

The Pipeline Network report provides the following information:

• The labels of the pipeline or equipment connected to the selected pipeline as

FROM and TO

• All branch pipelines routed from the main pipeline

• All pipe segments and fittings included in the entire pipeline

Additionally, the Pipeline Network report provides information about design rule

violations and missing corner fittings and flanges.

Pro/PIPING provides a predefined format for the Pipeline Network report. You can

change the format of a Pipeline Network report using the Report Pipeline dialog

box. You can then use these customized formats to create subsequent Pipeline

Network reports.

The report provides information in the following sequence:

• Information about the pipeline network. The information includes:

o The label of the pipeline

o The labels of the equipment between which the pipeline is connected to as

FROM and TO

o The size of the pipeline and its specification

• Information about the main pipeline and all branch extensions is provided in a

tabular format. The standard report consists of six columns for size, specification,

name, length or angle, material code, and description. The number of rows is

based on the number of elements fabricated on a pipeline.

Note: In the report, the information related to each pipeline is separated by a

continuous dotted line.

• Name of the co-ordinate system is reported under FROM and TO. If this

coordinate system is a part of an equipment, you can report the coordinate

system name in the Equipment-Csys format by assigning an appropriate name to

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

322

the component in the Feat Name column of the Model Tree or by designating the

equipment if you have created the pipeline using an XML file.

Example: Pipeline Network Report -1

===================

Network Information

===================

LABEL FROM TO SIZE SPEC

100A-MS-STEAM-007 100A-MS-STEAM-008 PURGE_CONDESER-P3 100A ms

SIZE SPEC NAME LENGTH MATL. STOCKNO

ANGLE CODE

MAIN 1 100A-MS-STEAM-008 PURGE_CONDESER-P3

================================================================================

100A ms PIPE 145.2 AB PIPEAB40PE-100

100AX100A DRAIN_A DRAIN_A-100

APNT0 100AX100A ms BRAN AA BRANAA40BW-100

100A ms NIPPLE AA NIPPLEAA5BW-100

===>> Ends Incompatible : Type BW Rate 5 and Type SO Rate 20 ...

100A ms SLIPFLANGE AA SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-100

100A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-100

100A ms GATE AA GATEAA20FLRF-100

100A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-100

100A ms SLIPFLANGE AA SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-100

===>> Ends Incompatible : Type SO Rate 20 and Type BW Rate 5 ...

100A ms NIPPLE AA NIPPLEAA5BW-100

100A ms PIPE 145.2 AB PIPEAB40PE-100

====================

Material Information

====================

QTY SIZE STOCKNO MCCS DESCRIPTION

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

290.4 100A PIPEAB40PE-100 WT=6mm PIPE, PE SEAMLESS

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

323

TO API 5L GRADE B

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 100AX100A BRANAA40BW-100 TEE, BUTT-WELD STRAIGHT

STEEL ASTM A234 GRADE WP

B MATCH PIPE

2 100A NIPPLEAA5BW-100 NIPPLE, BUTT-WELD STEEL

ASTM A105

2 100A SLIPFLANGEAA20FLR FLANGE, SLIP-ON STEEL AS

F-100 TM A105

2 100A GASKETAG20GKFF-10 GASKET, 1.5MM FLAT RING

0 CAF GRAPHITED BOTH SIDES

1 100A GATEAA20FLRF-100 GATE VALVE, FLANGED RAIS

ED FACE STEEL ASTM A105

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 CFD 33AA30100 BOLT NUT ASTM CS 111

Errors in the Pipeline Network Report

In addition to information about the pipeline connections and the existing pipe

objects, the Pipeline Network report also displays the following types of warning

messages:

• Missing gaskets and flanges for fittings in the upstream or downstream direction

• Missing corner fittings in the case of a pipe vertex modeled as a corner fitting

• Mismatch in end types for a fitting in the upstream or downstream direction

• Violations in the design rule about the minimum clamp length at the start or end

of a pipe piece

• Violations in the design rule about the minimum or maximum pipe segment

length

• Mismatch in any of the pipeline label formats

A piping model with two pipelines is shown in the next figure:

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

324

• The 50A-MS-STEAM-1111-ES (magenta) pipeline is modeled under assembly

ASM0001.ASM.

• The 40A-RW-WATER-2222-EN (green) pipeline is modeled under the WATER-

2222.ASM assembly, that is, a sub-assembly of ASM0001.ASM.

The corner fitting for the 40A-RW-WATER-2222-EN (green) pipeline is missing at

the first branch. The valve does not have gaskets and flanges for fittings in the

upstream and downstream direction.

These errors are reported as shown:

===================

Network Information

===================

LABEL FROM TO SIZE SPEC

50A-RW-WATER-2222-EN 50A-MS-STEAM-11111-ES UNDEFINED 50A ms

SIZE SPEC NAME LENGTH MATL. STOCKNO

ANGLE CODE

MAIN 1 50A-MS-STEAM-11111-ES UNDEFINED

===================================================================================

50A ms PIPE 1000.000 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

325

===>> Missing ELBOW

50A ms PIPE 565.559 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

50A ms GATE AA GATEAA20FLRF-100

===>> Missing upstream Flange/Gasket...

===>> Missing downstream Flange/Gasket...

50A ms PIPE 492.650 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

50A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAABW-50

50A ms PIPE 823.800 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

====================

Material Information

====================

QTY SIZE STOCKNO MCCS DESCRIPTION

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2882.010 50A PIPEAB40PE-50 WT=3.9mm PIPE, PE SEAMLESS

TO API 5L GRADE B

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 50A ELBOW90LRAABW-50 90 LR ELBOW, BUTT-WELD SCH

40 STEEL A23

1 50A GATEAA20FLRF-50 GATE VALVE, FLANGED RAISED

FACE STEEL ASTM A105

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 CFD 33AA30100 BOLT NUT ASTM CS 111

To Change the Pipeline Network Report Format

1. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Click , or under Type select Pipeline to create a pipeline network report.

3. Under Select Report Format, click to change the default format of the

report. The Report Format dialog box opens.

a. Under Name, type a name for the new report format or select an existing

format name from the list.

b. Under Parameters, select the parameters that you want to display in the

new report. All the available parameters are displayed in the Parameters

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

326

box. You can also specify the order of the columns to be displayed in the

report from the left to the right and the width of each column.

Under Columns, all parameters selected from the Parameters list are

displayed under the Name, Width, and Parameter columns.

Note:

Use to move a selected field from the Parameters box into the

Columns box. Use to move a selected field from the Columns box

back to the Parameters box.

Use to shift the selected field in the Columns box in the upward

direction. Similarly, use to shift the selected field in the downward

direction. The fields are displayed from the left to the right in the report

based on the specified order.

c. To include a tally for a pipe, fitting, and bolt and nut at the end of the

pipeline network report, under Tally, select:

Pipe to add a pipe tally.

Fitting to add a fitting tally.

Bolt & Nut to add a bolt and nut tally.

d. Click to save the format.

By default, the format is saved in the pipe_info_fmt.ptd file in your working

directory. You can use this format to create the subsequent pipeline network

reports.

4. Click to close the dialog box.

Example: Pipeline Network Report with Changed Format

===================

Network Information

===================

LABEL FROM TO SIZE SPEC

STEAM-4-100A STEAM-3-100A STEAM-5-100A 100A ms

CONDENSER-P3 CONDENSER-P2

NAME SPECIFICATION SIZE BoltNutCode BoltNutQty

MAIN 1 STEAM-3-100A CONDENSER-P2

====================================================================

PIPE ms 100A

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

327

BRAN ms 100AX100A

PIPE ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

GASKET ms 100A

CHECK ms 100A CFE 4

GASKET ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

PIPE ms 100A

BRAN ms 100AX100A

*PIPE ms 100A

BRAN ms 100AX80A

*PIPE ms 100A

BRANCH 1.1 APNT1 APNT3

--------------------------------------------------------------------

*PIPE ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

GASKET ms 100A

GATE ms 100A CFD 4

GASKET ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

*PIPE ms 100A

BRAN ms 100AX100A

BRANCH 1.2 APNT2 APNT3

----------------------------------------------------------------------

PIPE ms 100A

BRANCH 1.3 CONDENSER-P3 APNT0

----------------------------------------------------------------------

PIPE ms 80A

BRANCH 1.4 APNT3 STEAM-5-100A

----------------------------------------------------------------------

====================

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

328

Material Information

====================

QTY SIZE STOCKNO MCCS DESCRIPTION

----------------------------------------------------------------------

51772.004 100A PIPEAB40PE-100 WT=6.00 mm PIPE,PE SEAMLESS TO API 5L GRADE B

1139.600 80A PIPEAB40PE-080 WT=5.5mm PIPE, PE SEAMLESS TO API 5L GRADE B

------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 100AX100A BRANAA40BW-100 TEE, BUTT-WELD STRAIGHT STEEL ASTM A234 GRADE WP B MATCH PIPE

4 100A SLIPFLANGEAA20FLR FLANGE, SLIP-ON STEEL AS

F-100 TM A105

4 100A GASKETAG20GKFF-10 GASKET, 1.5MM FLAT RING

0 CAF GRAPHITED BOTH SIDES

1 100A CHECKAA20FLRF-100 CHECK VALVE, FLANGED RAISED FACE SWING STEEL AST M A105

1 100AX80A BRANAA40BW-100X08 TEE, BUTT-WELD REDUCING

0 STEEL ASTM A234 GRADE WP B MATCH PIPE

1 100A GATEAA20FLRF-100 GATE VALVE, FLANGED RAISED FACE STEEL ASTM A105

1 100AX100A

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

4 CFE 33AA20100 BOLT NUT ASTM CS 114

4 CFD 33AA30100 BOLT NUT ASTM CS 111

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

329

Assigning and Reporting Bolt Nut Information

The bolt nut code information is assigned and reported in the Pipeline Network report

as follows:

1. A bolt nut code for valves and flanges is defined under the Bolt_Nut_Code column

in the auto-selection file, for example, ms_asfile.ptd file. The same code is

displayed by default and applied to fittings during insertion.

2. The quantity-related information, MCCS code of the bolt nut, and the path to

bolt_nut_mcat.ptd corresponding to each bolt nut code is available in the

piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd file.

3. The piping_mcat_dir.ptd file contains details of the bolt nut material and the

bulk item name for each MCCS code of the bolt nut specified in the

piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd file.

Thus, for a selected bolt nut code, the MCCS code, the material description, and

quantity for each bolt nut are displayed in the Bolt Nut summary section in a user-

defined pipeline report.

Reporting the Bolt Nut Quantity for Fittings

The Bolt Nut Selection file, piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd, specifies the total

number of bolts and nuts required for the main fitting and for the flanges mated to

the main fitting. The bolt nut quantity is reported in the Pipeline Network report

under Bolt Nut Summary.

• For fittings with two mated flanges, the bolt nut codes assigned to the main

fitting and the two flanges may be different. The bolt nut quantity reported in this

case depends on the bolt nut code assigned to the main fitting only.

A typical valve fitting with mated flanges is shown in the next figure.

1 Flange fitting - 1

2 Main fitting

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

330

3 Flange fitting - 2

• For two mated flanges, the total bolt nut quantity reported is the sum of half the

quantity from both the flanges.

o For mated flanges, the quantity of bolt nuts required for one flange is six

and for other flange is eight. The bolt nut quantity reported in this case is

seven.

A typical pair of mated flanges is shown in the next figure.

1 Flange fitting - 1

2 Flange fitting - 2

• For group fittings, the bolt nut quantity reported is based on the following rules:

o For the two main fittings, located at the two ends of the group, the quantity

specified in the Bolt Nut Master catalog file (bolt_nut_mcat.ptd) is

multiplied by a factor of 0.75.

o For the main fittings, located not at the ends of the group, the quantity

specified in the Bolt Nut Master catalog file (bolt_nut_mcat.ptd) is

multiplied by a factor of 0.50.

o The end flanges of the group fitting are not counted as main fittings, have

higher priority, and include their bolt nut quantity.

A group fitting with three main fittings (globe valves) and two flanges at the ends

of the group is shown in the next figure.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

331

1 Flange fitting -1

2 Main fitting - 1

3 Main fitting - 2

4 Main fitting - 3

5 Flange fitting - 2

The bolt nut code is assigned as shown in the following table.

Fitting Bolt_Nut_Code Quantity Reported

Quantity

Main Fitting 1

(End1 of group)

CFA 16 0.75 X 16 = 12

Main Fitting 2

(Middle of

group)

CFA 16 0.50 X 16 = 8

Main Fitting 3

(End2 of group)

CFB 12 0.75 x 12 = 8

Flange Fitting 1

(End1)

CFF 8 0

Flange Fitting 2

(End2)

CFF 6 0

In the Bolt Nut Summary report, the quantities reported are:

1. CFA Quantity - 20

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

332

2. CFB Quantity - 8

Note: Bolt nut codes with zero quantity are not reported in the bolt nut summary.

Schematic Consistency Check Report

About Schematic Consistency Check Report

The Schematic Consistency Check report provides information about the correctness

of a 3D pipe model against the 2D schematic information stored in an XML file. You

can generate reports for all typical pipeline configurations in a complex piping

design.

The report is generated by comparing the schematic information and the model

information of a pipeline. You can check the schematic consistency of a model using

one of the following methods:

• By selecting an XML file: Pro/PIPING uses the 2D Schematic Diagram data stored

in the XML file as a reference.

• By selecting a pipeline from a 3D model: Pro/PIPING uses the 3D model as a

reference.

Note: You can use the schematic information in the XML file only if:

• The piping_schematic_driven configuration option is set to yes.

• The piping design mode is specification-driven.

To specify an absolute path to be used as the start location for the XML file selection

and look-up, set the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option to the

required path. The default path for the XML file is the Pro/ENGINEER working

directory.

To generate an accurate report, you must designate all the equipments.

To Create a Schematic Consistency Check Report

1. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Click , or under Type select Schematic Check, to check pipelines for

schematic consistency. The Schematic Consistency Check dialog box opens.

3. Under Pipeline Selection Option, do one of the following:

o Select a pipeline or pipelines directly from the graphic screen, model tree,

or from the piping system tree. In this case, the 3D model is considered as

a reference for checking the consistency of the 2D Schematic Diagram.

The box under the Select pipeline(s) option lists all the selected pipelines.

Note: If you select a pipeline that is not associated with an XML file,

Pro/PIPING rejects the selection with a warning.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

333

or

o Select From XML File to choose schematic pipelines present in the XML file

where the data in the XML file is based on the 2D Schematic Diagram. In

this case, the information in the XML file is considered as a reference for

checking the consistency of the 3D piping model.

Click to select an XML file from your current working directory.

Note: Use the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option to change

the default directory path for selecting the XML file.

The box under the Schematic Pipelines option lists the pipelines that are

present in the specified XML file as well as in the model.

o Click to select all pipelines displayed in the box or use the mouse to

select only the desired pipelines.

o Click to clear all selected pipelines in the box.

4. Under Actions, do one of the following:

Click to generate the Consistency Check Report for the selected pipelines in a

separate window, and close the Schematic Consistency Check dialog box.

or

Click to generate the Consistency Check Report for the selected pipelines in a

separate window, and then continue checking the schematic consistency for other

pipelines using the Schematic Consistency Check dialog box.

or

Click to cancel the operation and close the dialog box.

Schematic Consistency Check Report Format

The Schematic Consistency Check report is generated by comparing the schematic

information and the model information of a pipeline.

The report consists of four columns; Item, Schematic Info, Status, and Model Info.

The report provides information in the following sequence:

• General information about the pipeline such as Mnemonic, Number, Size, and

Spec.

In the report, each pipeline is separated by a continuous dotted line while within

a pipeline report, each extension is separated by a blank line.

• The information related to the main extension followed by each branch extension.

The branch extensions are identified using the string, BRxx DETAILS, where xx is

the extension number.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

334

• Within each extension, the connected series and their constituent components

are reported using the flow direction and the sequence in which they appear on

the pipeline.

• Each element is reported in a row. The schematic and model information are

reported under the respective Schematic Info and Model Info columns. The

Status column is used to indicate the result of the consistency check.

• The following is the legend for the Status column:

Legend Description

Blank space (

)

Item is identical between

schematic and model

'x' character Item is mismatched between

schematic and model

'+' character Additional item in the model

'-' character Item is missing from the model

• If a series in the schematic information does not match a corresponding series in

the model, the series is listed separately under a section, Series in Schematic Pipeline not matched in Model. The series is reported for every pipeline that

is processed.

Workflow for Checking Schematic Consistency

The following figure shows a schematic diagram that was created using Routed

Systems Designer. In the figure, B1 and B2 are pipeline branches and T1, T2, and T3

are equipments.

1 WATER-1

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

335

2 GATE

• After creating the schematic diagram, use Routed Systems Designer to export

the schematic information to an XML file.

• Use Pro/PIPING to create an equivalent 3D piping model from the schematic

diagram. The 3D piping model is shown in the following figure where T1, T2, and

T3 are equipments.

1 100A - RW - WATER - 1

2 GATE

3 ELBOW

• Use Pro/PIPING (click PIPING > Info) to perform a consistency check on a 3D

model against the schematic information in an XML file, that is generated using

Routed Systems Designer. The generated Schematic Consistency Check report is

as shown:

================================================================================

ITEM SCHEMATIC INFO STATUS MODEL INFO

================================================================================

PIPELINE WATER-1 WATER-100A-RW-1

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

336

MNEMONIC WATER WATER

NUMBER 1 1

SIZE 100A 100A

SPEC RW RW

FROM T1-N6 T1-N6

FITTING GATE GATE

BRANCH BRANCH_2 X APNT2 (STUB-IN)

BRANCH BRANCH_1 X APNT0 (STUB-IN)

TO UNDEFINED UNDEFINED

BR1 DETAILS

FROM BRANCH_2 X APNT2 (STUB-IN)

FITTING GATE -

TO T2-N5 T2-N5

BR2 DETAILS

FROM BRANCH_1 X APNT0 (STUB-IN)

FITTING GATE GATE

TO T3-N5 T3-N5

BR3 DETAILS

FROM + T3-N6

FITTING + GATE

TO + UNDEFINED

Series in Schematic Pipeline not matched in Model

FROM T3-N1

SEGMENT PIPE

FITTING GATE

SEGMENT PIPE

TO UNDEFINED

Note:

1) The mismatch reported for the junctions, (BRANCH_2 .vs. APNT2 and BRANCH_1 .vs. APNT0), only indicates that the tags at these junctions are mismatched. Whereas the checking algorithm is designed to identify these as matched junctions for overall consistency check.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

337

2) A gate valve is missing on branch pipeline at APNT2 to T2-N5 and the same is reported.

3) Extension BR3 DETAILS is additional in the model, as Nozzle N1 of T3 on the schematic is incorrectly modeled as N6 of T3 in the model.

4) It is due the same reason, the report outputs the schematic series, T3-N1 to UNDEFINED, as an unmatched series.

5) Mismatch reported at item (3) and (4) above can be resolved by correcting the nozzle identification of T3-N6 to T3-N1.

Glossary

Glossary of Terms

Term Definition

Convert from Non

Specification-Driven

Mode to Specification-

Driven Mode

Assignment of Specification-Driven mode

parameters (such as Specification, Size, and

Schedule) to a pipeline created in Non

Specification-Driven mode.

Field Weld Welding operation performed at the actual location

inside a Ship or Plant. Piece spool pieces fabricated

in the shop yard will be assembled inside a Ship or

Plant by welding the pipe ends assigned as field

welds.

Flow Direction Symbol An arrow-like temporary symbol that represents the

fluid flow direction in a pipeline.

Specification-Driven

Piping (Specification

Driven Method)

Piping design as practiced by designers in the Plant

design, Shipbuilding, and Aerospace design

industries. This method of piping design is driven

by a set of piping specifications and design rules.

The Non Specification-Driven Pro/PIPING product

does not support this method of piping design.

Specification-Driven piping is being implemented as

part of this project.

Linestock A Pro/PIPING parameter that is automatically

created for each combination of specification, size,

and schedule. The created parameter is associated

with the corresponding pipe segment features.

Mnemonic System or fluid where the specification will be

applied.

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

338

Non Specification-

Driven Piping

(Linestock Method)

Piping design as practiced by the Non Specification-

Driven product design industry. This method of

Piping allows maximum flexibility and is based on

the pipeline Linestock which is user definable at run

time. The existing Non Specification-Driven

Pro/PIPING product supports this method of piping

design.

P & ID Piping and Instrumentation diagram in 2-D that

details the pipeline connectivity, placement of

fittings and flanges.

Pipeline Elements or

Pipe Elements

Pipeline segments, pipe bends, and pipe fittings are

collectively referred to as the Pipeline or individual

Pipe Elements.

Pipe Fitting Physical components, such as valves, flanges,

gaskets, elbows, reducers, and so on, that are used

to construct a pipeline.

Pipe Piece or Pipe

Spool

A manufacturable piece of pipeline, consisting of

pipe segments and fittings, apportioned from a

complex pipeline configuration.

Pipe Piece Cutting or

Piece Cutting

A modeling functionality applied during the final

stages of Piping Design to split a complex pipeline

into

Pipeline Start A terminal location on a pipeline where fluid enters

into the pipeline from equipment or another

pipeline.

Pipeline End A terminal location on a pipeline where fluid leaves

the pipeline and flows into equipment, such as

another pipeline, drain, or vent.

Pipeline Junction A branch location on a pipeline where there may be

an inline branch fitting (equal or reducing size),

stub-in branch fitting (half coupling or weldolets),

or pipe stub-in.

Pipeline Series A pipeline portion consisting of pipeline elements

between a Pipeline Start and Junction, or Junction

and Junction, or Junction and End, of a pipeline.

Flow direction applies to entire pipeline series and

accordingly, an entire pipeline series is associated

with only one flow direction.

Pro/PIPING (Specification-Driven)

339

Pipeline A collection of many connected series and junctions

that represent a single pipeline, such as all the pipe

segments and fittings that are associated with a

single pipeline feature.

Pipeline Extension A set of series that are connected together and

have the same flow direction.

Pipe Piece A pipe piece is a set of pipe segments between

corners, free ends, or between a corner and a free

end.

Piping Specification Defines the pipes and fittings that can be used for

specified fluid operating conditions, such as fluid

pressure and temperature, in a particular project;

used to implement specification driven pipe

modeling in the Specification-Driven version of the

Pro/PIPING product.

Routed Systems

Designer

Schematic diagram package offered by PTC.

Schematic Piping and Instrumentation diagram in 2-D that

details the pipeline connectivity, placement of

fittings and flanges.

Selection Name User specified unique name that will be used in the

fitting auto-selection process to select a fitting in

the piping specification.

Shop Weld Welding operation performed at the shop yard of a

pipe fabrication yard.

Trimmed Elbow Standard angle elbow trimmed to certain degree to

fit in a vertex/corner with non-standard angle.

XML Extensible Markup Language (XML). A format for

structured documents and data.

341

Index

B

bend data

bending angle ......................... 307

bending point .......................... 302

bending radius ........................ 307

flange angle ............................ 308

flange twist angle .................... 311

node number........................... 301

overview................................. 300

pipe cutting length ................... 306

bend data.................................. 300

bend table

assigning ................................ 141

data....................................... 138

defining .................................. 136

deleting .................................. 137

modifying ............................... 137

reading to a model................... 138

showing.................................. 138

writing to a file ........................ 138

bend table ................................. 135

C

configuration options

setting ..................................... 11

configuration options..................... 10

convert .............................. 142, 146

corner type

changing and updating ............. 117

modifying ............................... 213

corner type................................ 212

cut pipe

block ......................................232

pipe reference cutting ...............221

plane reference cutting .............220

single location cutting using fitting

port reference .......................222

single location cutting using

placement ............................219

cut pipe .....................................218

D

design rules

checking .................................127

parameters..............................125

violations .........................129, 130

design rules................................127

drawing .....................................259

E

equipment Nozzles

routing from ............................171

routing from port......................171

routing to port .........................171

equipment Nozzles ......................170

F

fabrication

cutting pipes..... 218, 221, 222, 225,

226, 227, 232

deleting pipe piece cuts.............238

fabrication..................................218

fitting

branch ....................................197

checking end type compatibility..206

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

342

deleting .................................. 206

inserting ................... 191, 192, 201

key ........................................ 205

modifying ............................... 206

overlap checking...................... 211

redefining ............................... 210

replacing ................................ 210

schematic ............................... 258

fitting............................................ 1

fitting geometry ........................... 86

fitting library file

overview................................... 83

fitting library file........................... 83

fitting parameter .......................... 98

fitting port

creating.................................... 88

requirements............................. 92

fitting port ................................... 87

flexible routing .................... 163, 164

flow direction

displaying and hiding................ 187

flow units................................ 186

reversing ................................ 215

rules ...................................... 184

violations......................... 188, 215

flow direction ............................. 183

I

inlet port

specifying ................................. 96

inlet port ..................................... 96

installation drawing

annotating...............................287

installation drawing .....................281

insulation quilt ............................... 9

ISOGEN

data control files ......................297

generating...............................259

ISOGEN .....................................259

L

layer

overview .................................156

viewing ...................................156

layer .........................................156

P

parallel pipe piece cutting......227, 228

pipe insulation

assigning..........................242, 245

deleting ..................................244

modifying................................243

redefining................................247

reporting.................................245

pipe insulation ............................242

pipe segment

modifying................................212

reporting weight and COG

information...........................315

suppressing and resuming .........189

pipe segment..............................146

pipe solid

creating .............................. 9, 249

erasing ...................................249

pipe solid ...................................249

Index

343

pipe spool.................................. 239

pipe spool drawing...................... 295

pipeline

associating an xml file .............. 254

creating.................................. 147

deleting .................................. 149

highlighting using piping system tree

.............................................. 7

merging.................................. 149

renaming................................ 149

reorganizing using piping system

tree......................................... 7

resuming ................................ 156

routing using schematic information

.......................................... 257

suppressing ............................ 156

pipeline ..................................... 146

piping assembly

activating ............................... 142

converting ................ 142, 144, 145

inserting and modifying in another

assembly ...................... 178, 179

piping assembly ......................... 142

piping specification database

auto-selection files ..................... 58

master catalog files.................... 24

project data files........................ 54

specification directory files .......... 55

piping specification database.......... 23

piping system tree

accessing.................................... 5

customizing .............................. 10

displaying from active assembly .... 7

piping system tree ......................... 4

R

report

creating ..................................314

pipeline network................321, 325

schematic consistency check.....332,

333

report........................................313

routing

branch ....................................173

extend ....... 164, 165, 166, 167, 169

follow .....................................172

inserting a datum point ......176, 177

referencing a pipe edge.............159

route pipe menu.......................158

setting a start point ... 157, 158, 173

routing ......................................157

S

schematic-driven pipelines

designating..............................255

routing....................................257

schematic-driven pipelines ...........253

specification break

inserting .................................154

specification break ......................154

specification override

fitting insertion ........................192

fitting replacement ...................210

specification override...................192

specification-driven piping

Pro/PIPING (Spec-Driven) - Help Topic Collection

344

accessing.................................... 2

configuring...........................10, 11

overview..................................... 3

specification-driven piping ............... 1

spool

displaying ............................... 241

simplified representation........... 241

spool .........................................239

spool label

creating ..................................239

deleting ..................................241

modifying................................240

spool label..................................239

standards...................................105